GNAT User’s Guide for Native Platforms , Jan 03, 2022
AdaCore
Copyright © 2008-2022, Free Software Foundation
`GNAT, The GNU Ada Development Environment'
GCC version 12.4.0
AdaCore
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts being “GNAT User’s Guide for Native Platforms”, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled GNU Free Documentation License.
gnatmake
gcc
gcc
for Syntax Checkinggcc
for Semantic Checkinggnatbind
gnatlink
make
Utility
Text_IO
SuggestionsC
Calling ConventionStdcall
Calling ConventionWin32
Calling ConventionDLL
Calling Conventiongnatdll
gnatlink
gnatlink
This guide describes the use of GNAT, a compiler and software development toolset for the full Ada programming language. It documents the features of the compiler and tools, and explains how to use them to build Ada applications.
GNAT implements Ada 95, Ada 2005, Ada 2012, and Ada 202x, and it may also be invoked in Ada 83 compatibility mode. By default, GNAT assumes Ada 2012, but you can override with a compiler switch (Compiling Different Versions of Ada) to explicitly specify the language version. Throughout this manual, references to ‘Ada’ without a year suffix apply to all Ada versions of the language, starting with Ada 95.
This guide contains the following chapters:
Appendices cover several additional topics:
This guide assumes a basic familiarity with the Ada 95 language, as described in the International Standard ANSI/ISO/IEC-8652:1995, January 1995. Reference manuals for Ada 95, Ada 2005, and Ada 2012 are included in the GNAT documentation package.
For further information about Ada and related tools, please refer to the following documents:
Following are examples of the typographical and graphic conventions used in this guide:
Functions
, utility program names
, standard names
,
and classes
.
Option flags
File names
Variables
and then shown this way.
$
character followed by a space.
parent-dir/subdir/myfile.adb
.
If you are using GNAT on a Windows platform, please note that
the ‘\’ character should be used instead.
This chapter describes how to use GNAT’s command line interface to build executable Ada programs. On most platforms a visually oriented Integrated Development Environment is also available: GNAT Studio. GNAT Studio offers a graphical “look and feel”, support for development in other programming languages, comprehensive browsing features, and many other capabilities. For information on GNAT Studio please refer to the GNAT Studio documentation.
Even though any machine can run the GNAT toolset and GNAT Studio IDE, in order to get the best experience, we recommend using a machine with as many cores as possible since all individual compilations can run in parallel. A comfortable setup for a compiler server is a machine with 24 physical cores or more, with at least 48 GB of memory (2 GB per core).
For a desktop machine, a minimum of 4 cores is recommended (8 preferred), with at least 2GB per core (so 8 to 16GB).
In addition, for running and navigating sources in GNAT Studio smoothly, we recommend at least 1.5 GB plus 3 GB of RAM per 1 million source line of code. In other words, we recommend at least 3 GB for for 500K lines of code and 7.5 GB for 2 million lines of code.
Note that using local and fast drives will also make a difference in terms of
build and link time. Network drives such as NFS, SMB, or worse, configuration
management filesystems (such as ClearCase dynamic views) should be avoided as
much as possible and will produce very degraded performance (typically 2 to 3
times slower than on local fast drives). If such slow drives cannot be avoided
for accessing the source code, then you should at least configure your project
file so that the result of the compilation is stored on a drive local to the
machine performing the run. This can be achieved by setting the Object_Dir
project file attribute.
Three steps are needed to create an executable file from an Ada source file:
All three steps are most commonly handled by using the gnatmake
utility program that, given the name of the main program, automatically
performs the necessary compilation, binding and linking steps.
Any text editor may be used to prepare an Ada program. (If Emacs is used, the optional Ada mode may be helpful in laying out the program.) The program text is a normal text file. We will assume in our initial example that you have used your editor to prepare the following standard format text file:
with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; procedure Hello is begin Put_Line ("Hello WORLD!"); end Hello;
This file should be named hello.adb
.
With the normal default file naming conventions, GNAT requires
that each file
contain a single compilation unit whose file name is the
unit name,
with periods replaced by hyphens; the
extension is ads
for a
spec and adb
for a body.
You can override this default file naming convention by use of the
special pragma Source_File_Name
(for further information please
see Using Other File Names).
Alternatively, if you want to rename your files according to this default
convention, which is probably more convenient if you will be using GNAT
for all your compilations, then the gnatchop
utility
can be used to generate correctly-named source files
(see Renaming Files with gnatchop).
You can compile the program using the following command ($
is used
as the command prompt in the examples in this document):
$ gcc -c hello.adb
gcc
is the command used to run the compiler. This compiler is
capable of compiling programs in several languages, including Ada and
C. It assumes that you have given it an Ada program if the file extension is
either .ads
or .adb
, and it will then call
the GNAT compiler to compile the specified file.
The -c
switch is required. It tells gcc
to only do a
compilation. (For C programs, gcc
can also do linking, but this
capability is not used directly for Ada programs, so the -c
switch must always be present.)
This compile command generates a file
hello.o
, which is the object
file corresponding to your Ada program. It also generates
an ‘Ada Library Information’ file hello.ali
,
which contains additional information used to check
that an Ada program is consistent.
To build an executable file, use either gnatmake
or gprbuild with
the name of the main file: these tools are builders that will take care of
all the necessary build steps in the correct order.
In particular, these builders automatically recompile any sources that have
been modified since they were last compiled, or sources that depend
on such modified sources, so that ‘version skew’ is avoided.
$ gnatmake hello.adb
The result is an executable program called hello
, which can be
run by entering:
$ hello
assuming that the current directory is on the search path for executable programs.
and, if all has gone well, you will see:
Hello WORLD!
appear in response to this command.
Consider a slightly more complicated example that has three files: a main program, and the spec and body of a package:
package Greetings is procedure Hello; procedure Goodbye; end Greetings; with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; package body Greetings is procedure Hello is begin Put_Line ("Hello WORLD!"); end Hello; procedure Goodbye is begin Put_Line ("Goodbye WORLD!"); end Goodbye; end Greetings; with Greetings; procedure Gmain is begin Greetings.Hello; Greetings.Goodbye; end Gmain;
Following the one-unit-per-file rule, place this program in the following three separate files:
spec of package Greetings
body of package Greetings
body of main program
Note that there is no required order of compilation when using GNAT.
In particular it is perfectly fine to compile the main program first.
Also, it is not necessary to compile package specs in the case where
there is an accompanying body; you only need to compile the body. If you want
to submit these files to the compiler for semantic checking and not code
generation, then use the -gnatc
switch:
$ gcc -c greetings.ads -gnatc
Although the compilation can be done in separate steps, in practice it is
almost always more convenient to use the gnatmake
or gprbuild
tools:
$ gnatmake gmain.adb
This chapter describes the compilation model used by GNAT. Although similar to that used by other languages such as C and C++, this model is substantially different from the traditional Ada compilation models, which are based on a centralized program library. The chapter covers the following material:
Ada source programs are represented in standard text files, using Latin-1 coding. Latin-1 is an 8-bit code that includes the familiar 7-bit ASCII set, plus additional characters used for representing foreign languages (see Foreign Language Representation for support of non-USA character sets). The format effector characters are represented using their standard ASCII encodings, as follows:
Character Effect Code VT
Vertical tab 16#0B#
HT
Horizontal tab 16#09#
CR
Carriage return 16#0D#
LF
Line feed 16#0A#
FF
Form feed 16#0C#
Source files are in standard text file format. In addition, GNAT will
recognize a wide variety of stream formats, in which the end of
physical lines is marked by any of the following sequences:
LF
, CR
, CR-LF
, or LF-CR
. This is useful
in accommodating files that are imported from other operating systems.
The end of a source file is normally represented by the physical end of
file. However, the control character 16#1A#
(SUB
) is also
recognized as signalling the end of the source file. Again, this is
provided for compatibility with other operating systems where this
code is used to represent the end of file.
Each file contains a single Ada compilation unit, including any pragmas associated with the unit. For example, this means you must place a package declaration (a package `spec') and the corresponding body in separate files. An Ada `compilation' (which is a sequence of compilation units) is represented using a sequence of files. Similarly, you will place each subunit or child unit in a separate file.
GNAT supports the standard character sets defined in Ada as well as several other non-standard character sets for use in localized versions of the compiler (Character Set Control).
The basic character set is Latin-1. This character set is defined by ISO
standard 8859, part 1. The lower half (character codes 16#00#
… 16#7F#)
is identical to standard ASCII coding, but the upper
half is used to represent additional characters. These include extended letters
used by European languages, such as French accents, the vowels with umlauts
used in German, and the extra letter A-ring used in Swedish.
For a complete list of Latin-1 codes and their encodings, see the source
file of library unit Ada.Characters.Latin_1
in file
a-chlat1.ads
.
You may use any of these extended characters freely in character or
string literals. In addition, the extended characters that represent
letters can be used in identifiers.
GNAT also supports several other 8-bit coding schemes:
Latin-2 letters allowed in identifiers, with uppercase and lowercase equivalence.
Latin-3 letters allowed in identifiers, with uppercase and lowercase equivalence.
Latin-4 letters allowed in identifiers, with uppercase and lowercase equivalence.
ISO 8859-5 letters (Cyrillic) allowed in identifiers, with uppercase and lowercase equivalence.
ISO 8859-15 (Latin-9) letters allowed in identifiers, with uppercase and lowercase equivalence
This code page is the normal default for PCs in the U.S. It corresponds to the original IBM PC character set. This set has some, but not all, of the extended Latin-1 letters, but these letters do not have the same encoding as Latin-1. In this mode, these letters are allowed in identifiers with uppercase and lowercase equivalence.
This code page is a modification of 437 extended to include all the Latin-1 letters, but still not with the usual Latin-1 encoding. In this mode, all these letters are allowed in identifiers with uppercase and lowercase equivalence.
Any character in the range 80-FF allowed in identifiers, and all are considered distinct. In other words, there are no uppercase and lowercase equivalences in this range. This is useful in conjunction with certain encoding schemes used for some foreign character sets (e.g., the typical method of representing Chinese characters on the PC).
No upper-half characters in the range 80-FF are allowed in identifiers. This gives Ada 83 compatibility for identifier names.
For precise data on the encodings permitted, and the uppercase and lowercase
equivalences that are recognized, see the file csets.adb
in
the GNAT compiler sources. You will need to obtain a full source release
of GNAT to obtain this file.
GNAT allows wide character codes to appear in character and string literals, and also optionally in identifiers, by means of the following possible encoding schemes:
In this encoding, a wide character is represented by the following five character sequence:
ESC a b c d
where a
, b
, c
, d
are the four hexadecimal
characters (using uppercase letters) of the wide character code. For
example, ESC A345 is used to represent the wide character with code
16#A345#
.
This scheme is compatible with use of the full Wide_Character set.
The wide character with encoding 16#abcd#
where the upper bit is on
(in other words, ‘a’ is in the range 8-F) is represented as two bytes,
16#ab#
and 16#cd#
. The second byte cannot be a format control
character, but is not required to be in the upper half. This method can
be also used for shift-JIS or EUC, where the internal coding matches the
external coding.
A wide character is represented by a two-character sequence,
16#ab#
and
16#cd#
, with the restrictions described for upper-half encoding as
described above. The internal character code is the corresponding JIS
character according to the standard algorithm for Shift-JIS
conversion. Only characters defined in the JIS code set table can be
used with this encoding method.
A wide character is represented by a two-character sequence
16#ab#
and
16#cd#
, with both characters being in the upper half. The internal
character code is the corresponding JIS character according to the EUC
encoding algorithm. Only characters defined in the JIS code set table
can be used with this encoding method.
A wide character is represented using UCS Transformation Format 8 (UTF-8) as defined in Annex R of ISO 10646-1/Am.2. Depending on the character value, the representation is a one, two, or three byte sequence:
16#0000#-16#007f#: 2#0xxxxxxx# 16#0080#-16#07ff#: 2#110xxxxx# 2#10xxxxxx# 16#0800#-16#ffff#: 2#1110xxxx# 2#10xxxxxx# 2#10xxxxxx#
where the xxx
bits correspond to the left-padded bits of the
16-bit character value. Note that all lower half ASCII characters
are represented as ASCII bytes and all upper half characters and
other wide characters are represented as sequences of upper-half
(The full UTF-8 scheme allows for encoding 31-bit characters as
6-byte sequences, and in the following section on wide wide
characters, the use of these sequences is documented).
In this encoding, a wide character is represented by the following eight character sequence:
[ " a b c d " ]
where a
, b
, c
, d
are the four hexadecimal
characters (using uppercase letters) of the wide character code. For
example, [‘A345’] is used to represent the wide character with code
16#A345#
. It is also possible (though not required) to use the
Brackets coding for upper half characters. For example, the code
16#A3#
can be represented as ['A3']
.
This scheme is compatible with use of the full Wide_Character set, and is also the method used for wide character encoding in some standard ACATS (Ada Conformity Assessment Test Suite) test suite distributions.
|
GNAT allows wide wide character codes to appear in character and string literals, and also optionally in identifiers, by means of the following possible encoding schemes:
A wide character is represented using UCS Transformation Format 8 (UTF-8) as defined in Annex R of ISO 10646-1/Am.2. Depending on the character value, the representation of character codes with values greater than 16#FFFF# is a is a four, five, or six byte sequence:
16#01_0000#-16#10_FFFF#: 11110xxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx 16#0020_0000#-16#03FF_FFFF#: 111110xx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx 16#0400_0000#-16#7FFF_FFFF#: 1111110x 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx
where the xxx
bits correspond to the left-padded bits of the
32-bit character value.
In this encoding, a wide wide character is represented by the following ten or twelve byte character sequence:
[ " a b c d e f " ] [ " a b c d e f g h " ]
where a-h
are the six or eight hexadecimal
characters (using uppercase letters) of the wide wide character code. For
example, [“1F4567”] is used to represent the wide wide character with code
16#001F_4567#
.
This scheme is compatible with use of the full Wide_Wide_Character set, and is also the method used for wide wide character encoding in some standard ACATS (Ada Conformity Assessment Test Suite) test suite distributions.
GNAT has a default file naming scheme and also provides the user with a high degree of control over how the names and extensions of the source files correspond to the Ada compilation units that they contain.
gnatname
gnatkr
gnatchop
The default file name is determined by the name of the unit that the file contains. The name is formed by taking the full expanded name of the unit and replacing the separating dots with hyphens and using lowercase for all letters.
An exception arises if the file name generated by the above rules starts
with one of the characters
a
, g
, i
, or s
, and the second character is a
minus. In this case, the character tilde is used in place
of the minus. The reason for this special rule is to avoid clashes with
the standard names for child units of the packages System, Ada,
Interfaces, and GNAT, which use the prefixes
s-
, a-
, i-
, and g-
,
respectively.
The file extension is .ads
for a spec and
.adb
for a body. The following table shows some
examples of these rules.
Source File Ada Compilation Unit main.ads
Main (spec) main.adb
Main (body) arith_functions.ads
Arith_Functions (package spec) arith_functions.adb
Arith_Functions (package body) func-spec.ads
Func.Spec (child package spec) func-spec.adb
Func.Spec (child package body) main-sub.adb
Sub (subunit of Main) a~bad.adb
A.Bad (child package body)
Following these rules can result in excessively long file names if corresponding unit names are long (for example, if child units or subunits are heavily nested). An option is available to shorten such long file names (called file name ‘krunching’). This may be particularly useful when programs being developed with GNAT are to be used on operating systems with limited file name lengths. Using gnatkr.
Of course, no file shortening algorithm can guarantee uniqueness over all possible unit names; if file name krunching is used, it is your responsibility to ensure no name clashes occur. Alternatively you can specify the exact file names that you want used, as described in the next section. Finally, if your Ada programs are migrating from a compiler with a different naming convention, you can use the gnatchop utility to produce source files that follow the GNAT naming conventions. (For details see Renaming Files with gnatchop.)
Note: in the case of Windows or Mac OS operating systems, case is not
significant. So for example on Windows if the canonical name is
main-sub.adb
, you can use the file name Main-Sub.adb
instead.
However, case is significant for other operating systems, so for example,
if you want to use other than canonically cased file names on a Unix system,
you need to follow the procedures described in the next section.
In the previous section, we have described the default rules used by GNAT to determine the file name in which a given unit resides. It is often convenient to follow these default rules, and if you follow them, the compiler knows without being explicitly told where to find all the files it needs.
However, in some cases, particularly when a program is imported from another Ada compiler environment, it may be more convenient for the programmer to specify which file names contain which units. GNAT allows arbitrary file names to be used by means of the Source_File_Name pragma. The form of this pragma is as shown in the following examples:
pragma Source_File_Name (My_Utilities.Stacks, Spec_File_Name => "myutilst_a.ada"); pragma Source_File_name (My_Utilities.Stacks, Body_File_Name => "myutilst.ada");
As shown in this example, the first argument for the pragma is the unit name (in this example a child unit). The second argument has the form of a named association. The identifier indicates whether the file name is for a spec or a body; the file name itself is given by a string literal.
The source file name pragma is a configuration pragma, which means that
normally it will be placed in the gnat.adc
file used to hold configuration
pragmas that apply to a complete compilation environment.
For more details on how the gnat.adc
file is created and used
see Handling of Configuration Pragmas.
GNAT allows completely arbitrary file names to be specified using the
source file name pragma. However, if the file name specified has an
extension other than .ads
or .adb
it is necessary to use
a special syntax when compiling the file. The name in this case must be
preceded by the special sequence -x
followed by a space and the name
of the language, here ada
, as in:
$ gcc -c -x ada peculiar_file_name.sim
gnatmake
handles non-standard file names in the usual manner (the
non-standard file name for the main program is simply used as the
argument to gnatmake). Note that if the extension is also non-standard,
then it must be included in the gnatmake
command, it may not
be omitted.
The previous section described the use of the Source_File_Name
pragma to allow arbitrary names to be assigned to individual source files.
However, this approach requires one pragma for each file, and especially in
large systems can result in very long gnat.adc
files, and also create
a maintenance problem.
GNAT also provides a facility for specifying systematic file naming schemes
other than the standard default naming scheme previously described. An
alternative scheme for naming is specified by the use of
Source_File_Name
pragmas having the following format:
pragma Source_File_Name ( Spec_File_Name => FILE_NAME_PATTERN [ , Casing => CASING_SPEC] [ , Dot_Replacement => STRING_LITERAL ] ); pragma Source_File_Name ( Body_File_Name => FILE_NAME_PATTERN [ , Casing => CASING_SPEC ] [ , Dot_Replacement => STRING_LITERAL ] ) ; pragma Source_File_Name ( Subunit_File_Name => FILE_NAME_PATTERN [ , Casing => CASING_SPEC ] [ , Dot_Replacement => STRING_LITERAL ] ) ; FILE_NAME_PATTERN ::= STRING_LITERAL CASING_SPEC ::= Lowercase | Uppercase | Mixedcase
The FILE_NAME_PATTERN
string shows how the file name is constructed.
It contains a single asterisk character, and the unit name is substituted
systematically for this asterisk. The optional parameter
Casing
indicates
whether the unit name is to be all upper-case letters, all lower-case letters,
or mixed-case. If no
Casing
parameter is used, then the default is all
lower-case.
The optional Dot_Replacement
string is used to replace any periods
that occur in subunit or child unit names. If no Dot_Replacement
argument is used then separating dots appear unchanged in the resulting
file name.
Although the above syntax indicates that the
Casing
argument must appear
before the Dot_Replacement
argument, but it
is also permissible to write these arguments in the opposite order.
As indicated, it is possible to specify different naming schemes for
bodies, specs, and subunits. Quite often the rule for subunits is the
same as the rule for bodies, in which case, there is no need to give
a separate Subunit_File_Name
rule, and in this case the
Body_File_name
rule is used for subunits as well.
The separate rule for subunits can also be used to implement the rather unusual case of a compilation environment (e.g., a single directory) which contains a subunit and a child unit with the same unit name. Although both units cannot appear in the same partition, the Ada Reference Manual allows (but does not require) the possibility of the two units coexisting in the same environment.
The file name translation works in the following steps:
Source_File_Name
pragma for the given unit,
then this is always used, and any general pattern rules are ignored.
Source_File_Name
pragma that applies to
the unit, then the resulting file name will be used if the file exists. If
more than one pattern matches, the latest one will be tried first, and the
first attempt resulting in a reference to a file that exists will be used.
Source_File_Name
pragma that applies to the unit
for which the corresponding file exists, then the standard GNAT default
naming rules are used.
As an example of the use of this mechanism, consider a commonly used scheme
in which file names are all lower case, with separating periods copied
unchanged to the resulting file name, and specs end with .1.ada
, and
bodies end with .2.ada
. GNAT will follow this scheme if the following
two pragmas appear:
pragma Source_File_Name (Spec_File_Name => ".1.ada"); pragma Source_File_Name (Body_File_Name => ".2.ada");
The default GNAT scheme is actually implemented by providing the following default pragmas internally:
pragma Source_File_Name (Spec_File_Name => ".ads", Dot_Replacement => "-"); pragma Source_File_Name (Body_File_Name => ".adb", Dot_Replacement => "-");
Our final example implements a scheme typically used with one of the
Ada 83 compilers, where the separator character for subunits was ‘__’
(two underscores), specs were identified by adding _.ADA
, bodies
by adding .ADA
, and subunits by
adding .SEP
. All file names were
upper case. Child units were not present of course since this was an
Ada 83 compiler, but it seems reasonable to extend this scheme to use
the same double underscore separator for child units.
pragma Source_File_Name (Spec_File_Name => "_.ADA", Dot_Replacement => "__", Casing = Uppercase); pragma Source_File_Name (Body_File_Name => ".ADA", Dot_Replacement => "__", Casing = Uppercase); pragma Source_File_Name (Subunit_File_Name => ".SEP", Dot_Replacement => "__", Casing = Uppercase);
gnatname
¶The GNAT compiler must be able to know the source file name of a compilation
unit. When using the standard GNAT default file naming conventions
(.ads
for specs, .adb
for bodies), the GNAT compiler
does not need additional information.
When the source file names do not follow the standard GNAT default file naming
conventions, the GNAT compiler must be given additional information through
a configuration pragmas file (Configuration Pragmas)
or a project file.
When the non-standard file naming conventions are well-defined,
a small number of pragmas Source_File_Name
specifying a naming pattern
(Alternative File Naming Schemes) may be sufficient. However,
if the file naming conventions are irregular or arbitrary, a number
of pragma Source_File_Name
for individual compilation units
must be defined.
To help maintain the correspondence between compilation unit names and
source file names within the compiler,
GNAT provides a tool gnatname
to generate the required pragmas for a
set of files.
gnatname
¶The usual form of the gnatname
command is:
$ gnatname [ switches ] naming_pattern [ naming_patterns ] [--and [ switches ] naming_pattern [ naming_patterns ]]
All of the arguments are optional. If invoked without any argument,
gnatname
will display its usage.
When used with at least one naming pattern, gnatname
will attempt to
find all the compilation units in files that follow at least one of the
naming patterns. To find these compilation units,
gnatname
will use the GNAT compiler in syntax-check-only mode on all
regular files.
One or several Naming Patterns may be given as arguments to gnatname
.
Each Naming Pattern is enclosed between double quotes (or single
quotes on Windows).
A Naming Pattern is a regular expression similar to the wildcard patterns
used in file names by the Unix shells or the DOS prompt.
gnatname
may be called with several sections of directories/patterns.
Sections are separated by the switch --and
. In each section, there must be
at least one pattern. If no directory is specified in a section, the current
directory (or the project directory if -P
is used) is implied.
The options other that the directory switches and the patterns apply globally
even if they are in different sections.
Examples of Naming Patterns are:
"*.[12].ada" "*.ad[sb]*" "body_*" "spec_*"
For a more complete description of the syntax of Naming Patterns,
see the second kind of regular expressions described in g-regexp.ads
(the ‘Glob’ regular expressions).
When invoked without the switch -P
, gnatname
will create a
configuration pragmas file gnat.adc
in the current working directory,
with pragmas Source_File_Name
for each file that contains a valid Ada
unit.
gnatname
¶Switches for gnatname
must precede any specified Naming Pattern.
You may specify any of the following switches to gnatname
:
--version
Display Copyright and version, then exit disregarding all other options.
--help
If --version
was not used, display usage, then exit disregarding
all other options.
--subdirs=`dir'
Real object, library or exec directories are subdirectories <dir> of the specified ones.
--no-backup
Do not create a backup copy of an existing project file.
--and
Start another section of directories/patterns.
-c`filename'
Create a configuration pragmas file filename
(instead of the default
gnat.adc
).
There may be zero, one or more space between -c
and
filename
.
filename
may include directory information. filename
must be
writable. There may be only one switch -c
.
When a switch -c
is
specified, no switch -P
may be specified (see below).
-d`dir'
Look for source files in directory dir
. There may be zero, one or more
spaces between -d
and dir
.
dir
may end with /**
, that is it may be of the form
root_dir/**
. In this case, the directory root_dir
and all of its
subdirectories, recursively, have to be searched for sources.
When a switch -d
is specified, the current working directory will not be searched for source
files, unless it is explicitly specified with a -d
or -D
switch.
Several switches -d
may be specified.
If dir
is a relative path, it is relative to the directory of
the configuration pragmas file specified with switch
-c
,
or to the directory of the project file specified with switch
-P
or,
if neither switch -c
nor switch -P
are specified, it is relative to the
current working directory. The directory
specified with switch -d
must exist and be readable.
-D`filename'
Look for source files in all directories listed in text file filename
.
There may be zero, one or more spaces between -D
and filename
.
filename
must be an existing, readable text file.
Each nonempty line in filename
must be a directory.
Specifying switch -D
is equivalent to specifying as many
switches -d
as there are nonempty lines in
file
.
-eL
Follow symbolic links when processing project files.
-f`pattern'
Foreign patterns. Using this switch, it is possible to add sources of languages other than Ada to the list of sources of a project file. It is only useful if a -P switch is used. For example,
gnatname -Pprj -f"*.c" "*.ada"
will look for Ada units in all files with the .ada
extension,
and will add to the list of file for project prj.gpr
the C files
with extension .c
.
-h
Output usage (help) information. The output is written to stdout
.
-P`proj'
Create or update project file proj
. There may be zero, one or more space
between -P
and proj
. proj
may include directory
information. proj
must be writable.
There may be only one switch -P
.
When a switch -P
is specified,
no switch -c
may be specified.
On all platforms, except on VMS, when gnatname
is invoked for an
existing project file <proj>.gpr, a backup copy of the project file is created
in the project directory with file name <proj>.gpr.saved_x. ‘x’ is the first
non negative number that makes this backup copy a new file.
-v
Verbose mode. Output detailed explanation of behavior to stdout
.
This includes name of the file written, the name of the directories to search
and, for each file in those directories whose name matches at least one of
the Naming Patterns, an indication of whether the file contains a unit,
and if so the name of the unit.
-v -v
Very Verbose mode. In addition to the output produced in verbose mode, for each file in the searched directories whose name matches none of the Naming Patterns, an indication is given that there is no match.
-x`pattern'
Excluded patterns. Using this switch, it is possible to exclude some files that would match the name patterns. For example,
gnatname -x "*_nt.ada" "*.ada"
will look for Ada units in all files with the .ada
extension,
except those whose names end with _nt.ada
.
gnatname
Usage ¶$ gnatname -c /home/me/names.adc -d sources "[a-z]*.ada*"
In this example, the directory /home/me
must already exist
and be writable. In addition, the directory
/home/me/sources
(specified by
-d sources
) must exist and be readable.
Note the optional spaces after -c
and -d
.
$ gnatname -P/home/me/proj -x "*_nt_body.ada" -dsources -dsources/plus -Dcommon_dirs.txt "body_*" "spec_*"
Note that several switches -d
may be used,
even in conjunction with one or several switches
-D
. Several Naming Patterns and one excluded pattern
are used in this example.
gnatkr
¶This section discusses the method used by the compiler to shorten
the default file names chosen for Ada units so that they do not
exceed the maximum length permitted. It also describes the
gnatkr
utility that can be used to determine the result of
applying this shortening.
gnatkr
¶The default file naming rule in GNAT is that the file name must be derived from the unit name. The exact default rule is as follows:
a
, g
, s
, or i
,
then replace the dot by the character
~
(tilde)
instead of a minus.
The reason for this exception is to avoid clashes
with the standard names for children of System, Ada, Interfaces,
and GNAT, which use the prefixes
s-
, a-
, i-
, and g-
,
respectively.
The -gnatk`nn'
switch of the compiler activates a ‘krunching’
circuit that limits file names to nn characters (where nn is a decimal
integer).
The gnatkr
utility can be used to determine the krunched name for
a given file, when krunched to a specified maximum length.
gnatkr
¶The gnatkr
command has the form:
$ gnatkr name [ length ]
name
is the uncrunched file name, derived from the name of the unit
in the standard manner described in the previous section (i.e., in particular
all dots are replaced by hyphens). The file name may or may not have an
extension (defined as a suffix of the form period followed by arbitrary
characters other than period). If an extension is present then it will
be preserved in the output. For example, when krunching hellofile.ads
to eight characters, the result will be hellofil.ads.
Note: for compatibility with previous versions of gnatkr
dots may
appear in the name instead of hyphens, but the last dot will always be
taken as the start of an extension. So if gnatkr
is given an argument
such as Hello.World.adb
it will be treated exactly as if the first
period had been a hyphen, and for example krunching to eight characters
gives the result hellworl.adb
.
Note that the result is always all lower case. Characters of the other case are folded as required.
length
represents the length of the krunched name. The default
when no argument is given is 8 characters. A length of zero stands for
unlimited, in other words do not chop except for system files where the
implied crunching length is always eight characters.
The output is the krunched name. The output has an extension only if the original argument was a file name with an extension.
The initial file name is determined by the name of the unit that the file
contains. The name is formed by taking the full expanded name of the
unit and replacing the separating dots with hyphens and
using lowercase
for all letters, except that a hyphen in the second character position is
replaced by a tilde if the first character is
a
, i
, g
, or s
.
The extension is .ads
for a
spec and .adb
for a body.
Krunching does not affect the extension, but the file name is shortened to
the specified length by following these rules:
As an example, consider the krunching of our-strings-wide_fixed.adb
to fit the name into 8 characters as required by some operating systems:
our-strings-wide_fixed 22 our strings wide fixed 19 our string wide fixed 18 our strin wide fixed 17 our stri wide fixed 16 our stri wide fixe 15 our str wide fixe 14 our str wid fixe 13 our str wid fix 12 ou str wid fix 11 ou st wid fix 10 ou st wi fix 9 ou st wi fi 8 Final file name: oustwifi.adb
Prefix | Replacement |
ada- | a- |
gnat- | g- |
interfac es- | i- |
system- | s- |
These system files have a hyphen in the second character position. That is why normal user files replace such a character with a tilde, to avoid confusion with system file names.
As an example of this special rule, consider
ada-strings-wide_fixed.adb
, which gets krunched as follows:
ada-strings-wide_fixed 22 a- strings wide fixed 18 a- string wide fixed 17 a- strin wide fixed 16 a- stri wide fixed 15 a- stri wide fixe 14 a- str wide fixe 13 a- str wid fixe 12 a- str wid fix 11 a- st wid fix 10 a- st wi fix 9 a- st wi fi 8 Final file name: a-stwifi.adb
Of course no file shortening algorithm can guarantee uniqueness over all
possible unit names, and if file name krunching is used then it is your
responsibility to ensure that no name clashes occur. The utility
program gnatkr
is supplied for conveniently determining the
krunched name of a file.
gnatkr
Usage ¶$ gnatkr very_long_unit_name.ads --> velounna.ads $ gnatkr grandparent-parent-child.ads --> grparchi.ads $ gnatkr Grandparent.Parent.Child.ads --> grparchi.ads $ gnatkr grandparent-parent-child --> grparchi $ gnatkr very_long_unit_name.ads/count=6 --> vlunna.ads $ gnatkr very_long_unit_name.ads/count=0 --> very_long_unit_name.ads
gnatchop
¶This section discusses how to handle files with multiple units by using
the gnatchop
utility. This utility is also useful in renaming
files to meet the standard GNAT default file naming conventions.
gnatchop
gnatchop
gnatchop
UsageThe basic compilation model of GNAT requires that a file submitted to the compiler have only one unit and there be a strict correspondence between the file name and the unit name.
If you want to keep your files with multiple units,
perhaps to maintain compatibility with some other Ada compilation system,
you can use gnatname
to generate or update your project files.
Generated or modified project files can be processed by GNAT.
See Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions with gnatname for more details on how to use gnatname.
Alternatively, if you want to permanently restructure a set of ‘foreign’
files so that they match the GNAT rules, and do the remaining development
using the GNAT structure, you can simply use gnatchop
once, generate the
new set of files and work with them from that point on.
Note that if your file containing multiple units starts with a byte order mark (BOM) specifying UTF-8 encoding, then the files generated by gnatchop will each start with a copy of this BOM, meaning that they can be compiled automatically in UTF-8 mode without needing to specify an explicit encoding.
The basic function of gnatchop
is to take a file with multiple units
and split it into separate files. The boundary between files is reasonably
clear, except for the issue of comments and pragmas. In default mode, the
rule is that any pragmas between units belong to the previous unit, except
that configuration pragmas always belong to the following unit. Any comments
belong to the following unit. These rules
almost always result in the right choice of
the split point without needing to mark it explicitly and most users will
find this default to be what they want. In this default mode it is incorrect to
submit a file containing only configuration pragmas, or one that ends in
configuration pragmas, to gnatchop
.
However, using a special option to activate ‘compilation mode’,
gnatchop
can perform another function, which is to provide exactly the semantics
required by the RM for handling of configuration pragmas in a compilation.
In the absence of configuration pragmas (at the main file level), this
option has no effect, but it causes such configuration pragmas to be handled
in a quite different manner.
First, in compilation mode, if gnatchop
is given a file that consists of
only configuration pragmas, then this file is appended to the
gnat.adc
file in the current directory. This behavior provides
the required behavior described in the RM for the actions to be taken
on submitting such a file to the compiler, namely that these pragmas
should apply to all subsequent compilations in the same compilation
environment. Using GNAT, the current directory, possibly containing a
gnat.adc
file is the representation
of a compilation environment. For more information on the
gnat.adc
file, see Handling of Configuration Pragmas.
Second, in compilation mode, if gnatchop
is given a file that starts with
configuration pragmas, and contains one or more units, then these
configuration pragmas are prepended to each of the chopped files. This
behavior provides the required behavior described in the RM for the
actions to be taken on compiling such a file, namely that the pragmas
apply to all units in the compilation, but not to subsequently compiled
units.
Finally, if configuration pragmas appear between units, they are appended to the previous unit. This results in the previous unit being illegal, since the compiler does not accept configuration pragmas that follow a unit. This provides the required RM behavior that forbids configuration pragmas other than those preceding the first compilation unit of a compilation.
For most purposes, gnatchop
will be used in default mode. The
compilation mode described above is used only if you need exactly
accurate behavior with respect to compilations, and you have files
that contain multiple units and configuration pragmas. In this
circumstance the use of gnatchop
with the compilation mode
switch provides the required behavior, and is for example the mode
in which GNAT processes the ACVC tests.
gnatchop
¶The gnatchop
command has the form:
$ gnatchop switches file_name [file_name ...] [directory]
The only required argument is the file name of the file to be chopped. There are no restrictions on the form of this file name. The file itself contains one or more Ada units, in normal GNAT format, concatenated together. As shown, more than one file may be presented to be chopped.
When run in default mode, gnatchop
generates one output file in
the current directory for each unit in each of the files.
directory
, if specified, gives the name of the directory to which
the output files will be written. If it is not specified, all files are
written to the current directory.
For example, given a
file called hellofiles
containing
procedure Hello; with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; procedure Hello is begin Put_Line ("Hello"); end Hello;
the command
$ gnatchop hellofiles
generates two files in the current directory, one called
hello.ads
containing the single line that is the procedure spec,
and the other called hello.adb
containing the remaining text. The
original file is not affected. The generated files can be compiled in
the normal manner.
When gnatchop is invoked on a file that is empty or that contains only empty lines and/or comments, gnatchop will not fail, but will not produce any new sources.
For example, given a
file called toto.txt
containing
-- Just a comment
the command
$ gnatchop toto.txt
will not produce any new file and will result in the following warnings:
toto.txt:1:01: warning: empty file, contains no compilation units no compilation units found no source files written
gnatchop
¶gnatchop
recognizes the following switches:
--version
Display Copyright and version, then exit disregarding all other options.
--help
If --version
was not used, display usage, then exit disregarding
all other options.
-c
Causes gnatchop
to operate in compilation mode, in which
configuration pragmas are handled according to strict RM rules. See
previous section for a full description of this mode.
-gnat`xxx'
This passes the given -gnat`xxx'
switch to gnat
which is
used to parse the given file. Not all `xxx' options make sense,
but for example, the use of -gnati2
allows gnatchop
to
process a source file that uses Latin-2 coding for identifiers.
-h
Causes gnatchop
to generate a brief help summary to the standard
output file showing usage information.
-k`mm'
Limit generated file names to the specified number mm
of characters.
This is useful if the
resulting set of files is required to be interoperable with systems
which limit the length of file names.
No space is allowed between the -k
and the numeric value. The numeric
value may be omitted in which case a default of -k8
,
suitable for use
with DOS-like file systems, is used. If no -k
switch
is present then
there is no limit on the length of file names.
-p
Causes the file modification time stamp of the input file to be
preserved and used for the time stamp of the output file(s). This may be
useful for preserving coherency of time stamps in an environment where
gnatchop
is used as part of a standard build process.
-q
Causes output of informational messages indicating the set of generated files to be suppressed. Warnings and error messages are unaffected.
-r
Generate Source_Reference
pragmas. Use this switch if the output
files are regarded as temporary and development is to be done in terms
of the original unchopped file. This switch causes
Source_Reference
pragmas to be inserted into each of the
generated files to refers back to the original file name and line number.
The result is that all error messages refer back to the original
unchopped file.
In addition, the debugging information placed into the object file (when
the -g
switch of gcc
or gnatmake
is
specified)
also refers back to this original file so that tools like profilers and
debuggers will give information in terms of the original unchopped file.
If the original file to be chopped itself contains
a Source_Reference
pragma referencing a third file, then gnatchop respects
this pragma, and the generated Source_Reference
pragmas
in the chopped file refer to the original file, with appropriate
line numbers. This is particularly useful when gnatchop
is used in conjunction with gnatprep
to compile files that
contain preprocessing statements and multiple units.
-v
Causes gnatchop
to operate in verbose mode. The version
number and copyright notice are output, as well as exact copies of
the gnat1 commands spawned to obtain the chop control information.
-w
Overwrite existing file names. Normally gnatchop
regards it as a
fatal error if there is already a file with the same name as a
file it would otherwise output, in other words if the files to be
chopped contain duplicated units. This switch bypasses this
check, and causes all but the last instance of such duplicated
units to be skipped.
--GCC=`xxxx'
Specify the path of the GNAT parser to be used. When this switch is used, no attempt is made to add the prefix to the GNAT parser executable.
gnatchop
Usage ¶$ gnatchop -w hello_s.ada prerelease/files
Chops the source file hello_s.ada
. The output files will be
placed in the directory prerelease/files
,
overwriting any
files with matching names in that directory (no files in the current
directory are modified).
$ gnatchop archive
Chops the source file archive
into the current directory. One
useful application of gnatchop
is in sending sets of sources
around, for example in email messages. The required sources are simply
concatenated (for example, using a Unix cat
command), and then
gnatchop
is used at the other end to reconstitute the original
file names.
$ gnatchop file1 file2 file3 direc
Chops all units in files file1
, file2
, file3
, placing
the resulting files in the directory direc
. Note that if any units
occur more than once anywhere within this set of files, an error message
is generated, and no files are written. To override this check, use the
-w
switch,
in which case the last occurrence in the last file will
be the one that is output, and earlier duplicate occurrences for a given
unit will be skipped.
Configuration pragmas include those pragmas described as
such in the Ada Reference Manual, as well as
implementation-dependent pragmas that are configuration pragmas.
See the Implementation_Defined_Pragmas
chapter in the
GNAT_Reference_Manual for details on these
additional GNAT-specific configuration pragmas.
Most notably, the pragma Source_File_Name
, which allows
specifying non-default names for source files, is a configuration
pragma. The following is a complete list of configuration pragmas
recognized by GNAT:
Ada_83 Ada_95 Ada_05 Ada_2005 Ada_12 Ada_2012 Allow_Integer_Address Annotate Assertion_Policy Assume_No_Invalid_Values C_Pass_By_Copy Check_Float_Overflow Check_Name Check_Policy Component_Alignment Convention_Identifier Debug_Policy Default_Scalar_Storage_Order Default_Storage_Pool Detect_Blocking Disable_Atomic_Synchronization Discard_Names Elaboration_Checks Eliminate Enable_Atomic_Synchronization Extend_System Extensions_Allowed External_Name_Casing Fast_Math Favor_Top_Level Ignore_Pragma Implicit_Packing Initialize_Scalars Interrupt_State License Locking_Policy No_Component_Reordering No_Heap_Finalization No_Strict_Aliasing Normalize_Scalars Optimize_Alignment Overflow_Mode Overriding_Renamings Partition_Elaboration_Policy Persistent_BSS Prefix_Exception_Messages Priority_Specific_Dispatching Profile Profile_Warnings Queuing_Policy Rename_Pragma Restrictions Restriction_Warnings Reviewable Short_Circuit_And_Or Source_File_Name Source_File_Name_Project SPARK_Mode Style_Checks Suppress Suppress_Exception_Locations Task_Dispatching_Policy Unevaluated_Use_Of_Old Unsuppress Use_VADS_Size Validity_Checks Warning_As_Error Warnings Wide_Character_Encoding
Configuration pragmas may either appear at the start of a compilation unit, or they can appear in a configuration pragma file to apply to all compilations performed in a given compilation environment.
GNAT also provides the gnatchop
utility to provide an automatic
way to handle configuration pragmas following the semantics for
compilations (that is, files with multiple units), described in the RM.
See Operating gnatchop in Compilation Mode for details.
However, for most purposes, it will be more convenient to edit the
gnat.adc
file that contains configuration pragmas directly,
as described in the following section.
In the case of Restrictions
pragmas appearing as configuration
pragmas in individual compilation units, the exact handling depends on
the type of restriction.
Restrictions that require partition-wide consistency (like
No_Tasking
) are
recognized wherever they appear
and can be freely inherited, e.g. from a `with'ed unit to the `with'ing
unit. This makes sense since the binder will in any case insist on seeing
consistent use, so any unit not conforming to any restrictions that are
anywhere in the partition will be rejected, and you might as well find
that out at compile time rather than at bind time.
For restrictions that do not require partition-wide consistency, e.g. SPARK or No_Implementation_Attributes, in general the restriction applies only to the unit in which the pragma appears, and not to any other units.
The exception is No_Elaboration_Code which always applies to the entire object file from a compilation, i.e. to the body, spec, and all subunits. This restriction can be specified in a configuration pragma file, or it can be on the body and/or the spec (in either case it applies to all the relevant units). It can appear on a subunit only if it has previously appeared in the body of spec.
In GNAT a compilation environment is defined by the current
directory at the time that a compile command is given. This current
directory is searched for a file whose name is gnat.adc
. If
this file is present, it is expected to contain one or more
configuration pragmas that will be applied to the current compilation.
However, if the switch -gnatA
is used, gnat.adc
is not
considered. When taken into account, gnat.adc
is added to the
dependencies, so that if gnat.adc
is modified later, an invocation of
gnatmake
will recompile the source.
Configuration pragmas may be entered into the gnat.adc
file
either by running gnatchop
on a source file that consists only of
configuration pragmas, or more conveniently by direct editing of the
gnat.adc
file, which is a standard format source file.
Besides gnat.adc
, additional files containing configuration
pragmas may be applied to the current compilation using the switch
-gnatec=`path'
where path
must designate an existing file that
contains only configuration pragmas. These configuration pragmas are
in addition to those found in gnat.adc
(provided gnat.adc
is present and switch -gnatA
is not used).
It is allowable to specify several switches -gnatec=
, all of which
will be taken into account.
Files containing configuration pragmas specified with switches
-gnatec=
are added to the dependencies, unless they are
temporary files. A file is considered temporary if its name ends in
.tmp
or .TMP
. Certain tools follow this naming
convention because they pass information to gcc
via
temporary files that are immediately deleted; it doesn’t make sense to
depend on a file that no longer exists. Such tools include
gprbuild
, gnatmake
, and gnatcheck
.
By default, configuration pragma files are stored by their absolute paths in
ALI files. You can use the -gnateb
switch in order to store them by
their basename instead.
If you are using project file, a separate mechanism is provided using project attributes.
An Ada program consists of a set of source files, and the first step in compiling the program is to generate the corresponding object files. These are generated by compiling a subset of these source files. The files you need to compile are the following:
The preceding rules describe the set of files that must be compiled to
generate the object files for a program. Each object file has the same
name as the corresponding source file, except that the extension is
.o
as usual.
You may wish to compile other files for the purpose of checking their syntactic and semantic correctness. For example, in the case where a package has a separate spec and body, you would not normally compile the spec. However, it is convenient in practice to compile the spec to make sure it is error-free before compiling clients of this spec, because such compilations will fail if there is an error in the spec.
GNAT provides an option for compiling such files purely for the
purposes of checking correctness; such compilations are not required as
part of the process of building a program. To compile a file in this
checking mode, use the -gnatc
switch.
A given object file clearly depends on the source file which is compiled
to produce it. Here we are using “depends” in the sense of a typical
make
utility; in other words, an object file depends on a source
file if changes to the source file require the object file to be
recompiled.
In addition to this basic dependency, a given object may depend on
additional source files as follows:
X
, the object file
depends on the file containing the spec of unit X
. This includes
files that are `with'ed implicitly either because they are parents
of `with'ed child units or they are run-time units required by the
language constructs used in a particular unit.
Inline
applies and inlining is activated with the
-gnatn
switch, the object file depends on the file containing the
body of this subprogram as well as on the file containing the spec. Note
that for inlining to actually occur as a result of the use of this switch,
it is necessary to compile in optimizing mode.
The use of -gnatN
activates inlining optimization
that is performed by the front end of the compiler. This inlining does
not require that the code generation be optimized. Like -gnatn
,
the use of this switch generates additional dependencies.
When using a gcc-based back end, then the use of
-gnatN
is deprecated, and the use of -gnatn
is preferred.
Historically front end inlining was more extensive than the gcc back end
inlining, but that is no longer the case.
O
depends on the proper body of a subunit through
inlining or instantiation, it depends on the parent unit of the subunit.
This means that any modification of the parent unit or one of its subunits
affects the compilation of O
.
These rules are applied transitively: if unit A
`with's
unit B
, whose elaboration calls an inlined procedure in package
C
, the object file for unit A
will depend on the body of
C
, in file c.adb
.
The set of dependent files described by these rules includes all the files on which the unit is semantically dependent, as dictated by the Ada language standard. However, it is a superset of what the standard describes, because it includes generic, inline, and subunit dependencies.
An object file must be recreated by recompiling the corresponding source
file if any of the source files on which it depends are modified. For
example, if the make
utility is used to control compilation,
the rule for an Ada object file must mention all the source files on
which the object file depends, according to the above definition.
The determination of the necessary
recompilations is done automatically when one uses gnatmake
.
Each compilation actually generates two output files. The first of these
is the normal object file that has a .o
extension. The second is a
text file containing full dependency information. It has the same
name as the source file, but an .ali
extension.
This file is known as the Ada Library Information (ALI
) file.
The following information is contained in the ALI
file.
gcc
command for the compilation
Pure
).
Elaborate
or Elaborate_All
pragmas.
Linker_Options
pragmas used in the unit
Body_Version
or Version
attributes in the unit.
gnatxref
and gnatfind
to
provide cross-reference information.
For a full detailed description of the format of the ALI
file,
see the source of the body of unit Lib.Writ
, contained in file
lib-writ.adb
in the GNAT compiler sources.
When using languages such as C and C++, once the source files have been compiled the only remaining step in building an executable program is linking the object modules together. This means that it is possible to link an inconsistent version of a program, in which two units have included different versions of the same header.
The rules of Ada do not permit such an inconsistent program to be built. For example, if two clients have different versions of the same package, it is illegal to build a program containing these two clients. These rules are enforced by the GNAT binder, which also determines an elaboration order consistent with the Ada rules.
The GNAT binder is run after all the object files for a program have been created. It is given the name of the main program unit, and from this it determines the set of units required by the program, by reading the corresponding ALI files. It generates error messages if the program is inconsistent or if no valid order of elaboration exists.
If no errors are detected, the binder produces a main program, in Ada by
default, that contains calls to the elaboration procedures of those
compilation unit that require them, followed by
a call to the main program. This Ada program is compiled to generate the
object file for the main program. The name of
the Ada file is b~xxx
.adb‘ (with the corresponding spec
b~xxx
.ads‘) where xxx
is the name of the
main program unit.
Finally, the linker is used to build the resulting executable program, using the object from the main program from the bind step as well as the object files for the Ada units of the program.
This section describes how to build and use libraries with GNAT, and also shows how to recompile the GNAT run-time library. You should be familiar with the Project Manager facility (see the `GNAT_Project_Manager' chapter of the `GPRbuild User’s Guide') before reading this chapter.
A library is, conceptually, a collection of objects which does not have its own main thread of execution, but rather provides certain services to the applications that use it. A library can be either statically linked with the application, in which case its code is directly included in the application, or, on platforms that support it, be dynamically linked, in which case its code is shared by all applications making use of this library.
GNAT supports both types of libraries. In the static case, the compiled code can be provided in different ways. The simplest approach is to provide directly the set of objects resulting from compilation of the library source files. Alternatively, you can group the objects into an archive using whatever commands are provided by the operating system. For the latter case, the objects are grouped into a shared library.
In the GNAT environment, a library has three types of components:
ALI
files (see The Ada Library Information Files), and
A GNAT library may expose all its source files, which is useful for documentation purposes. Alternatively, it may expose only the units needed by an external user to make use of the library. That is to say, the specs reflecting the library services along with all the units needed to compile those specs, which can include generic bodies or any body implementing an inlined routine. In the case of `stand-alone libraries' those exposed units are called `interface units' (Stand-alone Ada Libraries).
All compilation units comprising an application, including those in a library,
need to be elaborated in an order partially defined by Ada’s semantics. GNAT
computes the elaboration order from the ALI
files and this is why they
constitute a mandatory part of GNAT libraries.
`Stand-alone libraries' are the exception to this rule because a specific
library elaboration routine is produced independently of the application(s)
using the library.
The easiest way to build a library is to use the Project Manager, which supports a special type of project called a `Library Project' (see the `Library Projects' section in the `GNAT Project Manager' chapter of the `GPRbuild User’s Guide').
A project is considered a library project, when two project-level attributes
are defined in it: Library_Name
and Library_Dir
. In order to
control different aspects of library configuration, additional optional
project-level attributes can be specified:
Library_Kind
This attribute controls whether the library is to be static or dynamic
Library_Version
This attribute specifies the library version; this value is used during dynamic linking of shared libraries to determine if the currently installed versions of the binaries are compatible.
Library_Options
Library_GCC
These attributes specify additional low-level options to be used during library generation, and redefine the actual application used to generate library.
The GNAT Project Manager takes full care of the library maintenance task,
including recompilation of the source files for which objects do not exist
or are not up to date, assembly of the library archive, and installation of
the library (i.e., copying associated source, object and ALI
files
to the specified location).
Here is a simple library project file:
project My_Lib is for Source_Dirs use ("src1", "src2"); for Object_Dir use "obj"; for Library_Name use "mylib"; for Library_Dir use "lib"; for Library_Kind use "dynamic"; end My_lib;
and the compilation command to build and install the library:
$ gnatmake -Pmy_lib
It is not entirely trivial to perform manually all the steps required to produce a library. We recommend that you use the GNAT Project Manager for this task. In special cases where this is not desired, the necessary steps are discussed below.
There are various possibilities for compiling the units that make up the
library: for example with a Makefile (Using the GNU make Utility) or
with a conventional script. For simple libraries, it is also possible to create
a dummy main program which depends upon all the packages that comprise the
interface of the library. This dummy main program can then be given to
gnatmake
, which will ensure that all necessary objects are built.
After this task is accomplished, you should follow the standard procedure of the underlying operating system to produce the static or shared library.
Here is an example of such a dummy program:
with My_Lib.Service1; with My_Lib.Service2; with My_Lib.Service3; procedure My_Lib_Dummy is begin null; end;
Here are the generic commands that will build an archive or a shared library.
# compiling the library $ gnatmake -c my_lib_dummy.adb # we don't need the dummy object itself $ rm my_lib_dummy.o my_lib_dummy.ali # create an archive with the remaining objects $ ar rc libmy_lib.a *.o # some systems may require "ranlib" to be run as well # or create a shared library $ gcc -shared -o libmy_lib.so *.o # some systems may require the code to have been compiled with -fPIC # remove the object files that are now in the library $ rm *.o # Make the ALI files read-only so that gnatmake will not try to # regenerate the objects that are in the library $ chmod -w *.ali
Please note that the library must have a name of the form lib`xxx'.a
or lib`xxx'.so
(or lib`xxx'.dll
on Windows) in order to
be accessed by the directive -l`xxx'
at link time.
If you use project files, library installation is part of the library build process (see the `Installing a Library with Project Files' section of the `GNAT Project Manager' chapter of the `GPRbuild User’s Guide').
When project files are not an option, it is also possible, but not recommended,
to install the library so that the sources needed to use the library are on the
Ada source path and the ALI files & libraries be on the Ada Object path (see
Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL). Alternatively, the system
administrator can place general-purpose libraries in the default compiler
paths, by specifying the libraries’ location in the configuration files
ada_source_path
and ada_object_path
. These configuration files
must be located in the GNAT installation tree at the same place as the gcc spec
file. The location of the gcc spec file can be determined as follows:
$ gcc -v
The configuration files mentioned above have a simple format: each line must contain one unique directory name. Those names are added to the corresponding path in their order of appearance in the file. The names can be either absolute or relative; in the latter case, they are relative to where theses files are located.
The files ada_source_path
and ada_object_path
might not be
present in a
GNAT installation, in which case, GNAT will look for its run-time library in
the directories adainclude
(for the sources) and adalib
(for the
objects and ALI
files). When the files exist, the compiler does not
look in adainclude
and adalib
, and thus the
ada_source_path
file
must contain the location for the GNAT run-time sources (which can simply
be adainclude
). In the same way, the ada_object_path
file must
contain the location for the GNAT run-time objects (which can simply
be adalib
).
You can also specify a new default path to the run-time library at compilation
time with the switch --RTS=rts-path
. You can thus choose / change
the run-time library you want your program to be compiled with. This switch is
recognized by gcc
, gnatmake
, gnatbind
,
gnatls
, gnatfind
and gnatxref
.
It is possible to install a library before or after the standard GNAT library, by reordering the lines in the configuration files. In general, a library must be installed before the GNAT library if it redefines any part of it.
Once again, the project facility greatly simplifies the use of
libraries. In this context, using a library is just a matter of adding a
`with' clause in the user project. For instance, to make use of the
library My_Lib
shown in examples in earlier sections, you can
write:
with "my_lib"; project My_Proj is ... end My_Proj;
Even if you have a third-party, non-Ada library, you can still use GNAT’s
Project Manager facility to provide a wrapper for it. For example, the
following project, when `with'ed by your main project, will link with the
third-party library liba.a
:
project Liba is for Externally_Built use "true"; for Source_Files use (); for Library_Dir use "lib"; for Library_Name use "a"; for Library_Kind use "static"; end Liba;
This is an alternative to the use of pragma Linker_Options
. It is
especially interesting in the context of systems with several interdependent
static libraries where finding a proper linker order is not easy and best be
left to the tools having visibility over project dependence information.
In order to use an Ada library manually, you need to make sure that this library is on both your source and object path (see Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL) and Search Paths for gnatbind). Furthermore, when the objects are grouped in an archive or a shared library, you need to specify the desired library at link time.
For example, you can use the library mylib
installed in
/dir/my_lib_src
and /dir/my_lib_obj
with the following commands:
$ gnatmake -aI/dir/my_lib_src -aO/dir/my_lib_obj my_appl \\ -largs -lmy_lib
This can be expressed more simply:
$ gnatmake my_appl
when the following conditions are met:
/dir/my_lib_src
has been added by the user to the environment
variable
ADA_INCLUDE_PATH
, or by the administrator to the file
ada_source_path
/dir/my_lib_obj
has been added by the user to the environment
variable
ADA_OBJECTS_PATH
, or by the administrator to the file
ada_object_path
Linker_Options
has been added to one of the sources.
For example:
pragma Linker_Options ("-lmy_lib");
Note that you may also load a library dynamically at
run time given its filename, as illustrated in the GNAT plugins
example
in the directory share/examples/gnat/plugins
within the GNAT
install area.
A Stand-alone Library (abbreviated ‘SAL’) is a library that contains the
necessary code to
elaborate the Ada units that are included in the library. In contrast with
an ordinary library, which consists of all sources, objects and ALI
files of the
library, a SAL may specify a restricted subset of compilation units
to serve as a library interface. In this case, the fully
self-sufficient set of files will normally consist of an objects
archive, the sources of interface units’ specs, and the ALI
files of interface units.
If an interface spec contains a generic unit or an inlined subprogram,
the body’s
source must also be provided; if the units that must be provided in the source
form depend on other units, the source and ALI
files of those must
also be provided.
The main purpose of a SAL is to minimize the recompilation overhead of client
applications when a new version of the library is installed. Specifically,
if the interface sources have not changed, client applications do not need to
be recompiled. If, furthermore, a SAL is provided in the shared form and its
version, controlled by Library_Version
attribute, is not changed,
then the clients do not need to be relinked.
SALs also allow the library providers to minimize the amount of library source text exposed to the clients. Such ‘information hiding’ might be useful or necessary for various reasons.
Stand-alone libraries are also well suited to be used in an executable whose main routine is not written in Ada.
GNAT’s Project facility provides a simple way of building and installing
stand-alone libraries; see the `Stand-alone Library Projects' section
in the `GNAT Project Manager' chapter of the `GPRbuild User’s Guide'.
To be a Stand-alone Library Project, in addition to the two attributes
that make a project a Library Project (Library_Name
and
Library_Dir
; see the `Library Projects' section in the
`GNAT Project Manager' chapter of the `GPRbuild User’s Guide'),
the attribute Library_Interface
must be defined. For example:
for Library_Dir use "lib_dir"; for Library_Name use "dummy"; for Library_Interface use ("int1", "int1.child");
Attribute Library_Interface
has a non-empty string list value,
each string in the list designating a unit contained in an immediate source
of the project file.
When a Stand-alone Library is built, first the binder is invoked to build
a package whose name depends on the library name
(b~dummy.ads/b
in the example above).
This binder-generated package includes initialization and
finalization procedures whose
names depend on the library name (dummyinit
and dummyfinal
in the example
above). The object corresponding to this package is included in the library.
You must ensure timely (e.g., prior to any use of interfaces in the SAL)
calling of these procedures if a static SAL is built, or if a shared SAL
is built
with the project-level attribute Library_Auto_Init
set to
"false"
.
For a Stand-Alone Library, only the ALI
files of the Interface Units
(those that are listed in attribute Library_Interface
) are copied to
the Library Directory. As a consequence, only the Interface Units may be
imported from Ada units outside of the library. If other units are imported,
the binding phase will fail.
It is also possible to build an encapsulated library where not only
the code to elaborate and finalize the library is embedded but also
ensuring that the library is linked only against static
libraries. So an encapsulated library only depends on system
libraries, all other code, including the GNAT runtime, is embedded. To
build an encapsulated library the attribute
Library_Standalone
must be set to encapsulated
:
for Library_Dir use "lib_dir"; for Library_Name use "dummy"; for Library_Kind use "dynamic"; for Library_Interface use ("int1", "int1.child"); for Library_Standalone use "encapsulated";
The default value for this attribute is standard
in which case
a stand-alone library is built.
The attribute Library_Src_Dir
may be specified for a
Stand-Alone Library. Library_Src_Dir
is a simple attribute that has a
single string value. Its value must be the path (absolute or relative to the
project directory) of an existing directory. This directory cannot be the
object directory or one of the source directories, but it can be the same as
the library directory. The sources of the Interface
Units of the library that are needed by an Ada client of the library will be
copied to the designated directory, called the Interface Copy directory.
These sources include the specs of the Interface Units, but they may also
include bodies and subunits, when pragmas Inline
or Inline_Always
are used, or when there is a generic unit in the spec. Before the sources
are copied to the Interface Copy directory, an attempt is made to delete all
files in the Interface Copy directory.
Building stand-alone libraries by hand is somewhat tedious, but for those occasions when it is necessary here are the steps that you need to perform:
-n
(No Ada main program),
with all the ALI
files of the interfaces, and
with the switch -L
to give specific names to the init
and final
procedures. For example:
$ gnatbind -n int1.ali int2.ali -Lsal1
$ gcc -c b~int2.adb
init
(and possibly
final
) procedures for automatic initialization (and finalization).
The built library should be placed in a directory different from
the object directory.
ALI
files of the interface to the library directory,
add in this copy an indication that it is an interface to a SAL
(i.e., add a word SL
on the line in the ALI
file that starts
with letter ‘P’) and make the modified copy of the ALI
file
read-only.
Using SALs is not different from using other libraries (see Using a library).
It is easy to adapt the SAL build procedure discussed above for use of a SAL in a non-Ada context.
The only extra step required is to ensure that library interface subprograms
are compatible with the main program, by means of pragma Export
or pragma Convention
.
Here is an example of simple library interface for use with C main program:
package My_Package is procedure Do_Something; pragma Export (C, Do_Something, "do_something"); procedure Do_Something_Else; pragma Export (C, Do_Something_Else, "do_something_else"); end My_Package;
On the foreign language side, you must provide a ‘foreign’ view of the library interface; remember that it should contain elaboration routines in addition to interface subprograms.
The example below shows the content of mylib_interface.h
(note
that there is no rule for the naming of this file, any name can be used)
/* the library elaboration procedure */ extern void mylibinit (void); /* the library finalization procedure */ extern void mylibfinal (void); /* the interface exported by the library */ extern void do_something (void); extern void do_something_else (void);
Libraries built as explained above can be used from any program, provided
that the elaboration procedures (named mylibinit
in the previous
example) are called before the library services are used. Any number of
libraries can be used simultaneously, as long as the elaboration
procedure of each library is called.
Below is an example of a C program that uses the mylib
library.
#include "mylib_interface.h" int main (void) { /* First, elaborate the library before using it */ mylibinit (); /* Main program, using the library exported entities */ do_something (); do_something_else (); /* Library finalization at the end of the program */ mylibfinal (); return 0; }
Note that invoking any library finalization procedure generated by
gnatbind
shuts down the Ada run-time environment.
Consequently, the
finalization of all Ada libraries must be performed at the end of the program.
No call to these libraries or to the Ada run-time library should be made
after the finalization phase.
Note also that special care must be taken with multi-tasks applications. The initialization and finalization routines are not protected against concurrent access. If such requirement is needed it must be ensured at the application level using a specific operating system services like a mutex or a critical-section.
The pragmas listed below should be used with caution inside libraries, as they can create incompatibilities with other Ada libraries:
Locking_Policy
Partition_Elaboration_Policy
Queuing_Policy
Task_Dispatching_Policy
Unreserve_All_Interrupts
When using a library that contains such pragmas, the user must make sure
that all libraries use the same pragmas with the same values. Otherwise,
Program_Error
will
be raised during the elaboration of the conflicting
libraries. The usage of these pragmas and its consequences for the user
should therefore be well documented.
Similarly, the traceback in the exception occurrence mechanism should be enabled or disabled in a consistent manner across all libraries. Otherwise, Program_Error will be raised during the elaboration of the conflicting libraries.
If the Version
or Body_Version
attributes are used inside a library, then you need to
perform a gnatbind
step that specifies all ALI
files in all
libraries, so that version identifiers can be properly computed.
In practice these attributes are rarely used, so this is unlikely
to be a consideration.
It may be useful to recompile the GNAT library in various debugging or
experimentation contexts. A project file called
libada.gpr
is provided to that effect and can be found in
the directory containing the GNAT library. The location of this
directory depends on the way the GNAT environment has been installed and can
be determined by means of the command:
$ gnatls -v
The last entry in the source search path usually contains the
gnat library (the adainclude
directory). This project file contains its
own documentation and in particular the set of instructions needed to rebuild a
new library and to use it.
Note that rebuilding the GNAT Run-Time is only recommended for temporary experiments or debugging, and is not supported.
This section presents some guidelines for modeling conditional compilation in Ada and describes the gnatprep preprocessor utility.
It is often necessary to arrange for a single source program to serve multiple purposes, where it is compiled in different ways to achieve these different goals. Some examples of the need for this feature are
In C, or C++, the typical approach would be to use the preprocessor that is defined as part of the language. The Ada language does not contain such a feature. This is not an oversight, but rather a very deliberate design decision, based on the experience that overuse of the preprocessing features in C and C++ can result in programs that are extremely difficult to maintain. For example, if we have ten switches that can be on or off, this means that there are a thousand separate programs, any one of which might not even be syntactically correct, and even if syntactically correct, the resulting program might not work correctly. Testing all combinations can quickly become impossible.
Nevertheless, the need to tailor programs certainly exists, and in this section we will discuss how this can be achieved using Ada in general, and GNAT in particular.
In the case where the difference is simply which code sequence is executed, the cleanest solution is to use Boolean constants to control which code is executed.
FP_Initialize_Required : constant Boolean := True; ... if FP_Initialize_Required then ... end if;
Not only will the code inside the if
statement not be executed if
the constant Boolean is False
, but it will also be completely
deleted from the program.
However, the code is only deleted after the if
statement
has been checked for syntactic and semantic correctness.
(In contrast, with preprocessors the code is deleted before the
compiler ever gets to see it, so it is not checked until the switch
is turned on.)
Typically the Boolean constants will be in a separate package, something like:
package Config is FP_Initialize_Required : constant Boolean := True; Reset_Available : constant Boolean := False; ... end Config;
The Config
package exists in multiple forms for the various targets,
with an appropriate script selecting the version of Config
needed.
Then any other unit requiring conditional compilation can do a `with'
of Config
to make the constants visible.
A common use of conditional code is to execute statements (for example dynamic checks, or output of intermediate results) under control of a debug switch, so that the debugging behavior can be turned on and off. This can be done using a Boolean constant to control whether the code is active:
if Debugging then Put_Line ("got to the first stage!"); end if;
or
if Debugging and then Temperature > 999.0 then raise Temperature_Crazy; end if;
Since this is a common case, there are special features to deal with
this in a convenient manner. For the case of tests, Ada 2005 has added
a pragma Assert
that can be used for such tests. This pragma is modeled
on the Assert
pragma that has always been available in GNAT, so this
feature may be used with GNAT even if you are not using Ada 2005 features.
The use of pragma Assert
is described in the
GNAT_Reference_Manual, but as an
example, the last test could be written:
pragma Assert (Temperature <= 999.0, "Temperature Crazy");
or simply
pragma Assert (Temperature <= 999.0);
In both cases, if assertions are active and the temperature is excessive,
the exception Assert_Failure
will be raised, with the given string in
the first case or a string indicating the location of the pragma in the second
case used as the exception message.
You can turn assertions on and off by using the Assertion_Policy
pragma.
This is an Ada 2005 pragma which is implemented in all modes by
GNAT. Alternatively, you can use the -gnata
switch
to enable assertions from the command line, which applies to
all versions of Ada.
For the example above with the Put_Line
, the GNAT-specific pragma
Debug
can be used:
pragma Debug (Put_Line ("got to the first stage!"));
If debug pragmas are enabled, the argument, which must be of the form of
a procedure call, is executed (in this case, Put_Line
will be called).
Only one call can be present, but of course a special debugging procedure
containing any code you like can be included in the program and then
called in a pragma Debug
argument as needed.
One advantage of pragma Debug
over the if Debugging then
construct is that pragma Debug
can appear in declarative contexts,
such as at the very beginning of a procedure, before local declarations have
been elaborated.
Debug pragmas are enabled using either the -gnata
switch that also
controls assertions, or with a separate Debug_Policy pragma.
The latter pragma is new in the Ada 2005 versions of GNAT (but it can be used
in Ada 95 and Ada 83 programs as well), and is analogous to
pragma Assertion_Policy
to control assertions.
Assertion_Policy
and Debug_Policy
are configuration pragmas,
and thus they can appear in gnat.adc
if you are not using a
project file, or in the file designated to contain configuration pragmas
in a project file.
They then apply to all subsequent compilations. In practice the use of
the -gnata
switch is often the most convenient method of controlling
the status of these pragmas.
Note that a pragma is not a statement, so in contexts where a statement
sequence is required, you can’t just write a pragma on its own. You have
to add a null
statement.
if ... then ... -- some statements else pragma Assert (Num_Cases < 10); null; end if;
In some cases it may be necessary to conditionalize declarations to meet different requirements. For example we might want a bit string whose length is set to meet some hardware message requirement.
This may be possible using declare blocks controlled by conditional constants:
if Small_Machine then declare X : Bit_String (1 .. 10); begin ... end; else declare X : Large_Bit_String (1 .. 1000); begin ... end; end if;
Note that in this approach, both declarations are analyzed by the compiler so this can only be used where both declarations are legal, even though one of them will not be used.
Another approach is to define integer constants, e.g., Bits_Per_Word
,
or Boolean constants, e.g., Little_Endian
, and then write declarations
that are parameterized by these constants. For example
for Rec use Field1 at 0 range Boolean'Pos (Little_Endian) * 10 .. Bits_Per_Word; end record;
If Bits_Per_Word
is set to 32, this generates either
for Rec use Field1 at 0 range 0 .. 32; end record;
for the big endian case, or
for Rec use record Field1 at 0 range 10 .. 32; end record;
for the little endian case. Since a powerful subset of Ada expression
notation is usable for creating static constants, clever use of this
feature can often solve quite difficult problems in conditionalizing
compilation (note incidentally that in Ada 95, the little endian
constant was introduced as System.Default_Bit_Order
, so you do not
need to define this one yourself).
In some cases, none of the approaches described above are adequate. This can occur for example if the set of declarations required is radically different for two different configurations.
In this situation, the official Ada way of dealing with conditionalizing such code is to write separate units for the different cases. As long as this does not result in excessive duplication of code, this can be done without creating maintenance problems. The approach is to share common code as far as possible, and then isolate the code and declarations that are different. Subunits are often a convenient method for breaking out a piece of a unit that is to be conditionalized, with separate files for different versions of the subunit for different targets, where the build script selects the right one to give to the compiler.
As an example, consider a situation where a new feature in Ada 2005 allows something to be done in a really nice way. But your code must be able to compile with an Ada 95 compiler. Conceptually you want to say:
if Ada_2005 then ... neat Ada 2005 code else ... not quite as neat Ada 95 code end if;
where Ada_2005
is a Boolean constant.
But this won’t work when Ada_2005
is set to False
,
since the then
clause will be illegal for an Ada 95 compiler.
(Recall that although such unreachable code would eventually be deleted
by the compiler, it still needs to be legal. If it uses features
introduced in Ada 2005, it will be illegal in Ada 95.)
So instead we write
procedure Insert is separate;
Then we have two files for the subunit Insert
, with the two sets of
code.
If the package containing this is called File_Queries
, then we might
have two files
file_queries-insert-2005.adb
file_queries-insert-95.adb
and the build script renames the appropriate file to file_queries-insert.adb
and then carries out the compilation.
This can also be done with project files’ naming schemes. For example:
for body ("File_Queries.Insert") use "file_queries-insert-2005.ada";
Note also that with project files it is desirable to use a different extension
than ads
/ adb
for alternative versions. Otherwise a naming
conflict may arise through another commonly used feature: to declare as part
of the project a set of directories containing all the sources obeying the
default naming scheme.
The use of alternative units is certainly feasible in all situations,
and for example the Ada part of the GNAT run-time is conditionalized
based on the target architecture using this approach. As a specific example,
consider the implementation of the AST feature in VMS. There is one
spec: s-asthan.ads
which is the same for all architectures, and three
bodies:
s-asthan.adb
used for all non-VMS operating systems
s-asthan-vms-alpha.adb
used for VMS on the Alpha
s-asthan-vms-ia64.adb
used for VMS on the ia64
The dummy version s-asthan.adb
simply raises exceptions noting that
this operating system feature is not available, and the two remaining
versions interface with the corresponding versions of VMS to provide
VMS-compatible AST handling. The GNAT build script knows the architecture
and operating system, and automatically selects the right version,
renaming it if necessary to s-asthan.adb
before the run-time build.
Another style for arranging alternative implementations is through Ada’s
access-to-subprogram facility.
In case some functionality is to be conditionally included,
you can declare an access-to-procedure variable Ref
that is initialized
to designate a ‘do nothing’ procedure, and then invoke Ref.all
when appropriate.
In some library package, set Ref
to Proc'Access
for some
procedure Proc
that performs the relevant processing.
The initialization only occurs if the library package is included in the
program.
The same idea can also be implemented using tagged types and dispatching
calls.
Although it is quite possible to conditionalize code without the use of C-style preprocessing, as described earlier in this section, it is nevertheless convenient in some cases to use the C approach. Moreover, older Ada compilers have often provided some preprocessing capability, so legacy code may depend on this approach, even though it is not standard.
To accommodate such use, GNAT provides a preprocessor (modeled to a large extent on the various preprocessors that have been used with legacy code on other compilers, to enable easier transition).
The preprocessor may be used in two separate modes. It can be used quite
separately from the compiler, to generate a separate output source file
that is then fed to the compiler as a separate step. This is the
gnatprep
utility, whose use is fully described in
Preprocessing with gnatprep.
The preprocessing language allows such constructs as
#if DEBUG or else (PRIORITY > 4) then sequence of declarations #else completely different sequence of declarations #end if;
The values of the symbols DEBUG
and PRIORITY
can be
defined either on the command line or in a separate file.
The other way of running the preprocessor is even closer to the C style and
often more convenient. In this approach the preprocessing is integrated into
the compilation process. The compiler is given the preprocessor input which
includes #if
lines etc, and then the compiler carries out the
preprocessing internally and processes the resulting output.
For more details on this approach, see Integrated Preprocessing.
gnatprep
¶This section discusses how to use GNAT’s gnatprep
utility for simple
preprocessing.
Although designed for use with GNAT, gnatprep
does not depend on any
special GNAT features.
For further discussion of conditional compilation in general, see
Conditional Compilation.
gnatprep
gnatprep
gnatprep
Preprocessing symbols are defined in `definition files' and referenced in the sources to be preprocessed. A preprocessing symbol is an identifier, following normal Ada (case-insensitive) rules for its syntax, with the restriction that all characters need to be in the ASCII set (no accented letters).
gnatprep
¶To call gnatprep
use:
$ gnatprep [ switches ] infile outfile [ deffile ]
where
is an optional sequence of switches as described in the next section.
is the full name of the input file, which is an Ada source file containing preprocessor directives.
is the full name of the output file, which is an Ada source
in standard Ada form. When used with GNAT, this file name will
normally have an ads
or adb
suffix.
deffile
is the full name of a text file containing definitions of
preprocessing symbols to be referenced by the preprocessor. This argument is
optional, and can be replaced by the use of the -D
switch.
gnatprep
¶--version
Display Copyright and version, then exit disregarding all other options.
--help
If --version
was not used, display usage and then exit disregarding
all other options.
-b
Causes both preprocessor lines and the lines deleted by preprocessing to be replaced by blank lines in the output source file, preserving line numbers in the output file.
-c
Causes both preprocessor lines and the lines deleted
by preprocessing to be retained in the output source as comments marked
with the special string "--! "
. This option will result in line numbers
being preserved in the output file.
-C
Causes comments to be scanned. Normally comments are ignored by gnatprep. If this option is specified, then comments are scanned and any $symbol substitutions performed as in program text. This is particularly useful when structured comments are used (e.g., for programs written in a pre-2014 version of the SPARK Ada subset). Note that this switch is not available when doing integrated preprocessing (it would be useless in this context since comments are ignored by the compiler in any case).
-D`symbol'[=`value']
Defines a new preprocessing symbol with the specified value. If no value is given
on the command line, then symbol is considered to be True
. This switch
can be used in place of a definition file.
-r
Causes a Source_Reference
pragma to be generated that
references the original input file, so that error messages will use
the file name of this original file. The use of this switch implies
that preprocessor lines are not to be removed from the file, so its
use will force -b
mode if -c
has not been specified explicitly.
Note that if the file to be preprocessed contains multiple units, then
it will be necessary to gnatchop
the output file from
gnatprep
. If a Source_Reference
pragma is present
in the preprocessed file, it will be respected by
gnatchop -r
so that the final chopped files will correctly refer to the original
input source file for gnatprep
.
-s
Causes a sorted list of symbol names and values to be listed on the standard output file.
-T
Use LF as line terminators when writing files. By default the line terminator of the host (LF under unix, CR/LF under Windows) is used.
-u
Causes undefined symbols to be treated as having the value FALSE in the context
of a preprocessor test. In the absence of this option, an undefined symbol in
a #if
or #elsif
test will be treated as an error.
-v
Verbose mode: generates more output about work done.
Note: if neither -b
nor -c
is present,
then preprocessor lines and
deleted lines are completely removed from the output, unless -r is
specified, in which case -b is assumed.
The definitions file contains lines of the form:
symbol := value
where symbol
is a preprocessing symbol, and value
is one of the following:
Comment lines may also appear in the definitions file, starting with
the usual --
,
and comments may be added to the definitions lines.
gnatprep
¶The input text may contain preprocessor conditional inclusion lines, as well as general symbol substitution sequences.
The preprocessor conditional inclusion commands have the form:
#if <expression> [then] lines #elsif <expression> [then] lines #elsif <expression> [then] lines ... #else lines #end if;
In this example, <expression> is defined by the following grammar:
<expression> ::= <symbol> <expression> ::= <symbol> = "<value>" <expression> ::= <symbol> = <symbol> <expression> ::= <symbol> = <integer> <expression> ::= <symbol> > <integer> <expression> ::= <symbol> >= <integer> <expression> ::= <symbol> < <integer> <expression> ::= <symbol> <= <integer> <expression> ::= <symbol> 'Defined <expression> ::= not <expression> <expression> ::= <expression> and <expression> <expression> ::= <expression> or <expression> <expression> ::= <expression> and then <expression> <expression> ::= <expression> or else <expression> <expression> ::= ( <expression> )
Note the following restriction: it is not allowed to have “and” or “or” following “not” in the same expression without parentheses. For example, this is not allowed:
not X or Y
This can be expressed instead as one of the following forms:
(not X) or Y not (X or Y)
For the first test (<expression> ::= <symbol>) the symbol must have
either the value true or false, that is to say the right-hand of the
symbol definition must be one of the (case-insensitive) literals
True
or False
. If the value is true, then the
corresponding lines are included, and if the value is false, they are
excluded.
When comparing a symbol to an integer, the integer is any non negative literal integer as defined in the Ada Reference Manual, such as 3, 16#FF# or 2#11#. The symbol value must also be a non negative integer. Integer values in the range 0 .. 2**31-1 are supported.
The test (<expression> ::= <symbol>’Defined) is true only if
the symbol has been defined in the definition file or by a -D
switch on the command line. Otherwise, the test is false.
The equality tests are case insensitive, as are all the preprocessor lines.
If the symbol referenced is not defined in the symbol definitions file,
then the effect depends on whether or not switch -u
is specified. If so, then the symbol is treated as if it had the value
false and the test fails. If this switch is not specified, then
it is an error to reference an undefined symbol. It is also an error to
reference a symbol that is defined with a value other than True
or False
.
The use of the not
operator inverts the sense of this logical test.
The not
operator cannot be combined with the or
or and
operators, without parentheses. For example, “if not X or Y then” is not
allowed, but “if (not X) or Y then” and “if not (X or Y) then” are.
The then
keyword is optional as shown
The #
must be the first non-blank character on a line, but
otherwise the format is free form. Spaces or tabs may appear between
the #
and the keyword. The keywords and the symbols are case
insensitive as in normal Ada code. Comments may be used on a
preprocessor line, but other than that, no other tokens may appear on a
preprocessor line. Any number of elsif
clauses can be present,
including none at all. The else
is optional, as in Ada.
The #
marking the start of a preprocessor line must be the first
non-blank character on the line, i.e., it must be preceded only by
spaces or horizontal tabs.
Symbol substitution outside of preprocessor lines is obtained by using the sequence:
$symbol
anywhere within a source line, except in a comment or within a
string literal. The identifier
following the $
must match one of the symbols defined in the symbol
definition file, and the result is to substitute the value of the
symbol in place of $symbol
in the output file.
Note that although the substitution of strings within a string literal
is not possible, it is possible to have a symbol whose defined value is
a string literal. So instead of setting XYZ to hello
and writing:
Header : String := "$XYZ";
you should set XYZ to "hello"
and write:
Header : String := $XYZ;
and then the substitution will occur as desired.
As noted above, a file to be preprocessed consists of Ada source code
in which preprocessing lines have been inserted. However,
instead of using gnatprep
to explicitly preprocess a file as a separate
step before compilation, you can carry out the preprocessing implicitly
as part of compilation. Such `integrated preprocessing', which is the common
style with C, is performed when either or both of the following switches
are passed to the compiler:
-gnatep
, which specifies the `preprocessor data file'. This file dictates how the source files will be preprocessed (e.g., which symbol definition files apply to which sources).-gnateD
, which defines values for preprocessing symbols.
Integrated preprocessing applies only to Ada source files, it is not available for configuration pragma files.
With integrated preprocessing, the output from the preprocessor is not,
by default, written to any external file. Instead it is passed
internally to the compiler. To preserve the result of
preprocessing in a file, either run gnatprep
in standalone mode or else supply the -gnateG
switch
(described below) to the compiler.
When using project files:
- the builder switch
-x
should be used if any Ada source is compiled withgnatep=
, so that the compiler finds the `preprocessor data file'.- the preprocessing data file and the symbol definition files should be located in the source directories of the project.
Note that the gnatmake
switch -m
will almost
always trigger recompilation for sources that are preprocessed,
because gnatmake
cannot compute the checksum of the source after
preprocessing.
The actual preprocessing function is described in detail in Preprocessing with gnatprep. This section explains the switches that relate to integrated preprocessing.
-gnatep=`preprocessor_data_file'
This switch specifies the file name (without directory
information) of the preprocessor data file. Either place this file
in one of the source directories, or, when using project
files, reference the project file’s directory via the
project_name'Project_Dir
project attribute; e.g:
project Prj is package Compiler is for Switches ("Ada") use ("-gnatep=" & Prj'Project_Dir & "prep.def"); end Compiler; end Prj;
A preprocessor data file is a text file that contains `preprocessor
control lines'. A preprocessor control line directs the preprocessing of
either a particular source file, or, analogous to others
in Ada,
all sources not specified elsewhere in the preprocessor data file.
A preprocessor control line
can optionally identify a `definition file' that assigns values to
preprocessor symbols, as well as a list of switches that relate to
preprocessing.
Empty lines and comments (using Ada syntax) are also permitted, with no
semantic effect.
Here’s an example of a preprocessor data file:
"toto.adb" "prep.def" -u -- Preprocess toto.adb, using definition file prep.def -- Undefined symbols are treated as False * -c -DVERSION=V101 -- Preprocess all other sources without using a definition file -- Suppressed lined are commented -- Symbol VERSION has the value V101 "tata.adb" "prep2.def" -s -- Preprocess tata.adb, using definition file prep2.def -- List all symbols with their values
A preprocessor control line has the following syntax:
<preprocessor_control_line> ::= <preprocessor_input> [ <definition_file_name> ] { <switch> } <preprocessor_input> ::= <source_file_name> | '*' <definition_file_name> ::= <string_literal> <source_file_name> := <string_literal> <switch> := (See below for list)
Thus each preprocessor control line starts with either a literal string or the character ‘*’:
It is an error to have two lines with the same file name or two lines starting with the character ‘*’.
After the file name or ‘*’, an optional literal string specifies the name of
the definition file to be used for preprocessing
(Form of Definitions File). The definition files are found by the
compiler in one of the source directories. In some cases, when compiling
a source in a directory other than the current directory, if the definition
file is in the current directory, it may be necessary to add the current
directory as a source directory through the -I
switch; otherwise
the compiler would not find the definition file.
Finally, switches similar to those of gnatprep
may optionally appear:
-b
Causes both preprocessor lines and the lines deleted by
preprocessing to be replaced by blank lines, preserving the line number.
This switch is always implied; however, if specified after -c
it cancels the effect of -c
.
-c
Causes both preprocessor lines and the lines deleted by preprocessing to be retained as comments marked with the special string ‘–!’.
-D`symbol'=`new_value'
Define or redefine symbol
to have new_value
as its value.
The permitted form for symbol
is either an Ada identifier, or any Ada reserved word
aside from if
,
else
, elsif
, end
, and
, or
and then
.
The permitted form for new_value
is a literal string, an Ada identifier or any Ada reserved
word. A symbol declared with this switch replaces a symbol with the
same name defined in a definition file.
-s
Causes a sorted list of symbol names and values to be listed on the standard output file.
-u
Causes undefined symbols to be treated as having the value FALSE
in the context
of a preprocessor test. In the absence of this option, an undefined symbol in
a #if
or #elsif
test will be treated as an error.
-gnateD`symbol'[=`new_value']
Define or redefine symbol
to have new_value
as its value. If no value
is supplied, then the value of symbol
is True
.
The form of symbol
is an identifier, following normal Ada (case-insensitive)
rules for its syntax, and new_value
is either an arbitrary string between double
quotes or any sequence (including an empty sequence) of characters from the
set (letters, digits, period, underline).
Ada reserved words may be used as symbols, with the exceptions of if
,
else
, elsif
, end
, and
, or
and then
.
Examples:
-gnateDToto=Tata -gnateDFoo -gnateDFoo=\"Foo-Bar\"
A symbol declared with this switch on the command line replaces a
symbol with the same name either in a definition file or specified with a
switch -D
in the preprocessor data file.
This switch is similar to switch -D
of gnatprep
.
-gnateG
When integrated preprocessing is performed on source file filename.extension
,
create or overwrite filename.extension.prep
to contain
the result of the preprocessing.
For example if the source file is foo.adb
then
the output file will be foo.adb.prep
.
This section describes how to develop a mixed-language program, with a focus on combining Ada with C or C++.
Interfacing Ada with a foreign language such as C involves using
compiler directives to import and/or export entity definitions in each
language – using extern
statements in C, for instance, and the
Import
, Export
, and Convention
pragmas in Ada.
A full treatment of these topics is provided in Appendix B, section 1
of the Ada Reference Manual.
There are two ways to build a program using GNAT that contains some Ada sources and some foreign language sources, depending on whether or not the main subprogram is written in Ada. Here is a source example with the main subprogram in Ada:
/* file1.c */ #include <stdio.h> void print_num (int num) { printf ("num is %d.\\n", num); return; }
/* file2.c */ /* num_from_Ada is declared in my_main.adb */ extern int num_from_Ada; int get_num (void) { return num_from_Ada; }
-- my_main.adb procedure My_Main is -- Declare then export an Integer entity called num_from_Ada My_Num : Integer := 10; pragma Export (C, My_Num, "num_from_Ada"); -- Declare an Ada function spec for Get_Num, then use -- C function get_num for the implementation. function Get_Num return Integer; pragma Import (C, Get_Num, "get_num"); -- Declare an Ada procedure spec for Print_Num, then use -- C function print_num for the implementation. procedure Print_Num (Num : Integer); pragma Import (C, Print_Num, "print_num"); begin Print_Num (Get_Num); end My_Main;
To build this example:
$ gcc -c file1.c $ gcc -c file2.c
$ gnatmake -c my_main.adb
$ gnatbind my_main.ali
$ gnatlink my_main.ali file1.o file2.o
The last three steps can be grouped in a single command:
$ gnatmake my_main.adb -largs file1.o file2.o
If the main program is in a language other than Ada, then you may have
more than one entry point into the Ada subsystem. You must use a special
binder option to generate callable routines that initialize and
finalize the Ada units (Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs).
Calls to the initialization and finalization routines must be inserted
in the main program, or some other appropriate point in the code. The
call to initialize the Ada units must occur before the first Ada
subprogram is called, and the call to finalize the Ada units must occur
after the last Ada subprogram returns. The binder will place the
initialization and finalization subprograms into the
b~xxx.adb
file where they can be accessed by your C
sources. To illustrate, we have the following example:
/* main.c */ extern void adainit (void); extern void adafinal (void); extern int add (int, int); extern int sub (int, int); int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { int a = 21, b = 7; adainit(); /* Should print "21 + 7 = 28" */ printf ("%d + %d = %d\\n", a, b, add (a, b)); /* Should print "21 - 7 = 14" */ printf ("%d - %d = %d\\n", a, b, sub (a, b)); adafinal(); }
-- unit1.ads package Unit1 is function Add (A, B : Integer) return Integer; pragma Export (C, Add, "add"); end Unit1;
-- unit1.adb package body Unit1 is function Add (A, B : Integer) return Integer is begin return A + B; end Add; end Unit1;
-- unit2.ads package Unit2 is function Sub (A, B : Integer) return Integer; pragma Export (C, Sub, "sub"); end Unit2;
-- unit2.adb package body Unit2 is function Sub (A, B : Integer) return Integer is begin return A - B; end Sub; end Unit2;
The build procedure for this application is similar to the last example’s:
$ gcc -c main.c
$ gnatmake -c unit1.adb $ gnatmake -c unit2.adb
-n
option to specify a foreign main program:
$ gnatbind -n unit1.ali unit2.ali
$ gnatlink unit2.ali main.o -o exec_file
This procedure yields a binary executable called exec_file
.
Depending on the circumstances (for example when your non-Ada main object
does not provide symbol main
), you may also need to instruct the
GNAT linker not to include the standard startup objects by passing the
-nostartfiles
switch to gnatlink
.
GNAT follows standard calling sequence conventions and will thus interface to any other language that also follows these conventions. The following Convention identifiers are recognized by GNAT:
Ada
This indicates that the standard Ada calling sequence will be used and all Ada data items may be passed without any limitations in the case where GNAT is used to generate both the caller and callee. It is also possible to mix GNAT generated code and code generated by another Ada compiler. In this case, the data types should be restricted to simple cases, including primitive types. Whether complex data types can be passed depends on the situation. Probably it is safe to pass simple arrays, such as arrays of integers or floats. Records may or may not work, depending on whether both compilers lay them out identically. Complex structures involving variant records, access parameters, tasks, or protected types, are unlikely to be able to be passed.
Note that in the case of GNAT running on a platform that supports HP Ada 83, a higher degree of compatibility can be guaranteed, and in particular records are laid out in an identical manner in the two compilers. Note also that if output from two different compilers is mixed, the program is responsible for dealing with elaboration issues. Probably the safest approach is to write the main program in the version of Ada other than GNAT, so that it takes care of its own elaboration requirements, and then call the GNAT-generated adainit procedure to ensure elaboration of the GNAT components. Consult the documentation of the other Ada compiler for further details on elaboration.
However, it is not possible to mix the tasking run time of GNAT and HP Ada 83, All the tasking operations must either be entirely within GNAT compiled sections of the program, or entirely within HP Ada 83 compiled sections of the program.
Assembler
Specifies assembler as the convention. In practice this has the same effect as convention Ada (but is not equivalent in the sense of being considered the same convention).
COBOL
Data will be passed according to the conventions described in section B.4 of the Ada Reference Manual.
C
Data will be passed according to the conventions described in section B.3 of the Ada Reference Manual.
A note on interfacing to a C ‘varargs’ function:
In C,
varargs
allows a function to take a variable number of arguments. There is no direct equivalent in this to Ada. One approach that can be used is to create a C wrapper for each different profile and then interface to this C wrapper. For example, to print anint
value usingprintf
, create a C functionprintfi
that takes two arguments, a pointer to a string and an int, and callsprintf
. Then in the Ada program, use pragmaImport
to interface toprintfi
.It may work on some platforms to directly interface to a
varargs
function by providing a specific Ada profile for a particular call. However, this does not work on all platforms, since there is no guarantee that the calling sequence for a two argument normal C function is the same as for calling avarargs
C function with the same two arguments.
Default
Equivalent to C.
External
Equivalent to C.
C_Plus_Plus
(or CPP
)This stands for C++. For most purposes this is identical to C. See the separate description of the specialized GNAT pragmas relating to C++ interfacing for further details.
Fortran
Data will be passed according to the conventions described in section B.5 of the Ada Reference Manual.
Intrinsic
This applies to an intrinsic operation, as defined in the Ada Reference Manual. If a pragma Import (Intrinsic) applies to a subprogram, this means that the body of the subprogram is provided by the compiler itself, usually by means of an efficient code sequence, and that the user does not supply an explicit body for it. In an application program, the pragma may be applied to the following sets of names:
type Distance is new Long_Float; type Time is new Long_Float; type Velocity is new Long_Float; function "/" (D : Distance; T : Time) return Velocity; pragma Import (Intrinsic, "/"); This common idiom is often programmed with a generic definition and an explicit body. The pragma makes it simpler to introduce such declarations. It incurs no overhead in compilation time or code size, because it is implemented as a single machine instruction.
__builtin
functions
exposed by the GCC back-end, as in the following example:
function builtin_sqrt (F : Float) return Float; pragma Import (Intrinsic, builtin_sqrt, "__builtin_sqrtf");
Most of the GCC builtins are accessible this way, and as for other import conventions (e.g. C), it is the user’s responsibility to ensure that the Ada subprogram profile matches the underlying builtin expectations.
Stdcall
This is relevant only to Windows implementations of GNAT,
and specifies that the Stdcall
calling sequence will be used,
as defined by the NT API. Nevertheless, to ease building
cross-platform bindings this convention will be handled as a C
calling
convention on non-Windows platforms.
DLL
This is equivalent to Stdcall
.
Win32
This is equivalent to Stdcall
.
Stubbed
This is a special convention that indicates that the compiler
should provide a stub body that raises Program_Error
.
GNAT additionally provides a useful pragma Convention_Identifier
that can be used to parameterize conventions and allow additional synonyms
to be specified. For example if you have legacy code in which the convention
identifier Fortran77 was used for Fortran, you can use the configuration
pragma:
pragma Convention_Identifier (Fortran77, Fortran);
And from now on the identifier Fortran77 may be used as a convention
identifier (for example in an Import
pragma) with the same
meaning as Fortran.
A programmer inexperienced with mixed-language development may find that building an application containing both Ada and C++ code can be a challenge. This section gives a few hints that should make this task easier.
GNAT supports interfacing with the G++ compiler (or any C++ compiler
generating code that is compatible with the G++ Application Binary
Interface —see ‘http://www.codesourcery.com/archives/cxx-abi
’).
Interfacing can be done at 3 levels: simple data, subprograms, and
classes. In the first two cases, GNAT offers a specific Convention C_Plus_Plus
(or CPP
) that behaves exactly like Convention C
.
Usually, C++ mangles the names of subprograms. To generate proper mangled
names automatically, see Generating Ada Bindings for C and C++ headers).
This problem can also be addressed manually in two ways:
extern "C"
syntax.
nm
) and using it as the
Link_Name argument of the pragma import.
Interfacing at the class level can be achieved by using the GNAT specific
pragmas such as CPP_Constructor
. See the GNAT_Reference_Manual for additional information.
Usually the linker of the C++ development system must be used to link mixed applications because most C++ systems will resolve elaboration issues (such as calling constructors on global class instances) transparently during the link phase. GNAT has been adapted to ease the use of a foreign linker for the last phase. Three cases can be considered:
g++
.
Note that if the C++ code uses inline functions, you will need to
compile your C++ code with the -fkeep-inline-functions
switch in
order to provide an existing function implementation that the Ada code can
link with.
$ g++ -c -fkeep-inline-functions file1.C $ g++ -c -fkeep-inline-functions file2.C $ gnatmake ada_unit -largs file1.o file2.o --LINK=g++
C_INCLUDE_PATH
,
GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
,
BINUTILS_ROOT
, and
GCC_ROOT
will affect both compilers
at the same time and may make one of the two compilers operate
improperly if set during invocation of the wrong compiler. It is also
very important that the linker uses the proper libgcc.a
GCC
library – that is, the one from the C++ compiler installation. The
implicit link command as suggested in the gnatmake
command
from the former example can be replaced by an explicit link command with
the full-verbosity option in order to verify which library is used:
$ gnatbind ada_unit $ gnatlink -v -v ada_unit file1.o file2.o --LINK=c++
If there is a problem due to interfering environment variables, it can be worked around by using an intermediate script. The following example shows the proper script to use when GNAT has not been installed at its default location and g++ has been installed at its default location:
$ cat ./my_script #!/bin/sh unset BINUTILS_ROOT unset GCC_ROOT c++ $* $ gnatlink -v -v ada_unit file1.o file2.o --LINK=./my_script
If the setjmp
/ longjmp
exception mechanism is used, only the paths
to the libgcc
libraries are required:
$ cat ./my_script #!/bin/sh CC $* gcc -print-file-name=libgcc.a gcc -print-file-name=libgcc_eh.a $ gnatlink ada_unit file1.o file2.o --LINK=./my_script
where CC is the name of the non-GNU C++ compiler.
If the “zero cost” exception mechanism is used, and the platform supports automatic registration of exception tables (e.g., Solaris), paths to more objects are required:
$ cat ./my_script #!/bin/sh CC gcc -print-file-name=crtbegin.o $* \\ gcc -print-file-name=libgcc.a gcc -print-file-name=libgcc_eh.a \\ gcc -print-file-name=crtend.o $ gnatlink ada_unit file1.o file2.o --LINK=./my_script
If the “zero cost exception” mechanism is used, and the platform doesn’t support automatic registration of exception tables (e.g., HP-UX or AIX), the simple approach described above will not work and a pre-linking phase using GNAT will be necessary.
Another alternative is to use the gprbuild
multi-language builder
which has a large knowledge base and knows how to link Ada and C++ code
together automatically in most cases.
The following example, provided as part of the GNAT examples, shows how to achieve procedural interfacing between Ada and C++ in both directions. The C++ class A has two methods. The first method is exported to Ada by the means of an extern C wrapper function. The second method calls an Ada subprogram. On the Ada side, the C++ calls are modelled by a limited record with a layout comparable to the C++ class. The Ada subprogram, in turn, calls the C++ method. So, starting from the C++ main program, the process passes back and forth between the two languages.
Here are the compilation commands:
$ gnatmake -c simple_cpp_interface $ g++ -c cpp_main.C $ g++ -c ex7.C $ gnatbind -n simple_cpp_interface $ gnatlink simple_cpp_interface -o cpp_main --LINK=g++ -lstdc++ ex7.o cpp_main.o
Here are the corresponding sources:
//cpp_main.C #include "ex7.h" extern "C" { void adainit (void); void adafinal (void); void method1 (A *t); } void method1 (A *t) { t->method1 (); } int main () { A obj; adainit (); obj.method2 (3030); adafinal (); }
//ex7.h class Origin { public: int o_value; }; class A : public Origin { public: void method1 (void); void method2 (int v); A(); int a_value; };
//ex7.C #include "ex7.h" #include <stdio.h> extern "C" { void ada_method2 (A *t, int v);} void A::method1 (void) { a_value = 2020; printf ("in A::method1, a_value = %d \\n",a_value); } void A::method2 (int v) { ada_method2 (this, v); printf ("in A::method2, a_value = %d \\n",a_value); } A::A(void) { a_value = 1010; printf ("in A::A, a_value = %d \\n",a_value); }
-- simple_cpp_interface.ads with System; package Simple_Cpp_Interface is type A is limited record Vptr : System.Address; O_Value : Integer; A_Value : Integer; end record; pragma Convention (C, A); procedure Method1 (This : in out A); pragma Import (C, Method1); procedure Ada_Method2 (This : in out A; V : Integer); pragma Export (C, Ada_Method2); end Simple_Cpp_Interface;
-- simple_cpp_interface.adb package body Simple_Cpp_Interface is procedure Ada_Method2 (This : in out A; V : Integer) is begin Method1 (This); This.A_Value := V; end Ada_Method2; end Simple_Cpp_Interface;
In order to interface with C++ constructors GNAT provides the
pragma CPP_Constructor
(see the GNAT_Reference_Manual
for additional information).
In this section we present some common uses of C++ constructors
in mixed-languages programs in GNAT.
Let us assume that we need to interface with the following C++ class:
class Root { public: int a_value; int b_value; virtual int Get_Value (); Root(); // Default constructor Root(int v); // 1st non-default constructor Root(int v, int w); // 2nd non-default constructor };
For this purpose we can write the following package spec (further information on how to build this spec is available in Interfacing with C++ at the Class Level and Generating Ada Bindings for C and C++ headers).
with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces.C; package Pkg_Root is type Root is tagged limited record A_Value : int; B_Value : int; end record; pragma Import (CPP, Root); function Get_Value (Obj : Root) return int; pragma Import (CPP, Get_Value); function Constructor return Root; pragma Cpp_Constructor (Constructor, "_ZN4RootC1Ev"); function Constructor (v : Integer) return Root; pragma Cpp_Constructor (Constructor, "_ZN4RootC1Ei"); function Constructor (v, w : Integer) return Root; pragma Cpp_Constructor (Constructor, "_ZN4RootC1Eii"); end Pkg_Root;
On the Ada side the constructor is represented by a function (whose name is arbitrary) that returns the classwide type corresponding to the imported C++ class. Although the constructor is described as a function, it is typically a procedure with an extra implicit argument (the object being initialized) at the implementation level. GNAT issues the appropriate call, whatever it is, to get the object properly initialized.
Constructors can only appear in the following contexts:
T
.
T
.
In a declaration of an object whose type is a class imported from C++, either the default C++ constructor is implicitly called by GNAT, or else the required C++ constructor must be explicitly called in the expression that initializes the object. For example:
Obj1 : Root; Obj2 : Root := Constructor; Obj3 : Root := Constructor (v => 10); Obj4 : Root := Constructor (30, 40);
The first two declarations are equivalent: in both cases the default C++
constructor is invoked (in the former case the call to the constructor is
implicit, and in the latter case the call is explicit in the object
declaration). Obj3
is initialized by the C++ non-default constructor
that takes an integer argument, and Obj4
is initialized by the
non-default C++ constructor that takes two integers.
Let us derive the imported C++ class in the Ada side. For example:
type DT is new Root with record C_Value : Natural := 2009; end record;
In this case the components DT inherited from the C++ side must be initialized by a C++ constructor, and the additional Ada components of type DT are initialized by GNAT. The initialization of such an object is done either by default, or by means of a function returning an aggregate of type DT, or by means of an extension aggregate.
Obj5 : DT; Obj6 : DT := Function_Returning_DT (50); Obj7 : DT := (Constructor (30,40) with C_Value => 50);
The declaration of Obj5
invokes the default constructors: the
C++ default constructor of the parent type takes care of the initialization
of the components inherited from Root, and GNAT takes care of the default
initialization of the additional Ada components of type DT (that is,
C_Value
is initialized to value 2009). The order of invocation of
the constructors is consistent with the order of elaboration required by
Ada and C++. That is, the constructor of the parent type is always called
before the constructor of the derived type.
Let us now consider a record that has components whose type is imported from C++. For example:
type Rec1 is limited record Data1 : Root := Constructor (10); Value : Natural := 1000; end record; type Rec2 (D : Integer := 20) is limited record Rec : Rec1; Data2 : Root := Constructor (D, 30); end record;
The initialization of an object of type Rec2
will call the
non-default C++ constructors specified for the imported components.
For example:
Obj8 : Rec2 (40);
Using Ada 2005 we can use limited aggregates to initialize an object invoking C++ constructors that differ from those specified in the type declarations. For example:
Obj9 : Rec2 := (Rec => (Data1 => Constructor (15, 16), others => <>), others => <>);
The above declaration uses an Ada 2005 limited aggregate to
initialize Obj9
, and the C++ constructor that has two integer
arguments is invoked to initialize the Data1
component instead
of the constructor specified in the declaration of type Rec1
. In
Ada 2005 the box in the aggregate indicates that unspecified components
are initialized using the expression (if any) available in the component
declaration. That is, in this case discriminant D
is initialized
to value 20
, Value
is initialized to value 1000, and the
non-default C++ constructor that handles two integers takes care of
initializing component Data2
with values 20,30
.
In Ada 2005 we can use the extended return statement to build the Ada equivalent to C++ non-default constructors. For example:
function Constructor (V : Integer) return Rec2 is begin return Obj : Rec2 := (Rec => (Data1 => Constructor (V, 20), others => <>), others => <>) do -- Further actions required for construction of -- objects of type Rec2 ... end record; end Constructor;
In this example the extended return statement construct is used to build in place the returned object whose components are initialized by means of a limited aggregate. Any further action associated with the constructor can be placed inside the construct.
In this section we demonstrate the GNAT features for interfacing with C++ by means of an example making use of Ada 2005 abstract interface types. This example consists of a classification of animals; classes have been used to model our main classification of animals, and interfaces provide support for the management of secondary classifications. We first demonstrate a case in which the types and constructors are defined on the C++ side and imported from the Ada side, and latter the reverse case.
The root of our derivation will be the Animal
class, with a
single private attribute (the Age
of the animal), a constructor,
and two public primitives to set and get the value of this attribute.
class Animal { public: virtual void Set_Age (int New_Age); virtual int Age (); Animal() {Age_Count = 0;}; private: int Age_Count; };
Abstract interface types are defined in C++ by means of classes with pure
virtual functions and no data members. In our example we will use two
interfaces that provide support for the common management of Carnivore
and Domestic
animals:
class Carnivore { public: virtual int Number_Of_Teeth () = 0; }; class Domestic { public: virtual void Set_Owner (char* Name) = 0; };
Using these declarations, we can now say that a Dog
is an animal that is
both Carnivore and Domestic, that is:
class Dog : Animal, Carnivore, Domestic { public: virtual int Number_Of_Teeth (); virtual void Set_Owner (char* Name); Dog(); // Constructor private: int Tooth_Count; char *Owner; };
In the following examples we will assume that the previous declarations are
located in a file named animals.h
. The following package demonstrates
how to import these C++ declarations from the Ada side:
with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; package Animals is type Carnivore is limited interface; pragma Convention (C_Plus_Plus, Carnivore); function Number_Of_Teeth (X : Carnivore) return Natural is abstract; type Domestic is limited interface; pragma Convention (C_Plus_Plus, Domestic); procedure Set_Owner (X : in out Domestic; Name : Chars_Ptr) is abstract; type Animal is tagged limited record Age : Natural; end record; pragma Import (C_Plus_Plus, Animal); procedure Set_Age (X : in out Animal; Age : Integer); pragma Import (C_Plus_Plus, Set_Age); function Age (X : Animal) return Integer; pragma Import (C_Plus_Plus, Age); function New_Animal return Animal; pragma CPP_Constructor (New_Animal); pragma Import (CPP, New_Animal, "_ZN6AnimalC1Ev"); type Dog is new Animal and Carnivore and Domestic with record Tooth_Count : Natural; Owner : Chars_Ptr; end record; pragma Import (C_Plus_Plus, Dog); function Number_Of_Teeth (A : Dog) return Natural; pragma Import (C_Plus_Plus, Number_Of_Teeth); procedure Set_Owner (A : in out Dog; Name : Chars_Ptr); pragma Import (C_Plus_Plus, Set_Owner); function New_Dog return Dog; pragma CPP_Constructor (New_Dog); pragma Import (CPP, New_Dog, "_ZN3DogC2Ev"); end Animals;
Thanks to the compatibility between GNAT run-time structures and the C++ ABI, interfacing with these C++ classes is easy. The only requirement is that all the primitives and components must be declared exactly in the same order in the two languages.
Regarding the abstract interfaces, we must indicate to the GNAT compiler by
means of a pragma Convention (C_Plus_Plus)
, the convention used to pass
the arguments to the called primitives will be the same as for C++. For the
imported classes we use pragma Import
with convention C_Plus_Plus
to indicate that they have been defined on the C++ side; this is required
because the dispatch table associated with these tagged types will be built
in the C++ side and therefore will not contain the predefined Ada primitives
which Ada would otherwise expect.
As the reader can see there is no need to indicate the C++ mangled names
associated with each subprogram because it is assumed that all the calls to
these primitives will be dispatching calls. The only exception is the
constructor, which must be registered with the compiler by means of
pragma CPP_Constructor
and needs to provide its associated C++
mangled name because the Ada compiler generates direct calls to it.
With the above packages we can now declare objects of type Dog on the Ada side and dispatch calls to the corresponding subprograms on the C++ side. We can also extend the tagged type Dog with further fields and primitives, and override some of its C++ primitives on the Ada side. For example, here we have a type derivation defined on the Ada side that inherits all the dispatching primitives of the ancestor from the C++ side.
with Animals; use Animals; package Vaccinated_Animals is type Vaccinated_Dog is new Dog with null record; function Vaccination_Expired (A : Vaccinated_Dog) return Boolean; end Vaccinated_Animals;
It is important to note that, because of the ABI compatibility, the programmer does not need to add any further information to indicate either the object layout or the dispatch table entry associated with each dispatching operation.
Now let us define all the types and constructors on the Ada side and export them to C++, using the same hierarchy of our previous example:
with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; package Animals is type Carnivore is limited interface; pragma Convention (C_Plus_Plus, Carnivore); function Number_Of_Teeth (X : Carnivore) return Natural is abstract; type Domestic is limited interface; pragma Convention (C_Plus_Plus, Domestic); procedure Set_Owner (X : in out Domestic; Name : Chars_Ptr) is abstract; type Animal is tagged record Age : Natural; end record; pragma Convention (C_Plus_Plus, Animal); procedure Set_Age (X : in out Animal; Age : Integer); pragma Export (C_Plus_Plus, Set_Age); function Age (X : Animal) return Integer; pragma Export (C_Plus_Plus, Age); function New_Animal return Animal'Class; pragma Export (C_Plus_Plus, New_Animal); type Dog is new Animal and Carnivore and Domestic with record Tooth_Count : Natural; Owner : String (1 .. 30); end record; pragma Convention (C_Plus_Plus, Dog); function Number_Of_Teeth (A : Dog) return Natural; pragma Export (C_Plus_Plus, Number_Of_Teeth); procedure Set_Owner (A : in out Dog; Name : Chars_Ptr); pragma Export (C_Plus_Plus, Set_Owner); function New_Dog return Dog'Class; pragma Export (C_Plus_Plus, New_Dog); end Animals;
Compared with our previous example the only differences are the use of
pragma Convention
(instead of pragma Import
), and the use of
pragma Export
to indicate to the GNAT compiler that the primitives will
be available to C++. Thanks to the ABI compatibility, on the C++ side there is
nothing else to be done; as explained above, the only requirement is that all
the primitives and components are declared in exactly the same order.
For completeness, let us see a brief C++ main program that uses the
declarations available in animals.h
(presented in our first example) to
import and use the declarations from the Ada side, properly initializing and
finalizing the Ada run-time system along the way:
#include "animals.h" #include <iostream> using namespace std; void Check_Carnivore (Carnivore *obj) {...} void Check_Domestic (Domestic *obj) {...} void Check_Animal (Animal *obj) {...} void Check_Dog (Dog *obj) {...} extern "C" { void adainit (void); void adafinal (void); Dog* new_dog (); } void test () { Dog *obj = new_dog(); // Ada constructor Check_Carnivore (obj); // Check secondary DT Check_Domestic (obj); // Check secondary DT Check_Animal (obj); // Check primary DT Check_Dog (obj); // Check primary DT } int main () { adainit (); test(); adafinal (); return 0; }
GNAT includes a binding generator for C and C++ headers which is intended to do 95% of the tedious work of generating Ada specs from C or C++ header files.
Note that this capability is not intended to generate 100% correct Ada specs, and will is some cases require manual adjustments, although it can often be used out of the box in practice.
Some of the known limitations include:
shm_get
vs SHM_GET
).
The code is generated using Ada 2012 syntax, which makes it easier to interface
with other languages. In most cases you can still use the generated binding
even if your code is compiled using earlier versions of Ada (e.g. -gnat95
).
The binding generator is part of the gcc
compiler and can be
invoked via the -fdump-ada-spec
switch, which will generate Ada
spec files for the header files specified on the command line, and all
header files needed by these files transitively. For example:
$ gcc -c -fdump-ada-spec -C /usr/include/time.h $ gcc -c *.ads
will generate, under GNU/Linux, the following files: time_h.ads
,
bits_time_h.ads
, stddef_h.ads
, bits_types_h.ads
which
correspond to the files /usr/include/time.h
,
/usr/include/bits/time.h
, etc…, and then compile these Ada specs.
That is to say, the name of the Ada specs is in keeping with the relative path
under /usr/include/
of the header files. This behavior is specific to
paths ending with /include/
; in all the other cases, the name of the
Ada specs is derived from the simple name of the header files instead.
The -C
switch tells gcc
to extract comments from headers,
and will attempt to generate corresponding Ada comments.
If you want to generate a single Ada file and not the transitive closure, you
can use instead the -fdump-ada-spec-slim
switch.
You can optionally specify a parent unit, of which all generated units will
be children, using -fada-spec-parent=`unit'
.
The simple gcc`
-based command works only for C headers. For C++ headers
you need to use either the g++
command or the combination gcc -x c++`
.
In some cases, the generated bindings will be more complete or more meaningful
when defining some macros, which you can do via the -D
switch. This
is for example the case with Xlib.h
under GNU/Linux:
$ gcc -c -fdump-ada-spec -DXLIB_ILLEGAL_ACCESS -C /usr/include/X11/Xlib.h
The above will generate more complete bindings than a straight call without
the -DXLIB_ILLEGAL_ACCESS
switch.
In other cases, it is not possible to parse a header file in a stand-alone
manner, because other include files need to be included first. In this
case, the solution is to create a small header file including the needed
#include
and possible #define
directives. For example, to
generate Ada bindings for readline/readline.h
, you need to first
include stdio.h
, so you can create a file with the following two
lines in e.g. readline1.h
:
#include <stdio.h> #include <readline/readline.h>
and then generate Ada bindings from this file:
$ gcc -c -fdump-ada-spec readline1.h
Generating bindings for C++ headers is done using the same options, always with the `g++' compiler. Note that generating Ada spec from C++ headers is a much more complex job and support for C++ headers is much more limited that support for C headers. As a result, you will need to modify the resulting bindings by hand more extensively when using C++ headers.
In this mode, C++ classes will be mapped to Ada tagged types, constructors
will be mapped using the CPP_Constructor
pragma, and when possible,
multiple inheritance of abstract classes will be mapped to Ada interfaces
(see the `Interfacing to C++' section in the GNAT Reference Manual
for additional information on interfacing to C++).
For example, given the following C++ header file:
class Carnivore { public: virtual int Number_Of_Teeth () = 0; }; class Domestic { public: virtual void Set_Owner (char* Name) = 0; }; class Animal { public: int Age_Count; virtual void Set_Age (int New_Age); }; class Dog : Animal, Carnivore, Domestic { public: int Tooth_Count; char *Owner; virtual int Number_Of_Teeth (); virtual void Set_Owner (char* Name); Dog(); };
The corresponding Ada code is generated:
package Class_Carnivore is type Carnivore is limited interface; pragma Import (CPP, Carnivore); function Number_Of_Teeth (this : access Carnivore) return int is abstract; end; use Class_Carnivore; package Class_Domestic is type Domestic is limited interface; pragma Import (CPP, Domestic); procedure Set_Owner (this : access Domestic; Name : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr) is abstract; end; use Class_Domestic; package Class_Animal is type Animal is tagged limited record Age_Count : aliased int; end record; pragma Import (CPP, Animal); procedure Set_Age (this : access Animal; New_Age : int); pragma Import (CPP, Set_Age, "_ZN6Animal7Set_AgeEi"); end; use Class_Animal; package Class_Dog is type Dog is new Animal and Carnivore and Domestic with record Tooth_Count : aliased int; Owner : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; end record; pragma Import (CPP, Dog); function Number_Of_Teeth (this : access Dog) return int; pragma Import (CPP, Number_Of_Teeth, "_ZN3Dog15Number_Of_TeethEv"); procedure Set_Owner (this : access Dog; Name : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr); pragma Import (CPP, Set_Owner, "_ZN3Dog9Set_OwnerEPc"); function New_Dog return Dog; pragma CPP_Constructor (New_Dog); pragma Import (CPP, New_Dog, "_ZN3DogC1Ev"); end; use Class_Dog;
-fdump-ada-spec
Generate Ada spec files for the given header files transitively (including all header files that these headers depend upon).
-fdump-ada-spec-slim
Generate Ada spec files for the header files specified on the command line only.
-fada-spec-parent=`unit'
Specifies that all files generated by -fdump-ada-spec
are
to be child units of the specified parent unit.
-C
Extract comments from headers and generate Ada comments in the Ada spec files.
GNAT includes a C header generator for Ada specifications which supports Ada types that have a direct mapping to C types. This includes in particular support for:
The C header generator is part of the GNAT compiler and can be invoked via
the -gnatceg
combination of switches, which will generate a .h
file corresponding to the given input file (Ada spec or body). Note that
only spec files are processed in any case, so giving a spec or a body file
as input is equivalent. For example:
$ gcc -c -gnatceg pack1.ads
will generate a self-contained file called pack1.h
including
common definitions from the Ada Standard package, followed by the
definitions included in pack1.ads
, as well as all the other units
withed by this file.
For instance, given the following Ada files:
package Pack2 is type Int is range 1 .. 10; end Pack2;
with Pack2; package Pack1 is type Rec is record Field1, Field2 : Pack2.Int; end record; Global : Rec := (1, 2); procedure Proc1 (R : Rec); procedure Proc2 (R : in out Rec); end Pack1;
The above gcc
command will generate the following pack1.h
file:
/* Standard definitions skipped */ #ifndef PACK2_ADS #define PACK2_ADS typedef short_short_integer pack2__TintB; typedef pack2__TintB pack2__int; #endif /* PACK2_ADS */ #ifndef PACK1_ADS #define PACK1_ADS typedef struct _pack1__rec { pack2__int field1; pack2__int field2; } pack1__rec; extern pack1__rec pack1__global; extern void pack1__proc1(const pack1__rec r); extern void pack1__proc2(pack1__rec *r); #endif /* PACK1_ADS */
You can then include
pack1.h
from a C source file and use the types,
call subprograms, reference objects, and constants.
This section compares the GNAT model with the approaches taken in other environments, first the C/C++ model and then the mechanism that has been used in other Ada systems, in particular those traditionally used for Ada 83.
The GNAT model of compilation is close to the C and C++ models. You can
think of Ada specs as corresponding to header files in C. As in C, you
don’t need to compile specs; they are compiled when they are used. The
Ada `with' is similar in effect to the #include
of a C
header.
One notable difference is that, in Ada, you may compile specs separately to check them for semantic and syntactic accuracy. This is not always possible with C headers because they are fragments of programs that have less specific syntactic or semantic rules.
The other major difference is the requirement for running the binder, which performs two important functions. First, it checks for consistency. In C or C++, the only defense against assembling inconsistent programs lies outside the compiler, in a makefile, for example. The binder satisfies the Ada requirement that it be impossible to construct an inconsistent program when the compiler is used in normal mode.
The other important function of the binder is to deal with elaboration
issues. There are also elaboration issues in C++ that are handled
automatically. This automatic handling has the advantage of being
simpler to use, but the C++ programmer has no control over elaboration.
Where gnatbind
might complain there was no valid order of
elaboration, a C++ compiler would simply construct a program that
malfunctioned at run time.
This section is intended for Ada programmers who have used an Ada compiler implementing the traditional Ada library model, as described in the Ada Reference Manual.
In GNAT, there is no ‘library’ in the normal sense. Instead, the set of source files themselves acts as the library. Compiling Ada programs does not generate any centralized information, but rather an object file and a ALI file, which are of interest only to the binder and linker. In a traditional system, the compiler reads information not only from the source file being compiled, but also from the centralized library. This means that the effect of a compilation depends on what has been previously compiled. In particular:
In GNAT, compiling one unit never affects the compilation of any other units because the compiler reads only source files. Only changes to source files can affect the results of a compilation. In particular:
The most important result of these differences is that order of compilation is never significant in GNAT. There is no situation in which one is required to do one compilation before another. What shows up as order of compilation requirements in the traditional Ada library becomes, in GNAT, simple source dependencies; in other words, there is only a set of rules saying what source files must be present when a file is compiled.
This section explains how files that are produced by GNAT may be used with tools designed for other languages.
The object files generated by GNAT are in standard system format and in particular the debugging information uses this format. This means programs generated by GNAT can be used with existing utilities that depend on these formats.
In general, any utility program that works with C will also often work with Ada programs generated by GNAT. This includes software utilities such as gprof (a profiling program), gdb (the FSF debugger), and utilities such as Purify.
In order to interpret the output from GNAT, when using tools that are originally intended for use with other languages, it is useful to understand the conventions used to generate link names from the Ada entity names.
All link names are in all lowercase letters. With the exception of library procedure names, the mechanism used is simply to use the full expanded Ada name with dots replaced by double underscores. For example, suppose we have the following package spec:
package QRS is MN : Integer; end QRS;
The variable MN
has a full expanded Ada name of QRS.MN
, so
the corresponding link name is qrs__mn
.
Of course if a pragma Export
is used this may be overridden:
package Exports is Var1 : Integer; pragma Export (Var1, C, External_Name => "var1_name"); Var2 : Integer; pragma Export (Var2, C, Link_Name => "var2_link_name"); end Exports;
In this case, the link name for Var1
is whatever link name the
C compiler would assign for the C function var1_name
. This typically
would be either var1_name
or _var1_name
, depending on operating
system conventions, but other possibilities exist. The link name for
Var2
is var2_link_name
, and this is not operating system
dependent.
One exception occurs for library level procedures. A potential ambiguity
arises between the required name _main
for the C main program,
and the name we would otherwise assign to an Ada library level procedure
called Main
(which might well not be the main program).
To avoid this ambiguity, we attach the prefix _ada_
to such
names. So if we have a library level procedure such as:
procedure Hello (S : String);
the external name of this procedure will be _ada_hello
.
This chapter describes first the gnatmake tool (Building with gnatmake), which automatically determines the set of sources needed by an Ada compilation unit and executes the necessary (re)compilations, binding and linking. It also explains how to use each tool individually: the compiler (gcc, see Compiling with gcc), binder (gnatbind, see Binding with gnatbind), and linker (gnatlink, see Linking with gnatlink) to build executable programs. Finally, this chapter provides examples of how to make use of the general GNU make mechanism in a GNAT context (see Using the GNU make Utility).
gnatmake
gcc
gnatbind
gnatlink
make
Utilitygnatmake
¶A typical development cycle when working on an Ada program consists of the following steps:
The third step in particular can be tricky, because not only do the modified
files have to be compiled, but any files depending on these files must also be
recompiled. The dependency rules in Ada can be quite complex, especially
in the presence of overloading, use
clauses, generics and inlined
subprograms.
gnatmake
automatically takes care of the third and fourth steps
of this process. It determines which sources need to be compiled,
compiles them, and binds and links the resulting object files.
Unlike some other Ada make programs, the dependencies are always
accurately recomputed from the new sources. The source based approach of
the GNAT compilation model makes this possible. This means that if
changes to the source program cause corresponding changes in
dependencies, they will always be tracked exactly correctly by
gnatmake
.
Note that for advanced forms of project structure, we recommend creating
a project file as explained in the `GNAT_Project_Manager' chapter in the
`GPRbuild User’s Guide', and using the
gprbuild
tool which supports building with project files and works similarly
to gnatmake
.
gnatmake
gnatmake
gnatmake
gnatmake
Worksgnatmake
Usagegnatmake
¶The usual form of the gnatmake
command is
$ gnatmake [<switches>] <file_name> [<file_names>] [<mode_switches>]
The only required argument is one file_name
, which specifies
a compilation unit that is a main program. Several file_names
can be
specified: this will result in several executables being built.
If switches
are present, they can be placed before the first
file_name
, between file_names
or after the last file_name
.
If mode_switches
are present, they must always be placed after
the last file_name
and all switches
.
If you are using standard file extensions (.adb
and
.ads
), then the
extension may be omitted from the file_name
arguments. However, if
you are using non-standard extensions, then it is required that the
extension be given. A relative or absolute directory path can be
specified in a file_name
, in which case, the input source file will
be searched for in the specified directory only. Otherwise, the input
source file will first be searched in the directory where
gnatmake
was invoked and if it is not found, it will be search on
the source path of the compiler as described in
Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL).
All gnatmake
output (except when you specify -M
) is sent to
stderr
. The output produced by the
-M
switch is sent to stdout
.
gnatmake
¶You may specify any of the following switches to gnatmake
:
--version
Display Copyright and version, then exit disregarding all other options.
--help
If --version
was not used, display usage, then exit disregarding
all other options.
--GCC=`compiler_name'
Program used for compiling. The default is gcc
. You need to use
quotes around compiler_name
if compiler_name
contains
spaces or other separator characters.
As an example --GCC="foo -x -y"
will instruct gnatmake
to use foo -x -y
as your
compiler. A limitation of this syntax is that the name and path name of
the executable itself must not include any embedded spaces. Note that
switch -c
is always inserted after your command name. Thus in the
above example the compiler command that will be used by gnatmake
will be foo -c -x -y
. If several --GCC=compiler_name
are
used, only the last compiler_name
is taken into account. However,
all the additional switches are also taken into account. Thus,
--GCC="foo -x -y" --GCC="bar -z -t"
is equivalent to
--GCC="bar -x -y -z -t"
.
--GNATBIND=`binder_name'
Program used for binding. The default is gnatbind
. You need to
use quotes around binder_name
if binder_name
contains spaces
or other separator characters.
As an example --GNATBIND="bar -x -y"
will instruct gnatmake
to use bar -x -y
as your
binder. Binder switches that are normally appended by gnatmake
to gnatbind
are now appended to the end of bar -x -y
.
A limitation of this syntax is that the name and path name of the executable
itself must not include any embedded spaces.
--GNATLINK=`linker_name'
Program used for linking. The default is gnatlink
. You need to
use quotes around linker_name
if linker_name
contains spaces
or other separator characters.
As an example --GNATLINK="lan -x -y"
will instruct gnatmake
to use lan -x -y
as your
linker. Linker switches that are normally appended by gnatmake
to
gnatlink
are now appended to the end of lan -x -y
.
A limitation of this syntax is that the name and path name of the executable
itself must not include any embedded spaces.
--create-map-file
When linking an executable, create a map file. The name of the map file has the same name as the executable with extension “.map”.
--create-map-file=`mapfile'
When linking an executable, create a map file with the specified name.
--create-missing-dirs
When using project files (-P`project'
), automatically create
missing object directories, library directories and exec
directories.
--single-compile-per-obj-dir
Disallow simultaneous compilations in the same object directory when project files are used.
--subdirs=`subdir'
Actual object directory of each project file is the subdirectory subdir of the object directory specified or defaulted in the project file.
--unchecked-shared-lib-imports
By default, shared library projects are not allowed to import static library projects. When this switch is used on the command line, this restriction is relaxed.
--source-info=`source info file'
Specify a source info file. This switch is active only when project files
are used. If the source info file is specified as a relative path, then it is
relative to the object directory of the main project. If the source info file
does not exist, then after the Project Manager has successfully parsed and
processed the project files and found the sources, it creates the source info
file. If the source info file already exists and can be read successfully,
then the Project Manager will get all the needed information about the sources
from the source info file and will not look for them. This reduces the time
to process the project files, especially when looking for sources that take a
long time. If the source info file exists but cannot be parsed successfully,
the Project Manager will attempt to recreate it. If the Project Manager fails
to create the source info file, a message is issued, but gnatmake does not
fail. gnatmake
“trusts” the source info file. This means that
if the source files have changed (addition, deletion, moving to a different
source directory), then the source info file need to be deleted and recreated.
-a
Consider all files in the make process, even the GNAT internal system
files (for example, the predefined Ada library files), as well as any
locked files. Locked files are files whose ALI file is write-protected.
By default,
gnatmake
does not check these files,
because the assumption is that the GNAT internal files are properly up
to date, and also that any write protected ALI files have been properly
installed. Note that if there is an installation problem, such that one
of these files is not up to date, it will be properly caught by the
binder.
You may have to specify this switch if you are working on GNAT
itself. The switch -a
is also useful
in conjunction with -f
if you need to recompile an entire application,
including run-time files, using special configuration pragmas,
such as a Normalize_Scalars
pragma.
By default
gnatmake -a
compiles all GNAT
internal files with
gcc -c -gnatpg
rather than gcc -c
.
-b
Bind only. Can be combined with -c
to do
compilation and binding, but no link.
Can be combined with -l
to do binding and linking. When not combined with
-c
all the units in the closure of the main program must have been previously
compiled and must be up to date. The root unit specified by file_name
may be given without extension, with the source extension or, if no GNAT
Project File is specified, with the ALI file extension.
-c
Compile only. Do not perform binding, except when -b
is also specified. Do not perform linking, except if both
-b
and
-l
are also specified.
If the root unit specified by file_name
is not a main unit, this is the
default. Otherwise gnatmake
will attempt binding and linking
unless all objects are up to date and the executable is more recent than
the objects.
-C
Use a temporary mapping file. A mapping file is a way to communicate
to the compiler two mappings: from unit names to file names (without
any directory information) and from file names to path names (with
full directory information). A mapping file can make the compiler’s
file searches faster, especially if there are many source directories,
or the sources are read over a slow network connection. If
-P
is used, a mapping file is always used, so
-C
is unnecessary; in this case the mapping file
is initially populated based on the project file. If
-C
is used without
-P
,
the mapping file is initially empty. Each invocation of the compiler
will add any newly accessed sources to the mapping file.
-C=`file'
Use a specific mapping file. The file, specified as a path name (absolute or relative) by this switch, should already exist, otherwise the switch is ineffective. The specified mapping file will be communicated to the compiler. This switch is not compatible with a project file (-P‘file‘) or with multiple compiling processes (-jnnn, when nnn is greater than 1).
-d
Display progress for each source, up to date or not, as a single line:
completed x out of y (zz%)
If the file needs to be compiled this is displayed after the invocation of the compiler. These lines are displayed even in quiet output mode.
-D `dir'
Put all object files and ALI file in directory dir
.
If the -D
switch is not used, all object files
and ALI files go in the current working directory.
This switch cannot be used when using a project file.
-eI`nnn'
Indicates that the main source is a multi-unit source and the rank of the unit
in the source file is nnn. nnn needs to be a positive number and a valid
index in the source. This switch cannot be used when gnatmake
is
invoked for several mains.
-eL
Follow all symbolic links when processing project files. This should be used if your project uses symbolic links for files or directories, but is not needed in other cases.
This also assumes that no directory matches the naming scheme for files (for instance that you do not have a directory called “sources.ads” when using the default GNAT naming scheme).
When you do not have to use this switch (i.e., by default), gnatmake is able to save a lot of system calls (several per source file and object file), which can result in a significant speed up to load and manipulate a project file, especially when using source files from a remote system.
-eS
Output the commands for the compiler, the binder and the linker on standard output, instead of standard error.
-f
Force recompilations. Recompile all sources, even though some object
files may be up to date, but don’t recompile predefined or GNAT internal
files or locked files (files with a write-protected ALI file),
unless the -a
switch is also specified.
-F
When using project files, if some errors or warnings are detected during parsing and verbose mode is not in effect (no use of switch -v), then error lines start with the full path name of the project file, rather than its simple file name.
-g
Enable debugging. This switch is simply passed to the compiler and to the linker.
-i
In normal mode, gnatmake
compiles all object files and ALI files
into the current directory. If the -i
switch is used,
then instead object files and ALI files that already exist are overwritten
in place. This means that once a large project is organized into separate
directories in the desired manner, then gnatmake
will automatically
maintain and update this organization. If no ALI files are found on the
Ada object path (see Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)),
the new object and ALI files are created in the
directory containing the source being compiled. If another organization
is desired, where objects and sources are kept in different directories,
a useful technique is to create dummy ALI files in the desired directories.
When detecting such a dummy file, gnatmake
will be forced to
recompile the corresponding source file, and it will be put the resulting
object and ALI files in the directory where it found the dummy file.
-j`n'
Use n
processes to carry out the (re)compilations. On a multiprocessor
machine compilations will occur in parallel. If n
is 0, then the
maximum number of parallel compilations is the number of core processors
on the platform. In the event of compilation errors, messages from various
compilations might get interspersed (but gnatmake
will give you the
full ordered list of failing compiles at the end). If this is problematic,
rerun the make process with n set to 1 to get a clean list of messages.
-k
Keep going. Continue as much as possible after a compilation error. To
ease the programmer’s task in case of compilation errors, the list of
sources for which the compile fails is given when gnatmake
terminates.
If gnatmake
is invoked with several file_names
and with this
switch, if there are compilation errors when building an executable,
gnatmake
will not attempt to build the following executables.
-l
Link only. Can be combined with -b
to binding
and linking. Linking will not be performed if combined with
-c
but not with -b
.
When not combined with -b
all the units in the closure of the main program must have been previously
compiled and must be up to date, and the main program needs to have been bound.
The root unit specified by file_name
may be given without extension, with the source extension or, if no GNAT
Project File is specified, with the ALI file extension.
-m
Specify that the minimum necessary amount of recompilations
be performed. In this mode gnatmake
ignores time
stamp differences when the only
modifications to a source file consist in adding/removing comments,
empty lines, spaces or tabs. This means that if you have changed the
comments in a source file or have simply reformatted it, using this
switch will tell gnatmake
not to recompile files that depend on it
(provided other sources on which these files depend have undergone no
semantic modifications). Note that the debugging information may be
out of date with respect to the sources if the -m
switch causes
a compilation to be switched, so the use of this switch represents a
trade-off between compilation time and accurate debugging information.
-M
Check if all objects are up to date. If they are, output the object
dependences to stdout
in a form that can be directly exploited in
a Makefile
. By default, each source file is prefixed with its
(relative or absolute) directory name. This name is whatever you
specified in the various -aI
and -I
switches. If you use
gnatmake -M
-q
(see below), only the source file names,
without relative paths, are output. If you just specify the -M
switch, dependencies of the GNAT internal system files are omitted. This
is typically what you want. If you also specify
the -a
switch,
dependencies of the GNAT internal files are also listed. Note that
dependencies of the objects in external Ada libraries (see
switch -aL`dir'
in the following list)
are never reported.
-n
Don’t compile, bind, or link. Checks if all objects are up to date. If they are not, the full name of the first file that needs to be recompiled is printed. Repeated use of this option, followed by compiling the indicated source file, will eventually result in recompiling all required units.
-o `exec_name'
Output executable name. The name of the final executable program will be
exec_name
. If the -o
switch is omitted the default
name for the executable will be the name of the input file in appropriate form
for an executable file on the host system.
This switch cannot be used when invoking gnatmake
with several
file_names
.
-p
Same as --create-missing-dirs
-P`project'
Use project file project
. Only one such switch can be used.
-q
Quiet. When this flag is not set, the commands carried out by
gnatmake
are displayed.
-s
Recompile if compiler switches have changed since last compilation.
All compiler switches but -I and -o are taken into account in the
following way:
orders between different ‘first letter’ switches are ignored, but
orders between same switches are taken into account. For example,
-O -O2
is different than -O2 -O
, but -g -O
is equivalent to -O -g
.
This switch is recommended when Integrated Preprocessing is used.
-u
Unique. Recompile at most the main files. It implies -c. Combined with -f, it is equivalent to calling the compiler directly. Note that using -u with a project file and no main has a special meaning.
-U
When used without a project file or with one or several mains on the command line, is equivalent to -u. When used with a project file and no main on the command line, all sources of all project files are checked and compiled if not up to date, and libraries are rebuilt, if necessary.
-v
Verbose. Display the reason for all recompilations gnatmake
decides are necessary, with the highest verbosity level.
-vl
Verbosity level Low. Display fewer lines than in verbosity Medium.
-vm
Verbosity level Medium. Potentially display fewer lines than in verbosity High.
-vh
Verbosity level High. Equivalent to -v.
-vP`x'
Indicate the verbosity of the parsing of GNAT project files. See Switches Related to Project Files.
-x
Indicate that sources that are not part of any Project File may be compiled.
Normally, when using Project Files, only sources that are part of a Project
File may be compile. When this switch is used, a source outside of all Project
Files may be compiled. The ALI file and the object file will be put in the
object directory of the main Project. The compilation switches used will only
be those specified on the command line. Even when
-x
is used, mains specified on the
command line need to be sources of a project file.
-X`name'=`value'
Indicate that external variable name
has the value value
.
The Project Manager will use this value for occurrences of
external(name)
when parsing the project file.
Switches Related to Project Files.
-z
No main subprogram. Bind and link the program even if the unit name given on the command line is a package name. The resulting executable will execute the elaboration routines of the package and its closure, then the finalization routines.
Any uppercase or multi-character switch that is not a gnatmake
switch
is passed to gcc
(e.g., -O
, -gnato,
etc.)
-aI`dir'
When looking for source files also look in directory dir
.
The order in which source files search is undertaken is
described in Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL).
-aL`dir'
Consider dir
as being an externally provided Ada library.
Instructs gnatmake
to skip compilation units whose .ALI
files have been located in directory dir
. This allows you to have
missing bodies for the units in dir
and to ignore out of date bodies
for the same units. You still need to specify
the location of the specs for these units by using the switches
-aI`dir'
or -I`dir'
.
Note: this switch is provided for compatibility with previous versions
of gnatmake
. The easier method of causing standard libraries
to be excluded from consideration is to write-protect the corresponding
ALI files.
-aO`dir'
When searching for library and object files, look in directory
dir
. The order in which library files are searched is described in
Search Paths for gnatbind.
-I-
Do not look for source files in the directory containing the source
file named in the command line.
Do not look for ALI or object files in the directory
where gnatmake
was invoked.
-L`dir'
Add directory dir
to the list of directories in which the linker
will search for libraries. This is equivalent to
-largs
-L`dir'
.
Furthermore, under Windows, the sources pointed to by the libraries path
set in the registry are not searched for.
-nostdinc
Do not look for source files in the system default directory.
-nostdlib
Do not look for library files in the system default directory.
--RTS=`rts-path'
Specifies the default location of the run-time library. GNAT looks for the
run-time
in the following directories, and stops as soon as a valid run-time is found
(adainclude
or ada_source_path
, and adalib
or
ada_object_path
present):
gnatmake
¶The mode switches (referred to as mode_switches
) allow the
inclusion of switches that are to be passed to the compiler itself, the
binder or the linker. The effect of a mode switch is to cause all
subsequent switches up to the end of the switch list, or up to the next
mode switch, to be interpreted as switches to be passed on to the
designated component of GNAT.
-cargs `switches'
Compiler switches. Here switches
is a list of switches
that are valid switches for gcc
. They will be passed on to
all compile steps performed by gnatmake
.
-bargs `switches'
Binder switches. Here switches
is a list of switches
that are valid switches for gnatbind
. They will be passed on to
all bind steps performed by gnatmake
.
-largs `switches'
Linker switches. Here switches
is a list of switches
that are valid switches for gnatlink
. They will be passed on to
all link steps performed by gnatmake
.
-margs `switches'
Make switches. The switches are directly interpreted by gnatmake
,
regardless of any previous occurrence of -cargs
, -bargs
or -largs
.
This section contains some additional useful notes on the operation
of the gnatmake
command.
gnatmake
finds no ALI files, it recompiles the main program
and all other units required by the main program.
This means that gnatmake
can be used for the initial compile, as well as during subsequent steps of
the development cycle.
gnatmake foo.adb
, where foo
is a subunit or body of a generic unit, gnatmake
recompiles
foo.adb
(because it finds no ALI) and stops, issuing a
warning.
gnatmake
the switch -I
is used to specify both source and
library file paths. Use -aI
instead if you just want to specify
source paths only and -aO
if you want to specify library paths
only.
gnatmake
will ignore any files whose ALI file is write-protected.
This may conveniently be used to exclude standard libraries from
consideration and in particular it means that the use of the
-f
switch will not recompile these files
unless -a
is also specified.
gnatmake
has been designed to make the use of Ada libraries
particularly convenient. Assume you have an Ada library organized
as follows: `obj-dir' contains the objects and ALI files for
of your Ada compilation units,
whereas `include-dir' contains the
specs of these units, but no bodies. Then to compile a unit
stored in main.adb
, which uses this Ada library you would just type:
$ gnatmake -aI`include-dir` -aL`obj-dir` main
gnatmake
along with the -m (minimal recompilation)
switch provides a mechanism for avoiding unnecessary recompilations. Using
this switch,
you can update the comments/format of your
source files without having to recompile everything. Note, however, that
adding or deleting lines in a source files may render its debugging
info obsolete. If the file in question is a spec, the impact is rather
limited, as that debugging info will only be useful during the
elaboration phase of your program. For bodies the impact can be more
significant. In all events, your debugger will warn you if a source file
is more recent than the corresponding object, and alert you to the fact
that the debugging information may be out of date.
gnatmake
Works ¶Generally gnatmake
automatically performs all necessary
recompilations and you don’t need to worry about how it works. However,
it may be useful to have some basic understanding of the gnatmake
approach and in particular to understand how it uses the results of
previous compilations without incorrectly depending on them.
First a definition: an object file is considered `up to date' if the corresponding ALI file exists and if all the source files listed in the dependency section of this ALI file have time stamps matching those in the ALI file. This means that neither the source file itself nor any files that it depends on have been modified, and hence there is no need to recompile this file.
gnatmake
works by first checking if the specified main unit is up
to date. If so, no compilations are required for the main unit. If not,
gnatmake
compiles the main program to build a new ALI file that
reflects the latest sources. Then the ALI file of the main unit is
examined to find all the source files on which the main program depends,
and gnatmake
recursively applies the above procedure on all these
files.
This process ensures that gnatmake
only trusts the dependencies
in an existing ALI file if they are known to be correct. Otherwise it
always recompiles to determine a new, guaranteed accurate set of
dependencies. As a result the program is compiled ‘upside down’ from what may
be more familiar as the required order of compilation in some other Ada
systems. In particular, clients are compiled before the units on which
they depend. The ability of GNAT to compile in any order is critical in
allowing an order of compilation to be chosen that guarantees that
gnatmake
will recompute a correct set of new dependencies if
necessary.
When invoking gnatmake
with several file_names
, if a unit is
imported by several of the executables, it will be recompiled at most once.
Note: when using non-standard naming conventions
(Using Other File Names), changing through a configuration pragmas
file the version of a source and invoking gnatmake
to recompile may
have no effect, if the previous version of the source is still accessible
by gnatmake
. It may be necessary to use the switch
-f.
gnatmake
Usage ¶Compile all files necessary to bind and link the main program
hello.adb
(containing unit Hello
) and bind and link the
resulting object files to generate an executable file hello
.
Compile all files necessary to bind and link the main programs
main1.adb
(containing unit Main1
), main2.adb
(containing unit Main2
) and main3.adb
(containing unit Main3
) and bind and link the resulting object files
to generate three executable files main1
,
main2
and main3
.
Compile all files necessary to bind and link the main program unit
Main_Unit
(from file main_unit.adb
). All compilations will
be done with optimization level 2 and the order of elaboration will be
listed by the binder. gnatmake
will operate in quiet mode, not
displaying commands it is executing.
gcc
¶This section discusses how to compile Ada programs using the gcc
command. It also describes the set of switches
that can be used to control the behavior of the compiler.
The first step in creating an executable program is to compile the units
of the program using the gcc
command. You must compile the
following files:
.adb
) for a library level subprogram or generic
subprogram
.ads
) for a library level package or generic
package that has no body
.adb
) for a library level package
or generic package that has a body
You need `not' compile the following files
because they are compiled as part of compiling related units. GNAT package specs when the corresponding body is compiled, and subunits when the parent is compiled.
If you attempt to compile any of these files, you will get one of the
following error messages (where fff
is the name of the file you
compiled):
cannot generate code for file ``fff`` (package spec) to check package spec, use -gnatc cannot generate code for file ``fff`` (missing subunits) to check parent unit, use -gnatc cannot generate code for file ``fff`` (subprogram spec) to check subprogram spec, use -gnatc cannot generate code for file ``fff`` (subunit) to check subunit, use -gnatc
As indicated by the above error messages, if you want to submit
one of these files to the compiler to check for correct semantics
without generating code, then use the -gnatc
switch.
The basic command for compiling a file containing an Ada unit is:
$ gcc -c [switches] <file name>
where file name
is the name of the Ada file (usually
having an extension .ads
for a spec or .adb
for a body).
You specify the
-c
switch to tell gcc
to compile, but not link, the file.
The result of a successful compilation is an object file, which has the
same name as the source file but an extension of .o
and an Ada
Library Information (ALI) file, which also has the same name as the
source file, but with .ali
as the extension. GNAT creates these
two output files in the current directory, but you may specify a source
file in any directory using an absolute or relative path specification
containing the directory information.
TESTING: the --foobar`NN'
switch
gcc
is actually a driver program that looks at the extensions of
the file arguments and loads the appropriate compiler. For example, the
GNU C compiler is cc1
, and the Ada compiler is gnat1
.
These programs are in directories known to the driver program (in some
configurations via environment variables you set), but need not be in
your path. The gcc
driver also calls the assembler and any other
utilities needed to complete the generation of the required object
files.
It is possible to supply several file names on the same gcc
command. This causes gcc
to call the appropriate compiler for
each file. For example, the following command lists two separate
files to be compiled:
$ gcc -c x.adb y.adb
calls gnat1
(the Ada compiler) twice to compile x.adb
and
y.adb
.
The compiler generates two object files x.o
and y.o
and the two ALI files x.ali
and y.ali
.
Any switches apply to all the files listed, see Compiler Switches for a
list of available gcc
switches.
With the GNAT source-based library system, the compiler must be able to find source files for units that are needed by the unit being compiled. Search paths are used to guide this process.
The compiler compiles one source file whose name must be given explicitly on the command line. In other words, no searching is done for this file. To find all other source files that are needed (the most common being the specs of units), the compiler examines the following directories, in the following order:
-I
switch given on the gcc
command line, in the order given.
ADA_PRJ_INCLUDE_FILE
environment variable.
ADA_PRJ_INCLUDE_FILE
is normally set by gnatmake or by the gnat
driver when project files are used. It should not normally be set
by other means.
ADA_INCLUDE_PATH
environment variable.
Construct this value
exactly as the
PATH
environment variable: a list of directory
names separated by colons (semicolons when working with the NT version).
ada_source_path
file which is part of the GNAT
installation tree and is used to store standard libraries such as the
GNAT Run Time Library (RTL) source files.
Installing a library
Specifying the switch -I-
inhibits the use of the directory
containing the source file named in the command line. You can still
have this directory on your search path, but in this case it must be
explicitly requested with a -I
switch.
Specifying the switch -nostdinc
inhibits the search of the default location for the GNAT Run Time
Library (RTL) source files.
The compiler outputs its object files and ALI files in the current
working directory.
Caution: The object file can be redirected with the -o
switch;
however, gcc
and gnat1
have not been coordinated on this
so the ALI
file will not go to the right place. Therefore, you should
avoid using the -o
switch.
The packages Ada
, System
, and Interfaces
and their
children make up the GNAT RTL, together with the simple System.IO
package used in the "Hello World"
example. The sources for these units
are needed by the compiler and are kept together in one directory. Not
all of the bodies are needed, but all of the sources are kept together
anyway. In a normal installation, you need not specify these directory
names when compiling or binding. Either the environment variables or
the built-in defaults cause these files to be found.
In addition to the language-defined hierarchies (System
, Ada
and
Interfaces
), the GNAT distribution provides a fourth hierarchy,
consisting of child units of GNAT
. This is a collection of generally
useful types, subprograms, etc. See the GNAT_Reference_Manual
for further details.
Besides simplifying access to the RTL, a major use of search paths is in compiling sources from multiple directories. This can make development environments much more flexible.
If, in our earlier example, there was a spec for the hello
procedure, it would be contained in the file hello.ads
; yet this
file would not have to be explicitly compiled. This is the result of the
model we chose to implement library management. Some of the consequences
of this model are as follows:
The following are some typical Ada compilation command line examples:
$ gcc -c xyz.adb
Compile body in file xyz.adb
with all default options.
$ gcc -c -O2 -gnata xyz-def.adb
Compile the child unit package in file xyz-def.adb
with extensive
optimizations, and pragma Assert
/Debug statements
enabled.
$ gcc -c -gnatc abc-def.adb
Compile the subunit in file abc-def.adb
in semantic-checking-only
mode.
The gcc
command accepts switches that control the
compilation process. These switches are fully described in this section:
first an alphabetical listing of all switches with a brief description,
and then functionally grouped sets of switches with more detailed
information.
More switches exist for GCC than those documented here, especially for specific targets. However, their use is not recommended as they may change code generation in ways that are incompatible with the Ada run-time library, or can cause inconsistencies between compilation units.
gcc
for Syntax Checkinggcc
for Semantic Checking-b `target'
Compile your program to run on target
, which is the name of a
system configuration. You must have a GNAT cross-compiler built if
target
is not the same as your host system.
-B`dir'
Load compiler executables (for example, gnat1
, the Ada compiler)
from dir
instead of the default location. Only use this switch
when multiple versions of the GNAT compiler are available.
See the “Options for Directory Search” section in the
Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC) manual for further details.
You would normally use the -b
or -V
switch instead.
-c
Compile. Always use this switch when compiling Ada programs.
Note: for some other languages when using gcc
, notably in
the case of C and C++, it is possible to use
use gcc
without a -c
switch to
compile and link in one step. In the case of GNAT, you
cannot use this approach, because the binder must be run
and gcc
cannot be used to run the GNAT binder.
-fcallgraph-info[=su,da]
Makes the compiler output callgraph information for the program, on a
per-file basis. The information is generated in the VCG format. It can
be decorated with additional, per-node and/or per-edge information, if a
list of comma-separated markers is additionally specified. When the
su
marker is specified, the callgraph is decorated with stack usage
information; it is equivalent to -fstack-usage
. When the da
marker is specified, the callgraph is decorated with information about
dynamically allocated objects.
-fdiagnostics-format=json
Makes GNAT emit warning and error messages as JSON. Inhibits printing of
text warning and errors messages except if -gnatv
or
-gnatl
are present.
-fdump-scos
Generates SCO (Source Coverage Obligation) information in the ALI file.
This information is used by advanced coverage tools. See unit SCOs
in the compiler sources for details in files scos.ads
and
scos.adb
.
-fgnat-encodings=[all|gdb|minimal]
This switch controls the balance between GNAT encodings and standard DWARF emitted in the debug information.
-flto[=`n']
Enables Link Time Optimization. This switch must be used in conjunction
with the -Ox
switches (but not with the -gnatn
switch
since it is a full replacement for the latter) and instructs the compiler
to defer most optimizations until the link stage. The advantage of this
approach is that the compiler can do a whole-program analysis and choose
the best interprocedural optimization strategy based on a complete view
of the program, instead of a fragmentary view with the usual approach.
This can also speed up the compilation of big programs and reduce the
size of the executable, compared with a traditional per-unit compilation
with inlining across units enabled by the -gnatn
switch.
The drawback of this approach is that it may require more memory and that
the debugging information generated by -g with it might be hardly usable.
The switch, as well as the accompanying -Ox
switches, must be
specified both for the compilation and the link phases.
If the n
parameter is specified, the optimization and final code
generation at link time are executed using n
parallel jobs by
means of an installed make
program.
-fno-inline
Suppresses all inlining, unless requested with pragma Inline_Always
. The
effect is enforced regardless of other optimization or inlining switches.
Note that inlining can also be suppressed on a finer-grained basis with
pragma No_Inline
.
-fno-inline-functions
Suppresses automatic inlining of subprograms, which is enabled
if -O3
is used.
-fno-inline-small-functions
Suppresses automatic inlining of small subprograms, which is enabled
if -O2
is used.
-fno-inline-functions-called-once
Suppresses inlining of subprograms local to the unit and called once
from within it, which is enabled if -O1
is used.
-fno-ivopts
Suppresses high-level loop induction variable optimizations, which are
enabled if -O1
is used. These optimizations are generally
profitable but, for some specific cases of loops with numerous uses
of the iteration variable that follow a common pattern, they may end
up destroying the regularity that could be exploited at a lower level
and thus producing inferior code.
-fno-strict-aliasing
Causes the compiler to avoid assumptions regarding non-aliasing of objects of different types. See Optimization and Strict Aliasing for details.
-fno-strict-overflow
Causes the compiler to avoid assumptions regarding the rules of signed
integer overflow. These rules specify that signed integer overflow will
result in a Constraint_Error exception at run time and are enforced in
default mode by the compiler, so this switch should not be necessary in
normal operating mode. It might be useful in conjunction with -gnato0
for very peculiar cases of low-level programming.
-fstack-check
Activates stack checking. See Stack Overflow Checking for details.
-fstack-usage
Makes the compiler output stack usage information for the program, on a per-subprogram basis. See Static Stack Usage Analysis for details.
-g
Generate debugging information. This information is stored in the object
file and copied from there to the final executable file by the linker,
where it can be read by the debugger. You must use the
-g
switch if you plan on using the debugger.
-gnat05
Allow full Ada 2005 features.
-gnat12
Allow full Ada 2012 features.
-gnat2005
Allow full Ada 2005 features (same as -gnat05
)
-gnat2012
Allow full Ada 2012 features (same as -gnat12
)
-gnat2022
Allow full Ada 2022 features
-gnat83
Enforce Ada 83 restrictions.
-gnat95
Enforce Ada 95 restrictions.
Note: for compatibility with some Ada 95 compilers which support only
the overriding
keyword of Ada 2005, the -gnatd.D
switch can
be used along with -gnat95
to achieve a similar effect with GNAT.
-gnatd.D
instructs GNAT to consider overriding
as a keyword
and handle its associated semantic checks, even in Ada 95 mode.
-gnata
Assertions enabled. Pragma Assert
and pragma Debug
to be
activated. Note that these pragmas can also be controlled using the
configuration pragmas Assertion_Policy
and Debug_Policy
.
It also activates pragmas Check
, Precondition
, and
Postcondition
. Note that these pragmas can also be controlled
using the configuration pragma Check_Policy
. In Ada 2012, it
also activates all assertions defined in the RM as aspects: preconditions,
postconditions, type invariants and (sub)type predicates. In all Ada modes,
corresponding pragmas for type invariants and (sub)type predicates are
also activated. The default is that all these assertions are disabled,
and have no effect, other than being checked for syntactic validity, and
in the case of subtype predicates, constructions such as membership tests
still test predicates even if assertions are turned off.
-gnatA
Avoid processing gnat.adc
. If a gnat.adc
file is present,
it will be ignored.
-gnatb
Generate brief messages to stderr
even if verbose mode set.
-gnatB
Assume no invalid (bad) values except for ‘Valid attribute use (Validity Checking).
-gnatc
Check syntax and semantics only (no code generation attempted). When the
compiler is invoked by gnatmake
, if the switch -gnatc
is
only given to the compiler (after -cargs
or in package Compiler of
the project file, gnatmake
will fail because it will not find the
object file after compilation. If gnatmake
is called with
-gnatc
as a builder switch (before -cargs
or in package
Builder of the project file) then gnatmake
will not fail because
it will not look for the object files after compilation, and it will not try
to build and link.
-gnatC
Generate CodePeer intermediate format (no code generation attempted).
This switch will generate an intermediate representation suitable for
use by CodePeer (.scil
files). This switch is not compatible with
code generation (it will, among other things, disable some switches such
as -gnatn, and enable others such as -gnata).
-gnatd
Specify debug options for the compiler. The string of characters after
the -gnatd
specifies the specific debug options. The possible
characters are 0-9, a-z, A-Z, optionally preceded by a dot or underscore.
See compiler source file debug.adb
for details of the implemented
debug options. Certain debug options are relevant to applications
programmers, and these are documented at appropriate points in this
users guide.
-gnatD
Create expanded source files for source level debugging. This switch
also suppresses generation of cross-reference information
(see -gnatx
). Note that this switch is not allowed if a previous
-gnatR switch has been given, since these two switches are not compatible.
-gnateA
Check that the actual parameters of a subprogram call are not aliases of one another. To qualify as aliasing, their memory locations must be identical or overlapping, at least one of the corresponding formal parameters must be of mode OUT or IN OUT, and at least one of the corresponding formal parameters must have its parameter passing mechanism not specified.
type Rec_Typ is record Data : Integer := 0; end record; function Self (Val : Rec_Typ) return Rec_Typ is begin return Val; end Self; procedure Detect_Aliasing (Val_1 : in out Rec_Typ; Val_2 : Rec_Typ) is begin null; end Detect_Aliasing; Obj : Rec_Typ; Detect_Aliasing (Obj, Obj); Detect_Aliasing (Obj, Self (Obj));
In the example above, the first call to Detect_Aliasing
fails with a
Program_Error
at run time because the actuals for Val_1
and
Val_2
denote the same object. The second call executes without raising
an exception because Self(Obj)
produces an anonymous object which does
not share the memory location of Obj
.
-gnateb
Store configuration files by their basename in ALI files. This switch is used for instance by gprbuild for distributed builds in order to prevent issues where machine-specific absolute paths could end up being stored in ALI files.
-gnatec=`path'
Specify a configuration pragma file (the equal sign is optional) (The Configuration Pragmas Files).
-gnateC
Generate CodePeer messages in a compiler-like format. This switch is only
effective if -gnatcC
is also specified and requires an installation
of CodePeer.
-gnated
Disable atomic synchronization
-gnateDsymbol[=`value']
Defines a symbol, associated with value
, for preprocessing.
(Integrated Preprocessing).
-gnateE
Generate extra information in exception messages. In particular, display extra column information and the value and range associated with index and range check failures, and extra column information for access checks. In cases where the compiler is able to determine at compile time that a check will fail, it gives a warning, and the extra information is not produced at run time.
-gnatef
Display full source path name in brief error messages.
-gnateF
Check for overflow on all floating-point operations, including those
for unconstrained predefined types. See description of pragma
Check_Float_Overflow
in GNAT RM.
-gnateg
-gnatceg
The
-gnatc
switch must always be specified before this switch, e.g.-gnatceg
. Generate a C header from the Ada input file. See Generating C Headers for Ada Specifications for more information.
-gnateG
Save result of preprocessing in a text file.
-gnatei`nnn'
Set maximum number of instantiations during compilation of a single unit to
nnn
. This may be useful in increasing the default maximum of 8000 for
the rare case when a single unit legitimately exceeds this limit.
-gnateI`nnn'
Indicates that the source is a multi-unit source and that the index of the
unit to compile is nnn
. nnn
needs to be a positive number and need
to be a valid index in the multi-unit source.
-gnatel
This switch can be used with the static elaboration model to issue info
messages showing
where implicit pragma Elaborate
and pragma Elaborate_All
are generated. This is useful in diagnosing elaboration circularities
caused by these implicit pragmas when using the static elaboration
model. See See the section in this guide on elaboration checking for
further details. These messages are not generated by default, and are
intended only for temporary use when debugging circularity problems.
-gnateL
This switch turns off the info messages about implicit elaboration pragmas.
-gnatem=`path'
Specify a mapping file (the equal sign is optional) (Units to Sources Mapping Files).
-gnatep=`file'
Specify a preprocessing data file (the equal sign is optional) (Integrated Preprocessing).
-gnateP
Turn categorization dependency errors into warnings. Ada requires that units that WITH one another have compatible categories, for example a Pure unit cannot WITH a Preelaborate unit. If this switch is used, these errors become warnings (which can be ignored, or suppressed in the usual manner). This can be useful in some specialized circumstances such as the temporary use of special test software.
-gnateS
Synonym of -fdump-scos
, kept for backwards compatibility.
-gnatet=`path'
Generate target dependent information. The format of the output file is
described in the section about switch -gnateT
.
-gnateT=`path'
Read target dependent information, such as endianness or sizes and alignments of base type. If this switch is passed, the default target dependent information of the compiler is replaced by the one read from the input file. This is used by tools other than the compiler, e.g. to do semantic analysis of programs that will run on some other target than the machine on which the tool is run.
The following target dependent values should be defined,
where Nat
denotes a natural integer value, Pos
denotes a
positive integer value, and fields marked with a question mark are
boolean fields, where a value of 0 is False, and a value of 1 is True:
Bits_BE : Nat; -- Bits stored big-endian? Bits_Per_Unit : Pos; -- Bits in a storage unit Bits_Per_Word : Pos; -- Bits in a word Bytes_BE : Nat; -- Bytes stored big-endian? Char_Size : Pos; -- Standard.Character'Size Double_Float_Alignment : Nat; -- Alignment of double float Double_Scalar_Alignment : Nat; -- Alignment of double length scalar Double_Size : Pos; -- Standard.Long_Float'Size Float_Size : Pos; -- Standard.Float'Size Float_Words_BE : Nat; -- Float words stored big-endian? Int_Size : Pos; -- Standard.Integer'Size Long_Double_Size : Pos; -- Standard.Long_Long_Float'Size Long_Long_Size : Pos; -- Standard.Long_Long_Integer'Size Long_Size : Pos; -- Standard.Long_Integer'Size Maximum_Alignment : Pos; -- Maximum permitted alignment Max_Unaligned_Field : Pos; -- Maximum size for unaligned bit field Pointer_Size : Pos; -- System.Address'Size Short_Enums : Nat; -- Foreign enums use short size? Short_Size : Pos; -- Standard.Short_Integer'Size Strict_Alignment : Nat; -- Strict alignment? System_Allocator_Alignment : Nat; -- Alignment for malloc calls Wchar_T_Size : Pos; -- Interfaces.C.wchar_t'Size Words_BE : Nat; -- Words stored big-endian?
Bits_Per_Unit
is the number of bits in a storage unit, the equivalent of
GCC macro BITS_PER_UNIT
documented as follows: Define this macro to be the number of bits in an addressable storage unit (byte); normally 8.
Bits_Per_Word
is the number of bits in a machine word, the equivalent of
GCC macro BITS_PER_WORD
documented as follows: Number of bits in a word; normally 32.
Double_Float_Alignment
, if not zero, is the maximum alignment that the
compiler can choose by default for a 64-bit floating-point type or object.
Double_Scalar_Alignment
, if not zero, is the maximum alignment that the
compiler can choose by default for a 64-bit or larger scalar type or object.
Maximum_Alignment
is the maximum alignment that the compiler can choose
by default for a type or object, which is also the maximum alignment that can
be specified in GNAT. It is computed for GCC backends as BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
where GCC macro BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
is documented as
follows: Biggest alignment that any data type can require on this machine, in bits.
Max_Unaligned_Field
is the maximum size for unaligned bit field, which is
64 for the majority of GCC targets (but can be different on some targets).
Strict_Alignment
is the equivalent of GCC macro STRICT_ALIGNMENT
documented as follows: Define this macro to be the value 1 if instructions will fail to work if given data not on the nominal alignment. If instructions will merely go slower in that case, define this macro as 0.
System_Allocator_Alignment
is the guaranteed alignment of data returned
by calls to malloc
.
The format of the input file is as follows. First come the values of the variables defined above, with one line per value:
name value
where name
is the name of the parameter, spelled out in full,
and cased as in the above list, and value
is an unsigned decimal
integer. Two or more blanks separates the name from the value.
All the variables must be present, in alphabetical order (i.e. the same order as the list above).
Then there is a blank line to separate the two parts of the file. Then come the lines showing the floating-point types to be registered, with one line per registered mode:
name digs float_rep size alignment
where name
is the string name of the type (which can have
single spaces embedded in the name (e.g. long double), digs
is
the number of digits for the floating-point type, float_rep
is
the float representation (I for IEEE-754-Binary, which is
the only one supported at this time),
size
is the size in bits, alignment
is the
alignment in bits. The name is followed by at least two blanks, fields
are separated by at least one blank, and a LF character immediately
follows the alignment field.
Here is an example of a target parameterization file:
Bits_BE 0 Bits_Per_Unit 8 Bits_Per_Word 64 Bytes_BE 0 Char_Size 8 Double_Float_Alignment 0 Double_Scalar_Alignment 0 Double_Size 64 Float_Size 32 Float_Words_BE 0 Int_Size 64 Long_Double_Size 128 Long_Long_Size 64 Long_Size 64 Maximum_Alignment 16 Max_Unaligned_Field 64 Pointer_Size 64 Short_Size 16 Strict_Alignment 0 System_Allocator_Alignment 16 Wchar_T_Size 32 Words_BE 0 float 15 I 64 64 double 15 I 64 64 long double 18 I 80 128 TF 33 I 128 128
-gnateu
Ignore unrecognized validity, warning, and style switches that appear after this switch is given. This may be useful when compiling sources developed on a later version of the compiler with an earlier version. Of course the earlier version must support this switch.
-gnateV
Check that all actual parameters of a subprogram call are valid according to the rules of validity checking (Validity Checking).
-gnateY
Ignore all STYLE_CHECKS pragmas. Full legality checks are still carried out, but the pragmas have no effect on what style checks are active. This allows all style checking options to be controlled from the command line.
-gnatE
Dynamic elaboration checking mode enabled. For further details see Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT.
-gnatf
Full errors. Multiple errors per line, all undefined references, do not attempt to suppress cascaded errors.
-gnatF
Externals names are folded to all uppercase.
-gnatg
Internal GNAT implementation mode. This should not be used for applications
programs, it is intended only for use by the compiler and its run-time
library. For documentation, see the GNAT sources. Note that -gnatg
implies -gnatw.ge
and -gnatyg
so that all standard
warnings and all standard style options are turned on. All warnings and style
messages are treated as errors.
-gnatG=nn
List generated expanded code in source form.
-gnath
Output usage information. The output is written to stdout
.
-gnatH
Legacy elaboration-checking mode enabled. When this switch is in effect, the pre-18.x access-before-elaboration model becomes the de facto model. For further details see Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT.
-gnati`c'
Identifier character set (c
= 1/2/3/4/5/9/p/8/f/n/w).
For details of the possible selections for c
,
see Character Set Control.
-gnatI
Ignore representation clauses. When this switch is used, representation clauses are treated as comments. This is useful when initially porting code where you want to ignore rep clause problems, and also for compiling foreign code (particularly for use with ASIS). The representation clauses that are ignored are: enumeration_representation_clause, record_representation_clause, and attribute_definition_clause for the following attributes: Address, Alignment, Bit_Order, Component_Size, Machine_Radix, Object_Size, Scalar_Storage_Order, Size, Small, Stream_Size, and Value_Size. Pragma Default_Scalar_Storage_Order is also ignored. Note that this option should be used only for compiling – the code is likely to malfunction at run time.
-gnatj`nn'
Reformat error messages to fit on nn
character lines
-gnatJ
Permissive elaboration-checking mode enabled. When this switch is in effect, the post-18.x access-before-elaboration model ignores potential issues with:
and does not emit compile-time diagnostics or run-time checks. For further details see Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT.
-gnatk=`n'
Limit file names to n
(1-999) characters (k
= krunch).
-gnatl
Output full source listing with embedded error messages.
-gnatL
Used in conjunction with -gnatG or -gnatD to intersperse original source lines (as comment lines with line numbers) in the expanded source output.
-gnatm=`n'
Limit number of detected error or warning messages to n
where n
is in the range 1..999999. The default setting if
no switch is given is 9999. If the number of warnings reaches this
limit, then a message is output and further warnings are suppressed,
but the compilation is continued. If the number of error messages
reaches this limit, then a message is output and the compilation
is abandoned. The equal sign here is optional. A value of zero
means that no limit applies.
-gnatn[12]
Activate inlining across units for subprograms for which pragma Inline
is specified. This inlining is performed by the GCC back-end. An optional
digit sets the inlining level: 1 for moderate inlining across units
or 2 for full inlining across units. If no inlining level is specified,
the compiler will pick it based on the optimization level.
-gnatN
Activate front end inlining for subprograms for which
pragma Inline
is specified. This inlining is performed
by the front end and will be visible in the
-gnatG
output.
When using a gcc-based back end, then the use of
-gnatN
is deprecated, and the use of -gnatn
is preferred.
Historically front end inlining was more extensive than the gcc back end
inlining, but that is no longer the case.
-gnato0
Suppresses overflow checking. This causes the behavior of the compiler to
match the default for older versions where overflow checking was suppressed
by default. This is equivalent to having
pragma Suppress (Overflow_Check)
in a configuration pragma file.
-gnato??
Set default mode for handling generation of code to avoid intermediate
arithmetic overflow. Here ??
is two digits, a
single digit, or nothing. Each digit is one of the digits 1
through 3
:
Digit | Interpretation |
`1' | All intermediate overflows checked against base type (STRICT ) |
`2' | Minimize intermediate overflows (MINIMIZED ) |
`3' | Eliminate intermediate overflows (ELIMINATED ) |
If only one digit appears, then it applies to all cases; if two digits are given, then the first applies outside assertions, pre/postconditions, and type invariants, and the second applies within assertions, pre/postconditions, and type invariants.
If no digits follow the -gnato
, then it is equivalent to
-gnato11
,
causing all intermediate overflows to be handled in strict
mode.
This switch also causes arithmetic overflow checking to be performed
(as though pragma Unsuppress (Overflow_Check)
had been specified).
The default if no option -gnato
is given is that overflow handling
is in STRICT
mode (computations done using the base type), and that
overflow checking is enabled.
Note that division by zero is a separate check that is not controlled by this switch (divide-by-zero checking is on by default).
See also Specifying the Desired Mode.
-gnatp
Suppress all checks. See Run-Time Checks for details. This switch
has no effect if cancelled by a subsequent -gnat-p
switch.
-gnat-p
Cancel effect of previous -gnatp
switch.
-gnatq
Don’t quit. Try semantics, even if parse errors.
-gnatQ
Don’t quit. Generate ALI
and tree files even if illegalities.
Note that code generation is still suppressed in the presence of any
errors, so even with -gnatQ
no object file is generated.
-gnatr
Treat pragma Restrictions as Restriction_Warnings.
-gnatR[0|1|2|3|4][e][j][m][s]
Output representation information for declared types, objects and
subprograms. Note that this switch is not allowed if a previous
-gnatD
switch has been given, since these two switches
are not compatible.
-gnats
Syntax check only.
-gnatS
Print package Standard.
-gnatT`nnn'
All compiler tables start at nnn
times usual starting size.
-gnatu
List units for this compilation.
-gnatU
Tag all error messages with the unique string ‘error:’
-gnatv
Verbose mode. Full error output with source lines to stdout
.
-gnatV
Control level of validity checking (Validity Checking).
-gnatw`xxx'
Warning mode where
xxx
is a string of option letters that denotes
the exact warnings that
are enabled or disabled (Warning Message Control).
-gnatW`e'
Wide character encoding method
(e
=n/h/u/s/e/8).
-gnatx
Suppress generation of cross-reference information.
-gnatX
Enable GNAT implementation extensions and latest Ada version.
-gnaty
Enable built-in style checks (Style Checking).
-gnatz`m'
Distribution stub generation and compilation
(m
=r/c for receiver/caller stubs).
-I`dir'
Direct GNAT to search the dir
directory for source files needed by
the current compilation
(see Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)).
-I-
Except for the source file named in the command line, do not look for source files in the directory containing the source file named in the command line (see Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)).
-o `file'
This switch is used in gcc
to redirect the generated object file
and its associated ALI file. Beware of this switch with GNAT, because it may
cause the object file and ALI file to have different names which in turn
may confuse the binder and the linker.
-nostdinc
Inhibit the search of the default location for the GNAT Run Time Library (RTL) source files.
-nostdlib
Inhibit the search of the default location for the GNAT Run Time Library (RTL) ALI files.
-O[`n']
n
controls the optimization level:
`n' | Effect |
`0' | No optimization, the default setting if no -O appears |
`1' | Normal optimization, the default if you specify -O without an
operand. A good compromise between code quality and compilation
time. |
`2' | Extensive optimization, may improve execution time, possibly at the cost of substantially increased compilation time. |
`3' | Same as -O2 , and also includes inline expansion for small
subprograms in the same unit. |
`s' | Optimize space usage |
See also Optimization Levels.
-pass-exit-codes
Catch exit codes from the compiler and use the most meaningful as exit status.
--RTS=`rts-path'
Specifies the default location of the run-time library. Same meaning as the
equivalent gnatmake
flag (Switches for gnatmake).
-S
Used in place of -c
to
cause the assembler source file to be
generated, using .s
as the extension,
instead of the object file.
This may be useful if you need to examine the generated assembly code.
-fverbose-asm
Used in conjunction with -S
to cause the generated assembly code file to be annotated with variable
names, making it significantly easier to follow.
-v
Show commands generated by the gcc
driver. Normally used only for
debugging purposes or if you need to be sure what version of the
compiler you are executing.
-V `ver'
Execute ver
version of the compiler. This is the gcc
version, not the GNAT version.
-w
Turn off warnings generated by the back end of the compiler. Use of
this switch also causes the default for front end warnings to be set
to suppress (as though -gnatws
had appeared at the start of
the options).
You may combine a sequence of GNAT switches into a single switch. For example, the combined switch
-gnatofi3
is equivalent to specifying the following sequence of switches:
-gnato -gnatf -gnati3
The following restrictions apply to the combination of switches in this manner:
-gnatc
if combined with other switches must come
first in the string.
-gnats
if combined with other switches must come
first in the string.
-gnatzc
and -gnatzr
may not be combined with any other
switches, and only one of them may appear in the command line.
-gnat-p
may not be combined with any other switch.
-gnaty
switch), then all further characters in the switch are interpreted
as style modifiers (see description of -gnaty
).
-gnatd
switch), then all further characters in the switch are interpreted
as debug flags (see description of -gnatd
).
-gnatw
switch), then all further characters in the switch are interpreted
as warning mode modifiers (see description of -gnatw
).
-gnatV
switch), then all further characters in the switch are interpreted
as validity checking options (Validity Checking).
The standard default format for error messages is called ‘brief format’.
Brief format messages are written to stderr
(the standard error
file) and have the following form:
e.adb:3:04: Incorrect spelling of keyword "function" e.adb:4:20: ";" should be "is"
The first integer after the file name is the line number in the file,
and the second integer is the column number within the line.
GNAT Studio
can parse the error messages
and point to the referenced character.
The following switches provide control over the error message
format:
-gnatv
The v
stands for verbose.
The effect of this setting is to write long-format error
messages to stdout
(the standard output file.
The same program compiled with the
-gnatv
switch would generate:
3. funcion X (Q : Integer) | >>> Incorrect spelling of keyword "function" 4. return Integer; | >>> ";" should be "is"
The vertical bar indicates the location of the error, and the >>>
prefix can be used to search for error messages. When this switch is
used the only source lines output are those with errors.
-gnatl
The l
stands for list.
This switch causes a full listing of
the file to be generated. In the case where a body is
compiled, the corresponding spec is also listed, along
with any subunits. Typical output from compiling a package
body p.adb
might look like:
Compiling: p.adb 1. package body p is 2. procedure a; 3. procedure a is separate; 4. begin 5. null | >>> missing ";" 6. end; Compiling: p.ads 1. package p is 2. pragma Elaborate_Body | >>> missing ";" 3. end p; Compiling: p-a.adb 1. separate p | >>> missing "(" 2. procedure a is 3. begin 4. null | >>> missing ";" 5. end;
When you specify the -gnatv
or -gnatl
switches and
standard output is redirected, a brief summary is written to
stderr
(standard error) giving the number of error messages and
warning messages generated.
-gnatl=`fname'
This has the same effect as -gnatl
except that the output is
written to a file instead of to standard output. If the given name
fname
does not start with a period, then it is the full name
of the file to be written. If fname
is an extension, it is
appended to the name of the file being compiled. For example, if
file xyz.adb
is compiled with -gnatl=.lst
,
then the output is written to file xyz.adb.lst.
-gnatU
This switch forces all error messages to be preceded by the unique string ‘error:’. This means that error messages take a few more characters in space, but allows easy searching for and identification of error messages.
-gnatb
The b
stands for brief.
This switch causes GNAT to generate the
brief format error messages to stderr
(the standard error
file) as well as the verbose
format message or full listing (which as usual is written to
stdout
(the standard output file).
-gnatm=`n'
The m
stands for maximum.
n
is a decimal integer in the
range of 1 to 999999 and limits the number of error or warning
messages to be generated. For example, using
-gnatm2
might yield
e.adb:3:04: Incorrect spelling of keyword "function" e.adb:5:35: missing ".." fatal error: maximum number of errors detected compilation abandoned
The default setting if no switch is given is 9999. If the number of warnings reaches this limit, then a message is output and further warnings are suppressed, but the compilation is continued. If the number of error messages reaches this limit, then a message is output and the compilation is abandoned. A value of zero means that no limit applies.
Note that the equal sign is optional, so the switches
-gnatm2
and -gnatm=2
are equivalent.
-gnatf
The f
stands for full.
Normally, the compiler suppresses error messages that are likely to be
redundant. This switch causes all error
messages to be generated. In particular, in the case of
references to undefined variables. If a given variable is referenced
several times, the normal format of messages is
e.adb:7:07: "V" is undefined (more references follow)
where the parenthetical comment warns that there are additional
references to the variable V
. Compiling the same program with the
-gnatf
switch yields
e.adb:7:07: "V" is undefined e.adb:8:07: "V" is undefined e.adb:8:12: "V" is undefined e.adb:8:16: "V" is undefined e.adb:9:07: "V" is undefined e.adb:9:12: "V" is undefined
The -gnatf
switch also generates additional information for
some error messages. Some examples are:
-gnatjnn
In normal operation mode (or if -gnatj0
is used), then error messages
with continuation lines are treated as though the continuation lines were
separate messages (and so a warning with two continuation lines counts as
three warnings, and is listed as three separate messages).
If the -gnatjnn
switch is used with a positive value for nn, then
messages are output in a different manner. A message and all its continuation
lines are treated as a unit, and count as only one warning or message in the
statistics totals. Furthermore, the message is reformatted so that no line
is longer than nn characters.
-gnatq
The q
stands for quit (really ‘don’t quit’).
In normal operation mode, the compiler first parses the program and
determines if there are any syntax errors. If there are, appropriate
error messages are generated and compilation is immediately terminated.
This switch tells
GNAT to continue with semantic analysis even if syntax errors have been
found. This may enable the detection of more errors in a single run. On
the other hand, the semantic analyzer is more likely to encounter some
internal fatal error when given a syntactically invalid tree.
-gnatQ
In normal operation mode, the ALI
file is not generated if any
illegalities are detected in the program. The use of -gnatQ
forces
generation of the ALI
file. This file is marked as being in
error, so it cannot be used for binding purposes, but it does contain
reasonably complete cross-reference information, and thus may be useful
for use by tools (e.g., semantic browsing tools or integrated development
environments) that are driven from the ALI
file. This switch
implies -gnatq
, since the semantic phase must be run to get a
meaningful ALI file.
When -gnatQ
is used and the generated ALI
file is marked as
being in error, gnatmake
will attempt to recompile the source when it
finds such an ALI
file, including with switch -gnatc
.
Note that -gnatQ
has no effect if -gnats
is specified,
since ALI files are never generated if -gnats
is set.
In addition to error messages, which correspond to illegalities as defined in the Ada Reference Manual, the compiler detects two kinds of warning situations.
First, the compiler considers some constructs suspicious and generates a warning message to alert you to a possible error. Second, if the compiler detects a situation that is sure to raise an exception at run time, it generates a warning message. The following shows an example of warning messages:
e.adb:4:24: warning: creation of object may raise Storage_Error e.adb:10:17: warning: static value out of range e.adb:10:17: warning: "Constraint_Error" will be raised at run time
GNAT considers a large number of situations as appropriate
for the generation of warning messages. As always, warnings are not
definite indications of errors. For example, if you do an out-of-range
assignment with the deliberate intention of raising a
Constraint_Error
exception, then the warning that may be
issued does not indicate an error. Some of the situations for which GNAT
issues warnings (at least some of the time) are given in the following
list. This list is not complete, and new warnings are often added to
subsequent versions of GNAT. The list is intended to give a general idea
of the kinds of warnings that are generated.
accept
statement
select
return
statement along some execution path in a function
Bit_Order
usage that does not have any effect
Standard.Duration
used to resolve universal fixed expression
DISCARD, DUMMY, IGNORE, JUNK, UNUSED
, in any casing. Such variables
are considered likely to be intentionally used in a situation where
otherwise a warning would be given, so warnings of this kind are
always suppressed for such variables.
for
loop that is known to be null or might be null
The following section lists compiler switches that are available to control the handling of warning messages. It is also possible to exercise much finer control over what warnings are issued and suppressed using the GNAT pragma Warnings (see the description of the pragma in the GNAT_Reference_manual).
-gnatwa
`Activate most optional warnings.'
This switch activates most optional warning messages. See the remaining list in this section for details on optional warning messages that can be individually controlled. The warnings that are not turned on by this switch are:
-gnatwd
(implicit dereferencing)
-gnatw.d
(tag warnings with -gnatw switch)
-gnatwh
(hiding)
-gnatw.h
(holes in record layouts)
-gnatw.j
(late primitives of tagged types)
-gnatw.k
(redefinition of names in standard)
-gnatwl
(elaboration warnings)
-gnatw.l
(inherited aspects)
-gnatw.n
(atomic synchronization)
-gnatwo
(address clause overlay)
-gnatw.o
(values set by out parameters ignored)
-gnatw.q
(questionable layout of record types)
-gnatw_r
(out-of-order record representation clauses)
-gnatw.s
(overridden size clause)
-gnatwt
(tracking of deleted conditional code)
-gnatw.u
(unordered enumeration)
-gnatw.w
(use of Warnings Off)
-gnatw.y
(reasons for package needing body)
All other optional warnings are turned on.
-gnatwA
`Suppress all optional errors.'
This switch suppresses all optional warning messages, see remaining list
in this section for details on optional warning messages that can be
individually controlled. Note that unlike switch -gnatws
, the
use of switch -gnatwA
does not suppress warnings that are
normally given unconditionally and cannot be individually controlled
(for example, the warning about a missing exit path in a function).
Also, again unlike switch -gnatws
, warnings suppressed by
the use of switch -gnatwA
can be individually turned back
on. For example the use of switch -gnatwA
followed by
switch -gnatwd
will suppress all optional warnings except
the warnings for implicit dereferencing.
-gnatw.a
`Activate warnings on failing assertions.'
This switch activates warnings for assertions where the compiler can tell at compile time that the assertion will fail. Note that this warning is given even if assertions are disabled. The default is that such warnings are generated.
-gnatw.A
`Suppress warnings on failing assertions.'
This switch suppresses warnings for assertions where the compiler can tell at compile time that the assertion will fail.
-gnatw_a
`Activate warnings on anonymous allocators.'
This switch activates warnings for allocators of anonymous access types, which can involve run-time accessibility checks and lead to unexpected accessibility violations. For more details on the rules involved, see RM 3.10.2 (14).
-gnatw_A
`Supress warnings on anonymous allocators.'
This switch suppresses warnings for anonymous access type allocators.
-gnatwb
`Activate warnings on bad fixed values.'
This switch activates warnings for static fixed-point expressions whose value is not an exact multiple of Small. Such values are implementation dependent, since an implementation is free to choose either of the multiples that surround the value. GNAT always chooses the closer one, but this is not required behavior, and it is better to specify a value that is an exact multiple, ensuring predictable execution. The default is that such warnings are not generated.
-gnatwB
`Suppress warnings on bad fixed values.'
This switch suppresses warnings for static fixed-point expressions whose value is not an exact multiple of Small.
-gnatw.b
`Activate warnings on biased representation.'
This switch activates warnings when a size clause, value size clause, component clause, or component size clause forces the use of biased representation for an integer type (e.g. representing a range of 10..11 in a single bit by using 0/1 to represent 10/11). The default is that such warnings are generated.
-gnatw.B
`Suppress warnings on biased representation.'
This switch suppresses warnings for representation clauses that force the use of biased representation.
-gnatwc
`Activate warnings on conditionals.'
This switch activates warnings for conditional expressions used in tests that are known to be True or False at compile time. The default is that such warnings are not generated. Note that this warning does not get issued for the use of boolean variables or constants whose values are known at compile time, since this is a standard technique for conditional compilation in Ada, and this would generate too many false positive warnings.
This warning option also activates a special test for comparisons using
the operators ‘>=’ and’ <=’.
If the compiler can tell that only the equality condition is possible,
then it will warn that the ‘>’ or ‘<’ part of the test
is useless and that the operator could be replaced by ‘=’.
An example would be comparing a Natural
variable <= 0.
This warning option also generates warnings if one or both tests is optimized away in a membership test for integer values if the result can be determined at compile time. Range tests on enumeration types are not included, since it is common for such tests to include an end point.
This warning can also be turned on using -gnatwa
.
-gnatwC
`Suppress warnings on conditionals.'
This switch suppresses warnings for conditional expressions used in tests that are known to be True or False at compile time.
-gnatw.c
`Activate warnings on missing component clauses.'
This switch activates warnings for record components where a record representation clause is present and has component clauses for the majority, but not all, of the components. A warning is given for each component for which no component clause is present.
-gnatw.C
`Suppress warnings on missing component clauses.'
This switch suppresses warnings for record components that are missing a component clause in the situation described above.
-gnatw_c
`Activate warnings on unknown condition in Compile_Time_Warning.'
This switch activates warnings on a pragma Compile_Time_Warning or Compile_Time_Error whose condition has a value that is not known at compile time. The default is that such warnings are generated.
-gnatw_C
`Suppress warnings on unknown condition in Compile_Time_Warning.'
This switch supresses warnings on a pragma Compile_Time_Warning or Compile_Time_Error whose condition has a value that is not known at compile time.
-gnatwd
`Activate warnings on implicit dereferencing.'
If this switch is set, then the use of a prefix of an access type
in an indexed component, slice, or selected component without an
explicit .all
will generate a warning. With this warning
enabled, access checks occur only at points where an explicit
.all
appears in the source code (assuming no warnings are
generated as a result of this switch). The default is that such
warnings are not generated.
-gnatwD
`Suppress warnings on implicit dereferencing.'
This switch suppresses warnings for implicit dereferences in indexed components, slices, and selected components.
-gnatw.d
`Activate tagging of warning and info messages.'
If this switch is set, then warning messages are tagged, with one of the following strings:
- `[-gnatw?]' Used to tag warnings controlled by the switch
-gnatwx
where x is a letter a-z.- `[-gnatw.?]' Used to tag warnings controlled by the switch
-gnatw.x
where x is a letter a-z.- `[-gnatel]' Used to tag elaboration information (info) messages generated when the static model of elaboration is used and the
-gnatel
switch is set.- `[restriction warning]' Used to tag warning messages for restriction violations, activated by use of the pragma
Restriction_Warnings
.- `[warning-as-error]' Used to tag warning messages that have been converted to error messages by use of the pragma Warning_As_Error. Note that such warnings are prefixed by the string “error: ” rather than “warning: “.
- `[enabled by default]' Used to tag all other warnings that are always given by default, unless warnings are completely suppressed using pragma `Warnings(Off)' or the switch
-gnatws
.
-gnatw.D
`Deactivate tagging of warning and info messages messages.'
If this switch is set, then warning messages return to the default
mode in which warnings and info messages are not tagged as described above for
-gnatw.d
.
-gnatwe
`Treat warnings and style checks as errors.'
This switch causes warning messages and style check messages to be treated as errors. The warning string still appears, but the warning messages are counted as errors, and prevent the generation of an object file. Note that this is the only -gnatw switch that affects the handling of style check messages. Note also that this switch has no effect on info (information) messages, which are not treated as errors if this switch is present.
-gnatw.e
`Activate every optional warning.'
This switch activates all optional warnings, including those which
are not activated by -gnatwa
. The use of this switch is not
recommended for normal use. If you turn this switch on, it is almost
certain that you will get large numbers of useless warnings. The
warnings that are excluded from -gnatwa
are typically highly
specialized warnings that are suitable for use only in code that has
been specifically designed according to specialized coding rules.
-gnatwE
`Treat all run-time exception warnings as errors.'
This switch causes warning messages regarding errors that will be raised during run-time execution to be treated as errors.
-gnatwf
`Activate warnings on unreferenced formals.'
This switch causes a warning to be generated if a formal parameter
is not referenced in the body of the subprogram. This warning can
also be turned on using -gnatwu
. The
default is that these warnings are not generated.
-gnatwF
`Suppress warnings on unreferenced formals.'
This switch suppresses warnings for unreferenced formal
parameters. Note that the
combination -gnatwu
followed by -gnatwF
has the
effect of warning on unreferenced entities other than subprogram
formals.
-gnatwg
`Activate warnings on unrecognized pragmas.'
This switch causes a warning to be generated if an unrecognized pragma is encountered. Apart from issuing this warning, the pragma is ignored and has no effect. The default is that such warnings are issued (satisfying the Ada Reference Manual requirement that such warnings appear).
-gnatwG
`Suppress warnings on unrecognized pragmas.'
This switch suppresses warnings for unrecognized pragmas.
-gnatw.g
`Warnings used for GNAT sources.'
This switch sets the warning categories that are used by the standard
GNAT style. Currently this is equivalent to
-gnatwAao.q.s.CI.V.X.Z
but more warnings may be added in the future without advanced notice.
-gnatwh
`Activate warnings on hiding.'
This switch activates warnings on hiding declarations that are considered potentially confusing. Not all cases of hiding cause warnings; for example an overriding declaration hides an implicit declaration, which is just normal code. The default is that warnings on hiding are not generated.
-gnatwH
`Suppress warnings on hiding.'
This switch suppresses warnings on hiding declarations.
-gnatw.h
`Activate warnings on holes/gaps in records.'
This switch activates warnings on component clauses in record representation clauses that leave holes (gaps) in the record layout. If this warning option is active, then record representation clauses should specify a contiguous layout, adding unused fill fields if needed.
-gnatw.H
`Suppress warnings on holes/gaps in records.'
This switch suppresses warnings on component clauses in record representation clauses that leave holes (haps) in the record layout.
-gnatwi
`Activate warnings on implementation units.'
This switch activates warnings for a `with' of an internal GNAT
implementation unit, defined as any unit from the Ada
,
Interfaces
, GNAT
,
or System
hierarchies that is not
documented in either the Ada Reference Manual or the GNAT
Programmer’s Reference Manual. Such units are intended only
for internal implementation purposes and should not be `with'ed
by user programs. The default is that such warnings are generated
-gnatwI
`Disable warnings on implementation units.'
This switch disables warnings for a `with' of an internal GNAT implementation unit.
-gnatw.i
`Activate warnings on overlapping actuals.'
This switch enables a warning on statically detectable overlapping actuals in a subprogram call, when one of the actuals is an in-out parameter, and the types of the actuals are not by-copy types. This warning is off by default.
-gnatw.I
`Disable warnings on overlapping actuals.'
This switch disables warnings on overlapping actuals in a call.
-gnatwj
`Activate warnings on obsolescent features (Annex J).'
If this warning option is activated, then warnings are generated for
calls to subprograms marked with pragma Obsolescent
and
for use of features in Annex J of the Ada Reference Manual. In the
case of Annex J, not all features are flagged. In particular use
of the renamed packages (like Text_IO
) and use of package
ASCII
are not flagged, since these are very common and
would generate many annoying positive warnings. The default is that
such warnings are not generated.
In addition to the above cases, warnings are also generated for
GNAT features that have been provided in past versions but which
have been superseded (typically by features in the new Ada standard).
For example, pragma Ravenscar
will be flagged since its
function is replaced by pragma Profile(Ravenscar)
, and
pragma Interface_Name
will be flagged since its function
is replaced by pragma Import
.
Note that this warning option functions differently from the
restriction No_Obsolescent_Features
in two respects.
First, the restriction applies only to annex J features.
Second, the restriction does flag uses of package ASCII
.
-gnatwJ
`Suppress warnings on obsolescent features (Annex J).'
This switch disables warnings on use of obsolescent features.
-gnatw.j
`Activate warnings on late declarations of tagged type primitives.'
This switch activates warnings on visible primitives added to a tagged type after deriving a private extension from it.
-gnatw.J
`Suppress warnings on late declarations of tagged type primitives.'
This switch suppresses warnings on visible primitives added to a tagged type after deriving a private extension from it.
-gnatwk
`Activate warnings on variables that could be constants.'
This switch activates warnings for variables that are initialized but never modified, and then could be declared constants. The default is that such warnings are not given.
-gnatwK
`Suppress warnings on variables that could be constants.'
This switch disables warnings on variables that could be declared constants.
-gnatw.k
`Activate warnings on redefinition of names in standard.'
This switch activates warnings for declarations that declare a name that is defined in package Standard. Such declarations can be confusing, especially since the names in package Standard continue to be directly visible, meaning that use visibiliy on such redeclared names does not work as expected. Names of discriminants and components in records are not included in this check.
-gnatw.K
`Suppress warnings on redefinition of names in standard.'
This switch disables warnings for declarations that declare a name that is defined in package Standard.
-gnatwl
`Activate warnings for elaboration pragmas.'
This switch activates warnings for possible elaboration problems,
including suspicious use
of Elaborate
pragmas, when using the static elaboration model, and
possible situations that may raise Program_Error
when using the
dynamic elaboration model.
See the section in this guide on elaboration checking for further details.
The default is that such warnings
are not generated.
-gnatwL
`Suppress warnings for elaboration pragmas.'
This switch suppresses warnings for possible elaboration problems.
-gnatw.l
`List inherited aspects.'
This switch causes the compiler to list inherited invariants, preconditions, and postconditions from Type_Invariant’Class, Invariant’Class, Pre’Class, and Post’Class aspects. Also list inherited subtype predicates.
-gnatw.L
`Suppress listing of inherited aspects.'
This switch suppresses listing of inherited aspects.
-gnatwm
`Activate warnings on modified but unreferenced variables.'
This switch activates warnings for variables that are assigned (using an initialization value or with one or more assignment statements) but whose value is never read. The warning is suppressed for volatile variables and also for variables that are renamings of other variables or for which an address clause is given. The default is that these warnings are not given.
-gnatwM
`Disable warnings on modified but unreferenced variables.'
This switch disables warnings for variables that are assigned or initialized, but never read.
-gnatw.m
`Activate warnings on suspicious modulus values.'
This switch activates warnings for modulus values that seem suspicious. The cases caught are where the size is the same as the modulus (e.g. a modulus of 7 with a size of 7 bits), and modulus values of 32 or 64 with no size clause. The guess in both cases is that 2**x was intended rather than x. In addition expressions of the form 2*x for small x generate a warning (the almost certainly accurate guess being that 2**x was intended). This switch also activates warnings for negative literal values of a modular type, which are interpreted as large positive integers after wrap-around. The default is that these warnings are given.
-gnatw.M
`Disable warnings on suspicious modulus values.'
This switch disables warnings for suspicious modulus values.
-gnatwn
`Set normal warnings mode.'
This switch sets normal warning mode, in which enabled warnings are
issued and treated as warnings rather than errors. This is the default
mode. the switch -gnatwn
can be used to cancel the effect of
an explicit -gnatws
or
-gnatwe
. It also cancels the effect of the
implicit -gnatwe
that is activated by the
use of -gnatg
.
-gnatw.n
`Activate warnings on atomic synchronization.'
This switch actives warnings when an access to an atomic variable requires the generation of atomic synchronization code. These warnings are off by default.
-gnatw.N
`Suppress warnings on atomic synchronization.'
This switch suppresses warnings when an access to an atomic variable requires the generation of atomic synchronization code.
-gnatwo
`Activate warnings on address clause overlays.'
This switch activates warnings for possibly unintended initialization effects of defining address clauses that cause one variable to overlap another. The default is that such warnings are generated.
-gnatwO
`Suppress warnings on address clause overlays.'
This switch suppresses warnings on possibly unintended initialization effects of defining address clauses that cause one variable to overlap another.
-gnatw.o
`Activate warnings on modified but unreferenced out parameters.'
This switch activates warnings for variables that are modified by using them as actuals for a call to a procedure with an out mode formal, where the resulting assigned value is never read. It is applicable in the case where there is more than one out mode formal. If there is only one out mode formal, the warning is issued by default (controlled by -gnatwu). The warning is suppressed for volatile variables and also for variables that are renamings of other variables or for which an address clause is given. The default is that these warnings are not given.
-gnatw.O
`Disable warnings on modified but unreferenced out parameters.'
This switch suppresses warnings for variables that are modified by using them as actuals for a call to a procedure with an out mode formal, where the resulting assigned value is never read.
-gnatwp
`Activate warnings on ineffective pragma Inlines.'
This switch activates warnings for failure of front end inlining
(activated by -gnatN
) to inline a particular call. There are
many reasons for not being able to inline a call, including most
commonly that the call is too complex to inline. The default is
that such warnings are not given.
Warnings on ineffective inlining by the gcc back-end can be activated
separately, using the gcc switch -Winline.
-gnatwP
`Suppress warnings on ineffective pragma Inlines.'
This switch suppresses warnings on ineffective pragma Inlines. If the inlining mechanism cannot inline a call, it will simply ignore the request silently.
-gnatw.p
`Activate warnings on parameter ordering.'
This switch activates warnings for cases of suspicious parameter ordering when the list of arguments are all simple identifiers that match the names of the formals, but are in a different order. The warning is suppressed if any use of named parameter notation is used, so this is the appropriate way to suppress a false positive (and serves to emphasize that the “misordering” is deliberate). The default is that such warnings are not given.
-gnatw.P
`Suppress warnings on parameter ordering.'
This switch suppresses warnings on cases of suspicious parameter ordering.
-gnatw_p
`Activate warnings for pedantic checks.'
This switch activates warnings for the failure of certain pedantic checks. The only case currently supported is a check that the subtype_marks given for corresponding formal parameter and function results in a subprogram declaration and its body denote the same subtype declaration. The default is that such warnings are not given.
-gnatw_P
`Suppress warnings for pedantic checks.'
This switch suppresses warnings on violations of pedantic checks.
-gnatwq
`Activate warnings on questionable missing parentheses.'
This switch activates warnings for cases where parentheses are not used and the result is potential ambiguity from a readers point of view. For example (not a > b) when a and b are modular means ((not a) > b) and very likely the programmer intended (not (a > b)). Similarly (-x mod 5) means (-(x mod 5)) and quite likely ((-x) mod 5) was intended. In such situations it seems best to follow the rule of always parenthesizing to make the association clear, and this warning switch warns if such parentheses are not present. The default is that these warnings are given.
-gnatwQ
`Suppress warnings on questionable missing parentheses.'
This switch suppresses warnings for cases where the association is not clear and the use of parentheses is preferred.
-gnatw.q
`Activate warnings on questionable layout of record types.'
This switch activates warnings for cases where the default layout of a record type, that is to say the layout of its components in textual order of the source code, would very likely cause inefficiencies in the code generated by the compiler, both in terms of space and speed during execution. One warning is issued for each problematic component without representation clause in the nonvariant part and then in each variant recursively, if any.
The purpose of these warnings is neither to prescribe an optimal layout nor to force the use of representation clauses, but rather to get rid of the most blatant inefficiencies in the layout. Therefore, the default layout is matched against the following synthetic ordered layout and the deviations are flagged on a component-by-component basis:
for the nonvariant part and for each variant recursively, if any.
The exact wording of the warning depends on whether the compiler is allowed
to reorder the components in the record type or precluded from doing it by
means of pragma No_Component_Reordering
.
The default is that these warnings are not given.
-gnatw.Q
`Suppress warnings on questionable layout of record types.'
This switch suppresses warnings for cases where the default layout of a record type would very likely cause inefficiencies.
-gnatwr
`Activate warnings on redundant constructs.'
This switch activates warnings for redundant constructs. The following is the current list of constructs regarded as redundant:
Base
where typ'Base
is the same
as typ
.
Pack
when all components are placed by a record
representation clause.
The default is that warnings for redundant constructs are not given.
-gnatwR
`Suppress warnings on redundant constructs.'
This switch suppresses warnings for redundant constructs.
-gnatw.r
`Activate warnings for object renaming function.'
This switch activates warnings for an object renaming that renames a function call, which is equivalent to a constant declaration (as opposed to renaming the function itself). The default is that these warnings are given.
-gnatw.R
`Suppress warnings for object renaming function.'
This switch suppresses warnings for object renaming function.
-gnatw_r
`Activate warnings for out-of-order record representation clauses.'
This switch activates warnings for record representation clauses, if the order of component declarations, component clauses, and bit-level layout do not all agree. The default is that these warnings are not given.
-gnatw_R
`Suppress warnings for out-of-order record representation clauses.'
-gnatws
`Suppress all warnings.'
This switch completely suppresses the
output of all warning messages from the GNAT front end, including
both warnings that can be controlled by switches described in this
section, and those that are normally given unconditionally. The
effect of this suppress action can only be cancelled by a subsequent
use of the switch -gnatwn
.
Note that switch -gnatws
does not suppress
warnings from the gcc
back end.
To suppress these back end warnings as well, use the switch -w
in addition to -gnatws
. Also this switch has no effect on the
handling of style check messages.
-gnatw.s
`Activate warnings on overridden size clauses.'
This switch activates warnings on component clauses in record representation clauses where the length given overrides that specified by an explicit size clause for the component type. A warning is similarly given in the array case if a specified component size overrides an explicit size clause for the array component type.
-gnatw.S
`Suppress warnings on overridden size clauses.'
This switch suppresses warnings on component clauses in record representation clauses that override size clauses, and similar warnings when an array component size overrides a size clause.
-gnatwt
`Activate warnings for tracking of deleted conditional code.'
This switch activates warnings for tracking of code in conditionals (IF and CASE statements) that is detected to be dead code which cannot be executed, and which is removed by the front end. This warning is off by default. This may be useful for detecting deactivated code in certified applications.
-gnatwT
`Suppress warnings for tracking of deleted conditional code.'
This switch suppresses warnings for tracking of deleted conditional code.
-gnatw.t
`Activate warnings on suspicious contracts.'
This switch activates warnings on suspicious contracts. This includes
warnings on suspicious postconditions (whether a pragma Postcondition
or a
Post
aspect in Ada 2012) and suspicious contract cases (pragma or aspect
Contract_Cases
). A function postcondition or contract case is suspicious
when no postcondition or contract case for this function mentions the result
of the function. A procedure postcondition or contract case is suspicious
when it only refers to the pre-state of the procedure, because in that case
it should rather be expressed as a precondition. This switch also controls
warnings on suspicious cases of expressions typically found in contracts like
quantified expressions and uses of Update attribute. The default is that such
warnings are generated.
-gnatw.T
`Suppress warnings on suspicious contracts.'
This switch suppresses warnings on suspicious contracts.
-gnatwu
`Activate warnings on unused entities.'
This switch activates warnings to be generated for entities that
are declared but not referenced, and for units that are `with'ed
and not
referenced. In the case of packages, a warning is also generated if
no entities in the package are referenced. This means that if a with’ed
package is referenced but the only references are in use
clauses or renames
declarations, a warning is still generated. A warning is also generated
for a generic package that is `with'ed but never instantiated.
In the case where a package or subprogram body is compiled, and there
is a `with' on the corresponding spec
that is only referenced in the body,
a warning is also generated, noting that the
`with' can be moved to the body. The default is that
such warnings are not generated.
This switch also activates warnings on unreferenced formals
(it includes the effect of -gnatwf
).
-gnatwU
`Suppress warnings on unused entities.'
This switch suppresses warnings for unused entities and packages.
It also turns off warnings on unreferenced formals (and thus includes
the effect of -gnatwF
).
-gnatw.u
`Activate warnings on unordered enumeration types.'
This switch causes enumeration types to be considered as conceptually
unordered, unless an explicit pragma Ordered
is given for the type.
The effect is to generate warnings in clients that use explicit comparisons
or subranges, since these constructs both treat objects of the type as
ordered. (A `client' is defined as a unit that is other than the unit in
which the type is declared, or its body or subunits.) Please refer to
the description of pragma Ordered
in the
GNAT Reference Manual for further details.
The default is that such warnings are not generated.
-gnatw.U
`Deactivate warnings on unordered enumeration types.'
This switch causes all enumeration types to be considered as ordered, so that no warnings are given for comparisons or subranges for any type.
-gnatwv
`Activate warnings on unassigned variables.'
This switch activates warnings for access to variables which may not be properly initialized. The default is that such warnings are generated. This switch will also be emitted when initializing an array or record object via the following aggregate:
Array_Or_Record : XXX := (others => <>);
unless the relevant type fully initializes all components.
-gnatwV
`Suppress warnings on unassigned variables.'
This switch suppresses warnings for access to variables which may not be properly initialized.
-gnatw.v
`Activate info messages for non-default bit order.'
This switch activates messages (labeled “info”, they are not warnings, just informational messages) about the effects of non-default bit-order on records to which a component clause is applied. The effect of specifying non-default bit ordering is a bit subtle (and changed with Ada 2005), so these messages, which are given by default, are useful in understanding the exact consequences of using this feature.
-gnatw.V
`Suppress info messages for non-default bit order.'
This switch suppresses information messages for the effects of specifying non-default bit order on record components with component clauses.
-gnatww
`Activate warnings on wrong low bound assumption.'
This switch activates warnings for indexing an unconstrained string parameter with a literal or S’Length. This is a case where the code is assuming that the low bound is one, which is in general not true (for example when a slice is passed). The default is that such warnings are generated.
-gnatwW
`Suppress warnings on wrong low bound assumption.'
This switch suppresses warnings for indexing an unconstrained string parameter with a literal or S’Length. Note that this warning can also be suppressed in a particular case by adding an assertion that the lower bound is 1, as shown in the following example:
procedure K (S : String) is pragma Assert (S'First = 1); ...
-gnatw.w
`Activate warnings on Warnings Off pragmas.'
This switch activates warnings for use of pragma Warnings (Off, entity)
where either the pragma is entirely useless (because it suppresses no
warnings), or it could be replaced by pragma Unreferenced
or
pragma Unmodified
.
Also activates warnings for the case of
Warnings (Off, String), where either there is no matching
Warnings (On, String), or the Warnings (Off) did not suppress any warning.
The default is that these warnings are not given.
-gnatw.W
`Suppress warnings on unnecessary Warnings Off pragmas.'
This switch suppresses warnings for use of pragma Warnings (Off, ...)
.
-gnatwx
`Activate warnings on Export/Import pragmas.'
This switch activates warnings on Export/Import pragmas when the compiler detects a possible conflict between the Ada and foreign language calling sequences. For example, the use of default parameters in a convention C procedure is dubious because the C compiler cannot supply the proper default, so a warning is issued. The default is that such warnings are generated.
-gnatwX
`Suppress warnings on Export/Import pragmas.'
This switch suppresses warnings on Export/Import pragmas. The sense of this is that you are telling the compiler that you know what you are doing in writing the pragma, and it should not complain at you.
-gnatw.x
`Activate warnings for No_Exception_Propagation mode.'
This switch activates warnings for exception usage when pragma Restrictions (No_Exception_Propagation) is in effect. Warnings are given for implicit or explicit exception raises which are not covered by a local handler, and for exception handlers which do not cover a local raise. The default is that these warnings are given for units that contain exception handlers.
-gnatw.X
`Disable warnings for No_Exception_Propagation mode.'
This switch disables warnings for exception usage when pragma Restrictions (No_Exception_Propagation) is in effect.
-gnatwy
`Activate warnings for Ada compatibility issues.'
For the most part, newer versions of Ada are upwards compatible
with older versions. For example, Ada 2005 programs will almost
always work when compiled as Ada 2012.
However there are some exceptions (for example the fact that
some
is now a reserved word in Ada 2012). This
switch activates several warnings to help in identifying
and correcting such incompatibilities. The default is that
these warnings are generated. Note that at one point Ada 2005
was called Ada 0Y, hence the choice of character.
-gnatwY
`Disable warnings for Ada compatibility issues.'
This switch suppresses the warnings intended to help in identifying incompatibilities between Ada language versions.
-gnatw.y
`Activate information messages for why package spec needs body.'
There are a number of cases in which a package spec needs a body. For example, the use of pragma Elaborate_Body, or the declaration of a procedure specification requiring a completion. This switch causes information messages to be output showing why a package specification requires a body. This can be useful in the case of a large package specification which is unexpectedly requiring a body. The default is that such information messages are not output.
-gnatw.Y
`Disable information messages for why package spec needs body.'
This switch suppresses the output of information messages showing why a package specification needs a body.
-gnatwz
`Activate warnings on unchecked conversions.'
This switch activates warnings for unchecked conversions where the types are known at compile time to have different sizes. The default is that such warnings are generated. Warnings are also generated for subprogram pointers with different conventions.
-gnatwZ
`Suppress warnings on unchecked conversions.'
This switch suppresses warnings for unchecked conversions where the types are known at compile time to have different sizes or conventions.
-gnatw.z
`Activate warnings for size not a multiple of alignment.'
This switch activates warnings for cases of array and record types
with specified Size
and Alignment
attributes where the
size is not a multiple of the alignment, resulting in an object
size that is greater than the specified size. The default
is that such warnings are generated.
-gnatw.Z
`Suppress warnings for size not a multiple of alignment.'
This switch suppresses warnings for cases of array and record types
with specified Size
and Alignment
attributes where the
size is not a multiple of the alignment, resulting in an object
size that is greater than the specified size. The warning can also
be suppressed by giving an explicit Object_Size
value.
-Wunused
The warnings controlled by the -gnatw
switch are generated by
the front end of the compiler. The GCC back end can provide
additional warnings and they are controlled by the -W
switch.
For example, -Wunused
activates back end
warnings for entities that are declared but not referenced.
-Wuninitialized
Similarly, -Wuninitialized
activates
the back end warning for uninitialized variables. This switch must be
used in conjunction with an optimization level greater than zero.
-Wstack-usage=`len'
Warn if the stack usage of a subprogram might be larger than len
bytes.
See Static Stack Usage Analysis for details.
-Wall
This switch enables most warnings from the GCC back end.
The code generator detects a number of warning situations that are missed
by the GNAT front end, and this switch can be used to activate them.
The use of this switch also sets the default front-end warning mode to
-gnatwa
, that is, most front-end warnings are activated as well.
-w
Conversely, this switch suppresses warnings from the GCC back end.
The use of this switch also sets the default front-end warning mode to
-gnatws
, that is, front-end warnings are suppressed as well.
-Werror
This switch causes warnings from the GCC back end to be treated as
errors. The warning string still appears, but the warning messages are
counted as errors, and prevent the generation of an object file.
The use of this switch also sets the default front-end warning mode to
-gnatwe
, that is, front-end warning messages and style check
messages are treated as errors as well.
A string of warning parameters can be used in the same parameter. For example:
-gnatwaGe
will turn on all optional warnings except for unrecognized pragma warnings, and also specify that warnings should be treated as errors.
When no switch -gnatw
is used, this is equivalent to:
-gnatw.a
-gnatwB
-gnatw.b
-gnatwC
-gnatw.C
-gnatwD
-gnatw.D
-gnatwF
-gnatw.F
-gnatwg
-gnatwH
-gnatw.H
-gnatwi
-gnatwJ
-gnatw.J
-gnatwK
-gnatw.K
-gnatwL
-gnatw.L
-gnatwM
-gnatw.m
-gnatwn
-gnatw.N
-gnatwo
-gnatw.O
-gnatwP
-gnatw.P
-gnatwq
-gnatw.Q
-gnatwR
-gnatw.R
-gnatw.S
-gnatwT
-gnatw.t
-gnatwU
-gnatw.U
-gnatwv
-gnatw.v
-gnatww
-gnatw.W
-gnatwx
-gnatw.X
-gnatwy
-gnatw.Y
-gnatwz
-gnatw.z
-gnata
The -gnata
option is equivalent to the following Assertion_Policy
pragma:
pragma Assertion_Policy (Check);
Which is a shorthand for:
pragma Assertion_Policy (Assert => Check, Static_Predicate => Check, Dynamic_Predicate => Check, Pre => Check, Pre'Class => Check, Post => Check, Post'Class => Check, Type_Invariant => Check, Type_Invariant'Class => Check);
The pragmas Assert
and Debug
normally have no effect and
are ignored. This switch, where a
stands for ‘assert’, causes
pragmas Assert
and Debug
to be activated. This switch also
causes preconditions, postconditions, subtype predicates, and
type invariants to be activated.
The pragmas have the form:
pragma Assert (<Boolean-expression> [, <static-string-expression>]) pragma Debug (<procedure call>) pragma Type_Invariant (<type-local-name>, <Boolean-expression>) pragma Predicate (<type-local-name>, <Boolean-expression>) pragma Precondition (<Boolean-expression>, <string-expression>) pragma Postcondition (<Boolean-expression>, <string-expression>)
The aspects have the form:
with [Pre|Post|Type_Invariant|Dynamic_Predicate|Static_Predicate] => <Boolean-expression>;
The Assert
pragma causes Boolean-expression
to be tested.
If the result is True
, the pragma has no effect (other than
possible side effects from evaluating the expression). If the result is
False
, the exception Assert_Failure
declared in the package
System.Assertions
is raised (passing static-string-expression
, if
present, as the message associated with the exception). If no string
expression is given, the default is a string containing the file name and
line number of the pragma.
The Debug
pragma causes procedure
to be called. Note that
pragma Debug
may appear within a declaration sequence, allowing
debugging procedures to be called between declarations.
For the aspect specification, the Boolean-expression
is evaluated.
If the result is True
, the aspect has no effect. If the result
is False
, the exception Assert_Failure
is raised.
The Ada Reference Manual defines the concept of invalid values (see RM 13.9.1). The primary source of invalid values is uninitialized variables. A scalar variable that is left uninitialized may contain an invalid value; the concept of invalid does not apply to access or composite types.
It is an error to read an invalid value, but the RM does not require
run-time checks to detect such errors, except for some minimal
checking to prevent erroneous execution (i.e. unpredictable
behavior). This corresponds to the -gnatVd
switch below,
which is the default. For example, by default, if the expression of a
case statement is invalid, it will raise Constraint_Error rather than
causing a wild jump, and if an array index on the left-hand side of an
assignment is invalid, it will raise Constraint_Error rather than
overwriting an arbitrary memory location.
The -gnatVa
may be used to enable additional validity checks,
which are not required by the RM. These checks are often very
expensive (which is why the RM does not require them). These checks
are useful in tracking down uninitialized variables, but they are
not usually recommended for production builds, and in particular
we do not recommend using these extra validity checking options in
combination with optimization, since this can confuse the optimizer.
If performance is a consideration, leading to the need to optimize,
then the validity checking options should not be used.
The other -gnatV`x'
switches below allow finer-grained
control; you can enable whichever validity checks you desire. However,
for most debugging purposes, -gnatVa
is sufficient, and the
default -gnatVd
(i.e. standard Ada behavior) is usually
sufficient for non-debugging use.
The -gnatB
switch tells the compiler to assume that all
values are valid (that is, within their declared subtype range)
except in the context of a use of the Valid attribute. This means
the compiler can generate more efficient code, since the range
of values is better known at compile time. However, an uninitialized
variable can cause wild jumps and memory corruption in this mode.
The -gnatV`x'
switch allows control over the validity
checking mode as described below.
The x
argument is a string of letters that
indicate validity checks that are performed or not performed in addition
to the default checks required by Ada as described above.
-gnatVa
`All validity checks.'
All validity checks are turned on.
That is, -gnatVa
is
equivalent to gnatVcdfimoprst
.
-gnatVc
`Validity checks for copies.'
The right hand side of assignments, and the initializing values of object declarations are validity checked.
-gnatVd
`Default (RM) validity checks.'
Some validity checks are done by default following normal Ada semantics
(RM 13.9.1 (9-11)).
A check is done in case statements that the expression is within the range
of the subtype. If it is not, Constraint_Error is raised.
For assignments to array components, a check is done that the expression used
as index is within the range. If it is not, Constraint_Error is raised.
Both these validity checks may be turned off using switch -gnatVD
.
They are turned on by default. If -gnatVD
is specified, a subsequent
switch -gnatVd
will leave the checks turned on.
Switch -gnatVD
should be used only if you are sure that all such
expressions have valid values. If you use this switch and invalid values
are present, then the program is erroneous, and wild jumps or memory
overwriting may occur.
-gnatVe
`Validity checks for elementary components.'
In the absence of this switch, assignments to record or array components are
not validity checked, even if validity checks for assignments generally
(-gnatVc
) are turned on. In Ada, assignment of composite values do not
require valid data, but assignment of individual components does. So for
example, there is a difference between copying the elements of an array with a
slice assignment, compared to assigning element by element in a loop. This
switch allows you to turn off validity checking for components, even when they
are assigned component by component.
-gnatVf
`Validity checks for floating-point values.'
In the absence of this switch, validity checking occurs only for discrete
values. If -gnatVf
is specified, then validity checking also applies
for floating-point values, and NaNs and infinities are considered invalid,
as well as out of range values for constrained types. Note that this means
that standard IEEE infinity mode is not allowed. The exact contexts
in which floating-point values are checked depends on the setting of other
options. For example, -gnatVif
or -gnatVfi
(the order does not matter) specifies that floating-point parameters of mode
in
should be validity checked.
-gnatVi
`Validity checks for ‘‘in‘‘ mode parameters.'
Arguments for parameters of mode in
are validity checked in function
and procedure calls at the point of call.
-gnatVm
`Validity checks for ‘‘in out‘‘ mode parameters.'
Arguments for parameters of mode in out
are validity checked in
procedure calls at the point of call. The 'm'
here stands for
modify, since this concerns parameters that can be modified by the call.
Note that there is no specific option to test out
parameters,
but any reference within the subprogram will be tested in the usual
manner, and if an invalid value is copied back, any reference to it
will be subject to validity checking.
-gnatVn
`No validity checks.'
This switch turns off all validity checking, including the default checking
for case statements and left hand side subscripts. Note that the use of
the switch -gnatp
suppresses all run-time checks, including
validity checks, and thus implies -gnatVn
. When this switch
is used, it cancels any other -gnatV
previously issued.
-gnatVo
`Validity checks for operator and attribute operands.'
Arguments for predefined operators and attributes are validity checked.
This includes all operators in package Standard
,
the shift operators defined as intrinsic in package Interfaces
and operands for attributes such as Pos
. Checks are also made
on individual component values for composite comparisons, and on the
expressions in type conversions and qualified expressions. Checks are
also made on explicit ranges using ..
(e.g., slices, loops etc).
-gnatVp
`Validity checks for parameters.'
This controls the treatment of parameters within a subprogram (as opposed
to -gnatVi
and -gnatVm
which control validity testing
of parameters on a call. If either of these call options is used, then
normally an assumption is made within a subprogram that the input arguments
have been validity checking at the point of call, and do not need checking
again within a subprogram). If -gnatVp
is set, then this assumption
is not made, and parameters are not assumed to be valid, so their validity
will be checked (or rechecked) within the subprogram.
-gnatVr
`Validity checks for function returns.'
The expression in return
statements in functions is validity
checked.
-gnatVs
`Validity checks for subscripts.'
All subscripts expressions are checked for validity, whether they appear on the right side or left side (in default mode only left side subscripts are validity checked).
-gnatVt
`Validity checks for tests.'
Expressions used as conditions in if
, while
or exit
statements are checked, as well as guard expressions in entry calls.
The -gnatV
switch may be followed by a string of letters
to turn on a series of validity checking options.
For example, -gnatVcr
specifies that in addition to the default validity checking, copies and
function return expressions are to be validity checked.
In order to make it easier to specify the desired combination of effects,
the upper case letters CDFIMORST
may
be used to turn off the corresponding lower case option.
Thus -gnatVaM
turns on all validity checking options except for
checking of in out
parameters.
The specification of additional validity checking generates extra code (and
in the case of -gnatVa
the code expansion can be substantial).
However, these additional checks can be very useful in detecting
uninitialized variables, incorrect use of unchecked conversion, and other
errors leading to invalid values. The use of pragma Initialize_Scalars
is useful in conjunction with the extra validity checking, since this
ensures that wherever possible uninitialized variables have invalid values.
See also the pragma Validity_Checks
which allows modification of
the validity checking mode at the program source level, and also allows for
temporary disabling of validity checks.
The -gnatyx
switch causes the compiler to
enforce specified style rules. A limited set of style rules has been used
in writing the GNAT sources themselves. This switch allows user programs
to activate all or some of these checks. If the source program fails a
specified style check, an appropriate message is given, preceded by
the character sequence ‘(style)’. This message does not prevent
successful compilation (unless the -gnatwe
switch is used).
Note that this is by no means intended to be a general facility for checking arbitrary coding standards. It is simply an embedding of the style rules we have chosen for the GNAT sources. If you are starting a project which does not have established style standards, you may find it useful to adopt the entire set of GNAT coding standards, or some subset of them.
The string x
is a sequence of letters or digits
indicating the particular style
checks to be performed. The following checks are defined:
-gnaty0
`Specify indentation level.'
If a digit from 1-9 appears
in the string after -gnaty
then proper indentation is checked, with the digit indicating the
indentation level required. A value of zero turns off this style check.
The rule checks that the following constructs start on a column that is
a multiple of the alignment level:
end
keyword that completes the declaration of a program unit declaration
or body or that completes a compound statement.
Full line comments must be
aligned with the --
starting on a column that is a multiple of
the alignment level, or they may be aligned the same way as the following
non-blank line (this is useful when full line comments appear in the middle
of a statement, or they may be aligned with the source line on the previous
non-blank line.
-gnatya
`Check attribute casing.'
Attribute names, including the case of keywords such as digits
used as attributes names, must be written in mixed case, that is, the
initial letter and any letter following an underscore must be uppercase.
All other letters must be lowercase.
-gnatyA
`Use of array index numbers in array attributes.'
When using the array attributes First, Last, Range, or Length, the index number must be omitted for one-dimensional arrays and is required for multi-dimensional arrays.
-gnatyb
`Blanks not allowed at statement end.'
Trailing blanks are not allowed at the end of statements. The purpose of this rule, together with h (no horizontal tabs), is to enforce a canonical format for the use of blanks to separate source tokens.
-gnatyB
`Check Boolean operators.'
The use of AND/OR operators is not permitted except in the cases of modular
operands, array operands, and simple stand-alone boolean variables or
boolean constants. In all other cases and then
/or else are
required.
-gnatyc
`Check comments, double space.'
Comments must meet the following set of rules:
--
that starts the column must either start in column one,
or else at least one blank must precede this sequence.
--
at the start of the comment.
--
that starts the comment, with the following exceptions.
--
characters, possibly preceded
by blanks is permitted.
--x
where x
is a special character
is permitted.
This allows proper processing of the output from specialized tools
such as gnatprep
(where --!
is used) and in earlier versions of the SPARK
annotation
language (where --#
is used). For the purposes of this rule, a
special character is defined as being in one of the ASCII ranges
16#21#...16#2F#
or 16#3A#...16#3F#
.
Note that this usage is not permitted
in GNAT implementation units (i.e., when -gnatg
is used).
--
is permitted as long as at
least one blank follows the initial --
. Together with the preceding
rule, this allows the construction of box comments, as shown in the following
example:
--------------------------- -- This is a box comment -- -- with two text lines. -- ---------------------------
-gnatyC
`Check comments, single space.'
This is identical to c
except that only one space
is required following the --
of a comment instead of two.
-gnatyd
`Check no DOS line terminators present.'
All lines must be terminated by a single ASCII.LF character (in particular the DOS line terminator sequence CR/LF is not allowed).
-gnatyD
`Check declared identifiers in mixed case.'
Declared identifiers must be in mixed case, as in This_Is_An_Identifier. Use -gnatyr in addition to ensure that references match declarations.
-gnatye
`Check end/exit labels.'
Optional labels on end
statements ending subprograms and on
exit
statements exiting named loops, are required to be present.
-gnatyf
`No form feeds or vertical tabs.'
Neither form feeds nor vertical tab characters are permitted in the source text.
-gnatyg
`GNAT style mode.'
The set of style check switches is set to match that used by the GNAT sources.
This may be useful when developing code that is eventually intended to be
incorporated into GNAT. Currently this is equivalent to -gnatyydISux
)
but additional style switches may be added to this set in the future without
advance notice.
-gnatyh
`No horizontal tabs.'
Horizontal tab characters are not permitted in the source text. Together with the b (no blanks at end of line) check, this enforces a canonical form for the use of blanks to separate source tokens.
-gnatyi
`Check if-then layout.'
The keyword then
must appear either on the same
line as corresponding if
, or on a line on its own, lined
up under the if
.
-gnatyI
`check mode IN keywords.'
Mode in
(the default mode) is not
allowed to be given explicitly. in out
is fine,
but not in
on its own.
-gnatyk
`Check keyword casing.'
All keywords must be in lower case (with the exception of keywords
such as digits
used as attribute names to which this check
does not apply). A single error is reported for each line breaking
this rule even if multiple casing issues exist on a same line.
-gnatyl
`Check layout.'
Layout of statement and declaration constructs must follow the
recommendations in the Ada Reference Manual, as indicated by the
form of the syntax rules. For example an else
keyword must
be lined up with the corresponding if
keyword.
There are two respects in which the style rule enforced by this check
option are more liberal than those in the Ada Reference Manual. First
in the case of record declarations, it is permissible to put the
record
keyword on the same line as the type
keyword, and
then the end
in end record
must line up under type
.
This is also permitted when the type declaration is split on two lines.
For example, any of the following three layouts is acceptable:
type q is record a : integer; b : integer; end record; type q is record a : integer; b : integer; end record; type q is record a : integer; b : integer; end record;
Second, in the case of a block statement, a permitted alternative
is to put the block label on the same line as the declare
or
begin
keyword, and then line the end
keyword up under
the block label. For example both the following are permitted:
Block : declare A : Integer := 3; begin Proc (A, A); end Block; Block : declare A : Integer := 3; begin Proc (A, A); end Block;
The same alternative format is allowed for loops. For example, both of the following are permitted:
Clear : while J < 10 loop A (J) := 0; end loop Clear; Clear : while J < 10 loop A (J) := 0; end loop Clear;
-gnatyL
`Set maximum nesting level.'
The maximum level of nesting of constructs (including subprograms, loops, blocks, packages, and conditionals) may not exceed the given value `nnn'. A value of zero disconnects this style check.
-gnatym
`Check maximum line length.'
The length of source lines must not exceed 79 characters, including any trailing blanks. The value of 79 allows convenient display on an 80 character wide device or window, allowing for possible special treatment of 80 character lines. Note that this count is of characters in the source text. This means that a tab character counts as one character in this count and a wide character sequence counts as a single character (however many bytes are needed in the encoding).
-gnatyM
`Set maximum line length.'
The length of lines must not exceed the given value `nnn'. The maximum value that can be specified is 32767. If neither style option for setting the line length is used, then the default is 255. This also controls the maximum length of lexical elements, where the only restriction is that they must fit on a single line.
-gnatyn
`Check casing of entities in Standard.'
Any identifier from Standard must be cased
to match the presentation in the Ada Reference Manual (for example,
Integer
and ASCII.NUL
).
-gnatyN
`Turn off all style checks.'
All style check options are turned off.
-gnatyo
`Check order of subprogram bodies.'
All subprogram bodies in a given scope (e.g., a package body) must be in alphabetical order. The ordering rule uses normal Ada rules for comparing strings, ignoring casing of letters, except that if there is a trailing numeric suffix, then the value of this suffix is used in the ordering (e.g., Junk2 comes before Junk10).
-gnatyO
`Check that overriding subprograms are explicitly marked as such.'
This applies to all subprograms of a derived type that override a primitive operation of the type, for both tagged and untagged types. In particular, the declaration of a primitive operation of a type extension that overrides an inherited operation must carry an overriding indicator. Another case is the declaration of a function that overrides a predefined operator (such as an equality operator).
-gnatyp
`Check pragma casing.'
Pragma names must be written in mixed case, that is, the initial letter and any letter following an underscore must be uppercase. All other letters must be lowercase. An exception is that SPARK_Mode is allowed as an alternative for Spark_Mode.
-gnatyr
`Check references.'
All identifier references must be cased in the same way as the corresponding declaration. No specific casing style is imposed on identifiers. The only requirement is for consistency of references with declarations.
-gnatys
`Check separate specs.'
Separate declarations (‘specs’) are required for subprograms (a body is not allowed to serve as its own declaration). The only exception is that parameterless library level procedures are not required to have a separate declaration. This exception covers the most frequent form of main program procedures.
-gnatyS
`Check no statements after then/else.'
No statements are allowed
on the same line as a then
or else
keyword following the
keyword in an if
statement. or else
and and then
are not
affected, and a special exception allows a pragma to appear after else
.
-gnatyt
`Check token spacing.'
The following token spacing rules are enforced:
abs
and not
must be followed by a space.
=>
must be surrounded by spaces.
<>
must be preceded by a space or a left parenthesis.
**
must be surrounded by spaces.
There is no restriction on the layout of the **
binary operator.
Exactly one blank (and no other white space) must appear between
a not
token and a following in
token.
-gnatyu
`Check unnecessary blank lines.'
Unnecessary blank lines are not allowed. A blank line is considered unnecessary if it appears at the end of the file, or if more than one blank line occurs in sequence.
-gnatyx
`Check extra parentheses.'
Unnecessary extra level of parentheses (C-style) are not allowed
around conditions in if
statements, while
statements and
exit
statements.
-gnatyy
`Set all standard style check options.'
This is equivalent to gnaty3aAbcefhiklmnprst
, that is all checking
options enabled with the exception of -gnatyB
, -gnatyd
,
-gnatyI
, -gnatyLnnn
, -gnatyo
, -gnatyO
,
-gnatyS
, -gnatyu
, and -gnatyx
.
-gnaty-
`Remove style check options.'
This causes any subsequent options in the string to act as canceling the
corresponding style check option. To cancel maximum nesting level control,
use the L
parameter without any integer value after that, because any
digit following `-' in the parameter string of the -gnaty
option will be treated as canceling the indentation check. The same is true
for the M
parameter. y
and N
parameters are not
allowed after `-'.
-gnaty+
`Enable style check options.'
This causes any subsequent options in the string to enable the corresponding style check option. That is, it cancels the effect of a previous -, if any.
In the above rules, appearing in column one is always permitted, that is, counts as meeting either a requirement for a required preceding space, or as meeting a requirement for no preceding space.
Appearing at the end of a line is also always permitted, that is, counts as meeting either a requirement for a following space, or as meeting a requirement for no following space.
If any of these style rules is violated, a message is generated giving
details on the violation. The initial characters of such messages are
always ‘(style)’. Note that these messages are treated as warning
messages, so they normally do not prevent the generation of an object
file. The -gnatwe
switch can be used to treat warning messages,
including style messages, as fatal errors.
The switch -gnaty
on its own (that is not
followed by any letters or digits) is equivalent
to the use of -gnatyy
as described above, that is all
built-in standard style check options are enabled.
The switch -gnatyN
clears any previously set style checks.
By default, the following checks are suppressed: stack overflow
checks, and checks for access before elaboration on subprogram
calls. All other checks, including overflow checks, range checks and
array bounds checks, are turned on by default. The following gcc
switches refine this default behavior.
-gnatp
This switch causes the unit to be compiled
as though pragma Suppress (All_checks)
had been present in the source. Validity checks are also eliminated (in
other words -gnatp
also implies -gnatVn
.
Use this switch to improve the performance
of the code at the expense of safety in the presence of invalid data or
program bugs.
Note that when checks are suppressed, the compiler is allowed, but not required, to omit the checking code. If the run-time cost of the checking code is zero or near-zero, the compiler will generate it even if checks are suppressed. In particular, if the compiler can prove that a certain check will necessarily fail, it will generate code to do an unconditional ‘raise’, even if checks are suppressed. The compiler warns in this case. Another case in which checks may not be eliminated is when they are embedded in certain run-time routines such as math library routines.
Of course, run-time checks are omitted whenever the compiler can prove that they will not fail, whether or not checks are suppressed.
Note that if you suppress a check that would have failed, program execution is erroneous, which means the behavior is totally unpredictable. The program might crash, or print wrong answers, or do anything else. It might even do exactly what you wanted it to do (and then it might start failing mysteriously next week or next year). The compiler will generate code based on the assumption that the condition being checked is true, which can result in erroneous execution if that assumption is wrong.
The checks subject to suppression include all the checks defined by the Ada
standard, the additional implementation defined checks Alignment_Check
,
Duplicated_Tag_Check
, Predicate_Check
, Container_Checks
, Tampering_Check
,
and Validity_Check
, as well as any checks introduced using pragma Check_Name
.
Note that Atomic_Synchronization
is not automatically suppressed by use of this option.
If the code depends on certain checks being active, you can use
pragma Unsuppress
either as a configuration pragma or as
a local pragma to make sure that a specified check is performed
even if gnatp
is specified.
The -gnatp
switch has no effect if a subsequent
-gnat-p
switch appears.
-gnat-p
This switch cancels the effect of a previous gnatp
switch.
-gnato??
This switch controls the mode used for computing intermediate arithmetic integer operations, and also enables overflow checking. For a full description of overflow mode and checking control, see the ‘Overflow Check Handling in GNAT’ appendix in this User’s Guide.
Overflow checks are always enabled by this switch. The argument controls the mode, using the codes
In STRICT mode, intermediate operations are always done using the base type, and overflow checking ensures that the result is within the base type range.
In MINIMIZED mode, overflows in intermediate operations are avoided
where possible by using a larger integer type for the computation
(typically Long_Long_Integer
). Overflow checking ensures that
the result fits in this larger integer type.
In ELIMINATED mode, overflows in intermediate operations are avoided by using multi-precision arithmetic. In this case, overflow checking has no effect on intermediate operations (since overflow is impossible).
If two digits are present after -gnato
then the first digit
sets the mode for expressions outside assertions, and the second digit
sets the mode for expressions within assertions. Here assertions is used
in the technical sense (which includes for example precondition and
postcondition expressions).
If one digit is present, the corresponding mode is applicable to both expressions within and outside assertion expressions.
If no digits are present, the default is to enable overflow checks
and set STRICT mode for both kinds of expressions. This is compatible
with the use of -gnato
in previous versions of GNAT.
Note that the -gnato??
switch does not affect the code generated
for any floating-point operations; it applies only to integer semantics.
For floating-point, GNAT has the Machine_Overflows
attribute set to False
and the normal mode of operation is to
generate IEEE NaN and infinite values on overflow or invalid operations
(such as dividing 0.0 by 0.0).
The reason that we distinguish overflow checking from other kinds of range constraint checking is that a failure of an overflow check, unlike for example the failure of a range check, can result in an incorrect value, but cannot cause random memory destruction (like an out of range subscript), or a wild jump (from an out of range case value). Overflow checking is also quite expensive in time and space, since in general it requires the use of double length arithmetic.
Note again that the default is -gnato11
(equivalent to -gnato1
),
so overflow checking is performed in STRICT mode by default.
-gnatE
Enables dynamic checks for access-before-elaboration
on subprogram calls and generic instantiations.
Note that -gnatE
is not necessary for safety, because in the
default mode, GNAT ensures statically that the checks would not fail.
For full details of the effect and use of this switch,
Compiling with gcc.
-fstack-check
Activates stack overflow checking. For full details of the effect and use of this switch see Stack Overflow Checking.
The setting of these switches only controls the default setting of the
checks. You may modify them using either Suppress
(to remove
checks) or Unsuppress
(to add back suppressed checks) pragmas in
the program source.
gcc
for Syntax Checking ¶-gnats
The s
stands for ‘syntax’.
Run GNAT in syntax checking only mode. For example, the command
$ gcc -c -gnats x.adb
compiles file x.adb
in syntax-check-only mode. You can check a
series of files in a single command
, and can use wildcards to specify such a group of files.
Note that you must specify the -c
(compile
only) flag in addition to the -gnats
flag.
You may use other switches in conjunction with -gnats
. In
particular, -gnatl
and -gnatv
are useful to control the
format of any generated error messages.
When the source file is empty or contains only empty lines and/or comments, the output is a warning:
$ gcc -c -gnats -x ada toto.txt toto.txt:1:01: warning: empty file, contains no compilation units $
Otherwise, the output is simply the error messages, if any. No object file or
ALI file is generated by a syntax-only compilation. Also, no units other
than the one specified are accessed. For example, if a unit X
`with's a unit Y
, compiling unit X
in syntax
check only mode does not access the source file containing unit
Y
.
Normally, GNAT allows only a single unit in a source file. However, this
restriction does not apply in syntax-check-only mode, and it is possible
to check a file containing multiple compilation units concatenated
together. This is primarily used by the gnatchop
utility
(Renaming Files with gnatchop).
gcc
for Semantic Checking ¶-gnatc
The c
stands for ‘check’.
Causes the compiler to operate in semantic check mode,
with full checking for all illegalities specified in the
Ada Reference Manual, but without generation of any object code
(no object file is generated).
Because dependent files must be accessed, you must follow the GNAT semantic restrictions on file structuring to operate in this mode:
The output consists of error messages as appropriate. No object file is
generated. An ALI
file is generated for use in the context of
cross-reference tools, but this file is marked as not being suitable
for binding (since no object file is generated).
The checking corresponds exactly to the notion of
legality in the Ada Reference Manual.
Any unit can be compiled in semantics-checking-only mode, including units that would not normally be compiled (subunits, and specifications where a separate body is present).
The switches described in this section allow you to explicitly specify the version of the Ada language that your programs are written in. The default mode is Ada 2012, but you can also specify Ada 95, Ada 2005 mode, or indicate Ada 83 compatibility mode.
-gnat83
(Ada 83 Compatibility Mode)Although GNAT is primarily an Ada 95 / Ada 2005 compiler, this switch
specifies that the program is to be compiled in Ada 83 mode. With
-gnat83
, GNAT rejects most post-Ada 83 extensions and applies Ada 83
semantics where this can be done easily.
It is not possible to guarantee this switch does a perfect
job; some subtle tests, such as are
found in earlier ACVC tests (and that have been removed from the ACATS suite
for Ada 95), might not compile correctly.
Nevertheless, this switch may be useful in some circumstances, for example
where, due to contractual reasons, existing code needs to be maintained
using only Ada 83 features.
With few exceptions (most notably the need to use <>
on
unconstrained
generic formal parameters,
the use of the new Ada 95 / Ada 2005
reserved words, and the use of packages
with optional bodies), it is not necessary to specify the
-gnat83
switch when compiling Ada 83 programs, because, with rare
exceptions, Ada 95 and Ada 2005 are upwardly compatible with Ada 83. Thus
a correct Ada 83 program is usually also a correct program
in these later versions of the language standard. For further information
please refer to the `Compatibility and Porting Guide' chapter in the
GNAT Reference Manual.
-gnat95
(Ada 95 mode)This switch directs the compiler to implement the Ada 95 version of the
language.
Since Ada 95 is almost completely upwards
compatible with Ada 83, Ada 83 programs may generally be compiled using
this switch (see the description of the -gnat83
switch for further
information about Ada 83 mode).
If an Ada 2005 program is compiled in Ada 95 mode,
uses of the new Ada 2005 features will cause error
messages or warnings.
This switch also can be used to cancel the effect of a previous
-gnat83
, -gnat05/2005
, or -gnat12/2012
switch earlier in the command line.
-gnat05
or -gnat2005
(Ada 2005 mode)This switch directs the compiler to implement the Ada 2005 version of the
language, as documented in the official Ada standards document.
Since Ada 2005 is almost completely upwards
compatible with Ada 95 (and thus also with Ada 83), Ada 83 and Ada 95 programs
may generally be compiled using this switch (see the description of the
-gnat83
and -gnat95
switches for further
information).
-gnat12
or -gnat2012
(Ada 2012 mode)This switch directs the compiler to implement the Ada 2012 version of the
language (also the default).
Since Ada 2012 is almost completely upwards
compatible with Ada 2005 (and thus also with Ada 83, and Ada 95),
Ada 83 and Ada 95 programs
may generally be compiled using this switch (see the description of the
-gnat83
, -gnat95
, and -gnat05/2005
switches
for further information).
-gnat2022
(Ada 2022 mode)This switch directs the compiler to implement the Ada 2022 version of the language.
-gnatX
(Enable GNAT Extensions)This switch directs the compiler to implement the latest version of the
language (currently Ada 2022) and also to enable certain GNAT implementation
extensions that are not part of any Ada standard. For a full list of these
extensions, see the GNAT reference manual, Pragma Extensions_Allowed
.
-gnati`c'
Normally GNAT recognizes the Latin-1 character set in source program
identifiers, as described in the Ada Reference Manual.
This switch causes
GNAT to recognize alternate character sets in identifiers. c
is a
single character indicating the character set, as follows:
`1' | ISO 8859-1 (Latin-1) identifiers |
`2' | ISO 8859-2 (Latin-2) letters allowed in identifiers |
`3' | ISO 8859-3 (Latin-3) letters allowed in identifiers |
`4' | ISO 8859-4 (Latin-4) letters allowed in identifiers |
`5' | ISO 8859-5 (Cyrillic) letters allowed in identifiers |
`9' | ISO 8859-15 (Latin-9) letters allowed in identifiers |
`p' | IBM PC letters (code page 437) allowed in identifiers |
`8' | IBM PC letters (code page 850) allowed in identifiers |
`f' | Full upper-half codes allowed in identifiers |
`n' | No upper-half codes allowed in identifiers |
`w' | Wide-character codes (that is, codes greater than 255) allowed in identifiers |
See Foreign Language Representation for full details on the implementation of these character sets.
-gnatW`e'
Specify the method of encoding for wide characters.
e
is one of the following:
`h' | Hex encoding (brackets coding also recognized) |
`u' | Upper half encoding (brackets encoding also recognized) |
`s' | Shift/JIS encoding (brackets encoding also recognized) |
`e' | EUC encoding (brackets encoding also recognized) |
`8' | UTF-8 encoding (brackets encoding also recognized) |
`b' | Brackets encoding only (default value) |
For full details on these encoding
methods see Wide_Character Encodings.
Note that brackets coding is always accepted, even if one of the other
options is specified, so for example -gnatW8
specifies that both
brackets and UTF-8 encodings will be recognized. The units that are
with’ed directly or indirectly will be scanned using the specified
representation scheme, and so if one of the non-brackets scheme is
used, it must be used consistently throughout the program. However,
since brackets encoding is always recognized, it may be conveniently
used in standard libraries, allowing these libraries to be used with
any of the available coding schemes.
Note that brackets encoding only applies to program text. Within comments, brackets are considered to be normal graphic characters, and bracket sequences are never recognized as wide characters.
If no -gnatW?
parameter is present, then the default
representation is normally Brackets encoding only. However, if the
first three characters of the file are 16#EF# 16#BB# 16#BF# (the standard
byte order mark or BOM for UTF-8), then these three characters are
skipped and the default representation for the file is set to UTF-8.
Note that the wide character representation that is specified (explicitly or by default) for the main program also acts as the default encoding used for Wide_Text_IO files if not specifically overridden by a WCEM form parameter.
When no -gnatW?
is specified, then characters (other than wide
characters represented using brackets notation) are treated as 8-bit
Latin-1 codes. The codes recognized are the Latin-1 graphic characters,
and ASCII format effectors (CR, LF, HT, VT). Other lower half control
characters in the range 16#00#..16#1F# are not accepted in program text
or in comments. Upper half control characters (16#80#..16#9F#) are rejected
in program text, but allowed and ignored in comments. Note in particular
that the Next Line (NEL) character whose encoding is 16#85# is not recognized
as an end of line in this default mode. If your source program contains
instances of the NEL character used as a line terminator,
you must use UTF-8 encoding for the whole
source program. In default mode, all lines must be ended by a standard
end of line sequence (CR, CR/LF, or LF).
Note that the convention of simply accepting all upper half characters in comments means that programs that use standard ASCII for program text, but UTF-8 encoding for comments are accepted in default mode, providing that the comments are ended by an appropriate (CR, or CR/LF, or LF) line terminator. This is a common mode for many programs with foreign language comments.
-gnatk`n'
Activates file name ‘krunching’. n
, a decimal integer in the range
1-999, indicates the maximum allowable length of a file name (not
including the .ads
or .adb
extension). The default is not
to enable file name krunching.
For the source file naming rules, File Naming Rules.
-gnatn[12]
The n
here is intended to suggest the first syllable of the word ‘inline’.
GNAT recognizes and processes Inline
pragmas. However, for inlining to
actually occur, optimization must be enabled and, by default, inlining of
subprograms across units is not performed. If you want to additionally
enable inlining of subprograms specified by pragma Inline
across units,
you must also specify this switch.
In the absence of this switch, GNAT does not attempt inlining across units
and does not access the bodies of subprograms for which pragma Inline
is
specified if they are not in the current unit.
You can optionally specify the inlining level: 1 for moderate inlining across
units, which is a good compromise between compilation times and performances
at run time, or 2 for full inlining across units, which may bring about
longer compilation times. If no inlining level is specified, the compiler will
pick it based on the optimization level: 1 for -O1
, -O2
or
-Os
and 2 for -O3
.
If you specify this switch the compiler will access these bodies, creating an extra source dependency for the resulting object file, and where possible, the call will be inlined. For further details on when inlining is possible see Inlining of Subprograms.
-gnatN
This switch activates front-end inlining which also generates additional dependencies.
When using a gcc-based back end, then the use of
-gnatN
is deprecated, and the use of -gnatn
is preferred.
Historically front end inlining was more extensive than the gcc back end
inlining, but that is no longer the case.
-gnatu
Print a list of units required by this compilation on stdout
.
The listing includes all units on which the unit being compiled depends
either directly or indirectly.
-pass-exit-codes
If this switch is not used, the exit code returned by gcc
when
compiling multiple files indicates whether all source files have
been successfully used to generate object files or not.
When -pass-exit-codes
is used, gcc
exits with an extended
exit status and allows an integrated development environment to better
react to a compilation failure. Those exit status are:
`5' | There was an error in at least one source file. |
`3' | At least one source file did not generate an object file. |
`2' | The compiler died unexpectedly (internal error for example). |
`0' | An object file has been generated for every source file. |
-gnatd`x'
Activate internal debugging switches. x
is a letter or digit, or
string of letters or digits, which specifies the type of debugging
outputs desired. Normally these are used only for internal development
or system debugging purposes. You can find full documentation for these
switches in the body of the Debug
unit in the compiler source
file debug.adb
.
-gnatG[=`nn']
This switch causes the compiler to generate auxiliary output containing
a pseudo-source listing of the generated expanded code. Like most Ada
compilers, GNAT works by first transforming the high level Ada code into
lower level constructs. For example, tasking operations are transformed
into calls to the tasking run-time routines. A unique capability of GNAT
is to list this expanded code in a form very close to normal Ada source.
This is very useful in understanding the implications of various Ada
usage on the efficiency of the generated code. There are many cases in
Ada (e.g., the use of controlled types), where simple Ada statements can
generate a lot of run-time code. By using -gnatG
you can identify
these cases, and consider whether it may be desirable to modify the coding
approach to improve efficiency.
The optional parameter nn
if present after -gnatG specifies an
alternative maximum line length that overrides the normal default of 72.
This value is in the range 40-999999, values less than 40 being silently
reset to 40. The equal sign is optional.
The format of the output is very similar to standard Ada source, and is
easily understood by an Ada programmer. The following special syntactic
additions correspond to low level features used in the generated code that
do not have any exact analogies in pure Ada source form. The following
is a partial list of these special constructions. See the spec
of package Sprint
in file sprint.ads
for a full list.
If the switch -gnatL
is used in conjunction with
-gnatG
, then the original source lines are interspersed
in the expanded source (as comment lines with the original line number).
new `xxx' [storage_pool = `yyy']
Shows the storage pool being used for an allocator.
at end `procedure-name';
Shows the finalization (cleanup) procedure for a scope.
(if `expr' then `expr' else `expr')
Conditional expression equivalent to the x?y:z
construction in C.
`target'^(`source')
A conversion with floating-point truncation instead of rounding.
`target'?(`source')
A conversion that bypasses normal Ada semantic checking. In particular enumeration types and fixed-point types are treated simply as integers.
`target'?^(`source')
Combines the above two cases.
`x' #/ `y'
`x' #mod `y'
`x' # `y'
`x' #rem `y'
A division or multiplication of fixed-point values which are treated as integers without any kind of scaling.
free `expr' [storage_pool = `xxx']
Shows the storage pool associated with a free
statement.
[subtype or type declaration]
Used to list an equivalent declaration for an internally generated type that is referenced elsewhere in the listing.
freeze `type-name' [`actions']
Shows the point at which type-name
is frozen, with possible
associated actions to be performed at the freeze point.
reference `itype'
Reference (and hence definition) to internal type itype
.
`function-name'! (`arg', `arg', `arg')
Intrinsic function call.
`label-name' : label
Declaration of label labelname
.
#$ `subprogram-name'
An implicit call to a run-time support routine (to meet the requirement of H.3.1(9) in a convenient manner).
`expr' && `expr' && `expr' ... && `expr'
A multiple concatenation (same effect as expr
& expr
&
expr
, but handled more efficiently).
[constraint_error]
Raise the Constraint_Error
exception.
`expression''reference
A pointer to the result of evaluating {expression}.
`target-type'!(`source-expression')
An unchecked conversion of source-expression
to target-type
.
[`numerator'/`denominator']
Used to represent internal real literals (that) have no exact representation in base 2-16 (for example, the result of compile time evaluation of the expression 1.0/27.0).
-gnatD[=nn]
When used in conjunction with -gnatG
, this switch causes
the expanded source, as described above for
-gnatG
to be written to files with names
xxx.dg
, where xxx
is the normal file name,
instead of to the standard output file. For
example, if the source file name is hello.adb
, then a file
hello.adb.dg
will be written. The debugging
information generated by the gcc
-g
switch
will refer to the generated xxx.dg
file. This allows
you to do source level debugging using the generated code which is
sometimes useful for complex code, for example to find out exactly
which part of a complex construction raised an exception. This switch
also suppresses generation of cross-reference information (see
-gnatx
) since otherwise the cross-reference information
would refer to the .dg
file, which would cause
confusion since this is not the original source file.
Note that -gnatD
actually implies -gnatG
automatically, so it is not necessary to give both options.
In other words -gnatD
is equivalent to -gnatDG
).
If the switch -gnatL
is used in conjunction with
-gnatDG
, then the original source lines are interspersed
in the expanded source (as comment lines with the original line number).
The optional parameter nn
if present after -gnatD specifies an
alternative maximum line length that overrides the normal default of 72.
This value is in the range 40-999999, values less than 40 being silently
reset to 40. The equal sign is optional.
-gnatr
This switch causes pragma Restrictions to be treated as Restriction_Warnings so that violation of restrictions causes warnings rather than illegalities. This is useful during the development process when new restrictions are added or investigated. The switch also causes pragma Profile to be treated as Profile_Warnings, and pragma Restricted_Run_Time and pragma Ravenscar set restriction warnings rather than restrictions.
-gnatR[0|1|2|3|4][e][j][m][s]
This switch controls output from the compiler of a listing showing
representation information for declared types, objects and subprograms.
For -gnatR0
, no information is output (equivalent to omitting
the -gnatR
switch). For -gnatR1
(which is the default,
so -gnatR
with no parameter has the same effect), size and
alignment information is listed for declared array and record types.
For -gnatR2
, size and alignment information is listed for all
declared types and objects. The Linker_Section
is also listed for any
entity for which the Linker_Section
is set explicitly or implicitly (the
latter case occurs for objects of a type for which a Linker_Section
is set).
For -gnatR3
, symbolic expressions for values that are computed
at run time for records are included. These symbolic expressions have
a mostly obvious format with #n being used to represent the value of the
n’th discriminant. See source files repinfo.ads/adb
in the
GNAT sources for full details on the format of -gnatR3
output.
For -gnatR4
, information for relevant compiler-generated types
is also listed, i.e. when they are structurally part of other declared
types and objects.
If the switch is followed by an e
(e.g. -gnatR2e
), then
extended representation information for record sub-components of records
is included.
If the switch is followed by an m
(e.g. -gnatRm
), then
subprogram conventions and parameter passing mechanisms for all the
subprograms are included.
If the switch is followed by a j
(e.g., -gnatRj
), then
the output is in the JSON data interchange format specified by the
ECMA-404 standard. The semantic description of this JSON output is
available in the specification of the Repinfo unit present in the
compiler sources.
If the switch is followed by an s
(e.g., -gnatR3s
), then
the output is to a file with the name file.rep
where file
is
the name of the corresponding source file, except if j
is also
specified, in which case the file name is file.json
.
Note that it is possible for record components to have zero size. In
this case, the component clause uses an obvious extension of permitted
Ada syntax, for example at 0 range 0 .. -1
.
-gnatS
The use of the switch -gnatS
for an
Ada compilation will cause the compiler to output a
representation of package Standard in a form very
close to standard Ada. It is not quite possible to
do this entirely in standard Ada (since new
numeric base types cannot be created in standard
Ada), but the output is easily
readable to any Ada programmer, and is useful to
determine the characteristics of target dependent
types in package Standard.
-gnatx
Normally the compiler generates full cross-referencing information in
the ALI
file. This information is used by a number of tools,
including gnatfind
and gnatxref
. The -gnatx
switch
suppresses this information. This saves some space and may slightly
speed up compilation, but means that these tools cannot be used.
-fgnat-encodings=[all|gdb|minimal]
This switch controls the balance between GNAT encodings and standard DWARF emitted in the debug information.
Historically, old debug formats like stabs were not powerful enough to express some Ada types (for instance, variant records or fixed-point types). To work around this, GNAT introduced proprietary encodings that embed the missing information (“GNAT encodings”).
Recent versions of the DWARF debug information format are now able to correctly describe most of these Ada constructs (“standard DWARF”). As third-party tools started to use this format, GNAT has been enhanced to generate it. However, most tools (including GDB) are still relying on GNAT encodings.
To support all tools, GNAT needs to be versatile about the balance between
generation of GNAT encodings and standard DWARF. This is what
-fgnat-encodings
is about.
=all
: Emit all GNAT encodings, and then emit as much standard DWARF as
possible so it does not conflict with GNAT encodings.
=gdb
: Emit as much standard DWARF as possible as long as the current
GDB handles it. Emit GNAT encodings for the rest.
=minimal
: Emit as much standard DWARF as possible and emit GNAT
encodings for the rest.
GNAT uses two methods for handling exceptions at run time. The
setjmp/longjmp
method saves the context when entering
a frame with an exception handler. Then when an exception is
raised, the context can be restored immediately, without the
need for tracing stack frames. This method provides very fast
exception propagation, but introduces significant overhead for
the use of exception handlers, even if no exception is raised.
The other approach is called ‘zero cost’ exception handling.
With this method, the compiler builds static tables to describe
the exception ranges. No dynamic code is required when entering
a frame containing an exception handler. When an exception is
raised, the tables are used to control a back trace of the
subprogram invocation stack to locate the required exception
handler. This method has considerably poorer performance for
the propagation of exceptions, but there is no overhead for
exception handlers if no exception is raised. Note that in this
mode and in the context of mixed Ada and C/C++ programming,
to propagate an exception through a C/C++ code, the C/C++ code
must be compiled with the -funwind-tables
GCC’s
option.
The following switches may be used to control which of the two exception handling methods is used.
--RTS=sjlj
This switch causes the setjmp/longjmp run-time (when available) to be used for exception handling. If the default mechanism for the target is zero cost exceptions, then this switch can be used to modify this default, and must be used for all units in the partition. This option is rarely used. One case in which it may be advantageous is if you have an application where exception raising is common and the overall performance of the application is improved by favoring exception propagation.
--RTS=zcx
This switch causes the zero cost approach to be used for exception handling. If this is the default mechanism for the target (see below), then this switch is unneeded. If the default mechanism for the target is setjmp/longjmp exceptions, then this switch can be used to modify this default, and must be used for all units in the partition. This option can only be used if the zero cost approach is available for the target in use, otherwise it will generate an error.
The same option --RTS
must be used both for gcc
and gnatbind
. Passing this option to gnatmake
(Switches for gnatmake) will ensure the required consistency
through the compilation and binding steps.
-gnatem=`path'
A mapping file is a way to communicate to the compiler two mappings: from unit names to file names (without any directory information) and from file names to path names (with full directory information). These mappings are used by the compiler to short-circuit the path search.
The use of mapping files is not required for correct operation of the
compiler, but mapping files can improve efficiency, particularly when
sources are read over a slow network connection. In normal operation,
you need not be concerned with the format or use of mapping files,
and the -gnatem
switch is not a switch that you would use
explicitly. It is intended primarily for use by automatic tools such as
gnatmake
running under the project file facility. The
description here of the format of mapping files is provided
for completeness and for possible use by other tools.
A mapping file is a sequence of sets of three lines. In each set, the
first line is the unit name, in lower case, with %s
appended
for specs and %b
appended for bodies; the second line is the
file name; and the third line is the path name.
Example:
main%b main.2.ada /gnat/project1/sources/main.2.ada
When the switch -gnatem
is specified, the compiler will
create in memory the two mappings from the specified file. If there is
any problem (nonexistent file, truncated file or duplicate entries),
no mapping will be created.
Several -gnatem
switches may be specified; however, only the
last one on the command line will be taken into account.
When using a project file, gnatmake
creates a temporary
mapping file and communicates it to the compiler using this switch.
The GCC technology provides a wide range of target dependent
-m
switches for controlling
details of code generation with respect to different versions of
architectures. This includes variations in instruction sets (e.g.,
different members of the power pc family), and different requirements
for optimal arrangement of instructions (e.g., different members of
the x86 family). The list of available -m
switches may be
found in the GCC documentation.
Use of these -m
switches may in some cases result in improved
code performance.
The GNAT technology is tested and qualified without any
-m
switches,
so generally the most reliable approach is to avoid the use of these
switches. However, we generally expect most of these switches to work
successfully with GNAT, and many customers have reported successful
use of these options.
Our general advice is to avoid the use of -m
switches unless
special needs lead to requirements in this area. In particular,
there is no point in using -m
switches to improve performance
unless you actually see a performance improvement.
Linker switches can be specified after -largs
builder switch.
-fuse-ld=`name'
Linker to be used. The default is bfd
for ld.bfd
,
the alternative being gold
for ld.gold
. The later is
a more recent and faster linker, but only available on GNU/Linux
platforms.
gnatbind
¶This chapter describes the GNAT binder, gnatbind
, which is used
to bind compiled GNAT objects.
The gnatbind
program performs four separate functions:
gnatlink
. The two most important
functions of this program
are to call the elaboration routines of units in an appropriate order
and to call the main program.
gnatlink
utility used to link the Ada application.
gnatbind
gnatbind
gnatbind
gnatbind
Usagegnatbind
¶The form of the gnatbind
command is
$ gnatbind [ switches ] mainprog[.ali] [ switches ]
where mainprog.adb
is the Ada file containing the main program
unit body. gnatbind
constructs an Ada
package in two files whose names are
b~mainprog.ads
, and b~mainprog.adb
.
For example, if given the
parameter hello.ali
, for a main program contained in file
hello.adb
, the binder output files would be b~hello.ads
and b~hello.adb
.
When doing consistency checking, the binder takes into consideration
any source files it can locate. For example, if the binder determines
that the given main program requires the package Pack
, whose
.ALI
file is pack.ali
and whose corresponding source spec file is
pack.ads
, it attempts to locate the source file pack.ads
(using the same search path conventions as previously described for the
gcc
command). If it can locate this source file, it checks that
the time stamps
or source checksums of the source and its references to in ALI
files
match. In other words, any ALI
files that mentions this spec must have
resulted from compiling this version of the source file (or in the case
where the source checksums match, a version close enough that the
difference does not matter).
The effect of this consistency checking, which includes source files, is that the binder ensures that the program is consistent with the latest version of the source files that can be located at bind time. Editing a source file without compiling files that depend on the source file cause error messages to be generated by the binder.
For example, suppose you have a main program hello.adb
and a
package P
, from file p.ads
and you perform the following
steps:
gcc -c hello.adb
to compile the main program.
gcc -c p.ads
to compile package P
.
p.ads
.
gnatbind hello
.
At this point, the file p.ali
contains an out-of-date time stamp
because the file p.ads
has been edited. The attempt at binding
fails, and the binder generates the following error messages:
error: "hello.adb" must be recompiled ("p.ads" has been modified) error: "p.ads" has been modified and must be recompiled
Now both files must be recompiled as indicated, and then the bind can succeed, generating a main program. You need not normally be concerned with the contents of this file, but for reference purposes a sample binder output file is given in Example of Binder Output File.
In most normal usage, the default mode of gnatbind
which is to
generate the main package in Ada, as described in the previous section.
In particular, this means that any Ada programmer can read and understand
the generated main program. It can also be debugged just like any other
Ada code provided the -g
switch is used for
gnatbind
and gnatlink
.
gnatbind
¶The following switches are available with gnatbind
; details will
be presented in subsequent sections.
--version
Display Copyright and version, then exit disregarding all other options.
--help
If --version
was not used, display usage, then exit disregarding
all other options.
-a
Indicates that, if supported by the platform, the adainit procedure should be treated as an initialisation routine by the linker (a constructor). This is intended to be used by the Project Manager to automatically initialize shared Stand-Alone Libraries.
-aO
Specify directory to be searched for ALI files.
-aI
Specify directory to be searched for source file.
-A[=`filename']
Output ALI list (to standard output or to the named file).
-b
Generate brief messages to stderr
even if verbose mode set.
-c
Check only, no generation of binder output file.
-d`nn'[k|m]
This switch can be used to change the default task stack size value
to a specified size nn
, which is expressed in bytes by default, or
in kilobytes when suffixed with k
or in megabytes when suffixed
with m
.
In the absence of a [k|m]
suffix, this switch is equivalent,
in effect, to completing all task specs with
pragma Storage_Size (nn);
When they do not already have such a pragma.
-D`nn'[k|m]
Set the default secondary stack size to nn
. The suffix indicates whether
the size is in bytes (no suffix), kilobytes (k
suffix) or megabytes
(m
suffix).
The secondary stack holds objects of unconstrained types that are returned by functions, for example unconstrained Strings. The size of the secondary stack can be dynamic or fixed depending on the target.
For most targets, the secondary stack grows on demand and is implemented as a chain of blocks in the heap. In this case, the default secondary stack size determines the initial size of the secondary stack for each task and the smallest amount the secondary stack can grow by.
For Ravenscar, ZFP, and Cert run-times the size of the secondary stack is fixed. This switch can be used to change the default size of these stacks. The default secondary stack size can be overridden on a per-task basis if individual tasks have different secondary stack requirements. This is achieved through the Secondary_Stack_Size aspect that takes the size of the secondary stack in bytes.
-e
Output complete list of elaboration-order dependencies.
-Ea
Store tracebacks in exception occurrences when the target supports it. The “a” is for “address”; tracebacks will contain hexadecimal addresses, unless symbolic tracebacks are enabled.
See also the packages GNAT.Traceback
and
GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic
for more information.
Note that on x86 ports, you must not use -fomit-frame-pointer
gcc
option.
-Es
Store tracebacks in exception occurrences when the target supports it. The “s” is for “symbolic”; symbolic tracebacks are enabled.
-E
Currently the same as -Ea
.
-f`elab-order'
Force elaboration order. For further details see Elaboration Control and Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT.
-F
Force the checks of elaboration flags. gnatbind
does not normally
generate checks of elaboration flags for the main executable, except when
a Stand-Alone Library is used. However, there are cases when this cannot be
detected by gnatbind. An example is importing an interface of a Stand-Alone
Library through a pragma Import and only specifying through a linker switch
this Stand-Alone Library. This switch is used to guarantee that elaboration
flag checks are generated.
-h
Output usage (help) information.
-H
Legacy elaboration order model enabled. For further details see Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT.
-H32
Use 32-bit allocations for __gnat_malloc
(and thus for access types).
For further details see Dynamic Allocation Control.
-H64
Use 64-bit allocations for __gnat_malloc
(and thus for access types).
For further details see Dynamic Allocation Control.
-I
Specify directory to be searched for source and ALI files.
-I-
Do not look for sources in the current directory where gnatbind
was
invoked, and do not look for ALI files in the directory containing the
ALI file named in the gnatbind
command line.
-l
Output chosen elaboration order.
-L`xxx'
Bind the units for library building. In this case the adainit
and
adafinal
procedures (Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs)
are renamed to `xxx'init
and
`xxx'final
.
Implies -n.
(GNAT and Libraries, for more details.)
-M`xyz'
Rename generated main program from main to xyz. This option is supported on cross environments only.
-m`n'
Limit number of detected errors or warnings to n
, where n
is
in the range 1..999999. The default value if no switch is
given is 9999. If the number of warnings reaches this limit, then a
message is output and further warnings are suppressed, the bind
continues in this case. If the number of errors reaches this
limit, then a message is output and the bind is abandoned.
A value of zero means that no limit is enforced. The equal
sign is optional.
-minimal
Generate a binder file suitable for space-constrained applications. When active, binder-generated objects not required for program operation are no longer generated. `Warning:' this option comes with the following limitations:
main
function instead of the main subprogram.
This can be worked around by manually inserting a breakpoint on that
subprogram and resuming the program’s execution until reaching that breakpoint.
-n
No main program.
-nostdinc
Do not look for sources in the system default directory.
-nostdlib
Do not look for library files in the system default directory.
--RTS=`rts-path'
Specifies the default location of the run-time library. Same meaning as the
equivalent gnatmake
flag (Switches for gnatmake).
-o `file'
Name the output file file
(default is b~`xxx
.adb‘).
Note that if this option is used, then linking must be done manually,
gnatlink cannot be used.
-O[=`filename']
Output object list (to standard output or to the named file).
-p
Pessimistic (worst-case) elaboration order.
-P
Generate binder file suitable for CodePeer.
-R
Output closure source list, which includes all non-run-time units that are included in the bind.
-Ra
Like -R
but the list includes run-time units.
-s
Require all source files to be present.
-S`xxx'
Specifies the value to be used when detecting uninitialized scalar
objects with pragma Initialize_Scalars.
The xxx
string specified with the switch is one of:
in
for an invalid value.
If zero is invalid for the discrete type in question, then the scalar value is set to all zero bits. For signed discrete types, the largest possible negative value of the underlying scalar is set (i.e. a one bit followed by all zero bits). For unsigned discrete types, the underlying scalar value is set to all one bits. For floating-point types, a NaN value is set (see body of package System.Scalar_Values for exact values).
lo
for low value.
If zero is invalid for the discrete type in question, then the scalar value is set to all zero bits. For signed discrete types, the largest possible negative value of the underlying scalar is set (i.e. a one bit followed by all zero bits). For unsigned discrete types, the underlying scalar value is set to all zero bits. For floating-point, a small value is set (see body of package System.Scalar_Values for exact values).
hi
for high value.
If zero is invalid for the discrete type in question, then the scalar value is set to all one bits. For signed discrete types, the largest possible positive value of the underlying scalar is set (i.e. a zero bit followed by all one bits). For unsigned discrete types, the underlying scalar value is set to all one bits. For floating-point, a large value is set (see body of package System.Scalar_Values for exact values).
xx
for hex value (two hex digits).
The underlying scalar is set to a value consisting of repeated bytes, whose
value corresponds to the given value. For example if BF
is given,
then a 32-bit scalar value will be set to the bit patterm 16#BFBFBFBF#
.
In addition, you can specify -Sev
to indicate that the value is
to be set at run time. In this case, the program will look for an environment
variable of the form GNAT_INIT_SCALARS=`yy'
, where yy
is one
of in/lo/hi/`xx'
with the same meanings as above.
If no environment variable is found, or if it does not have a valid value,
then the default is in
(invalid values).
-static
Link against a static GNAT run-time.
-shared
Link against a shared GNAT run-time when available.
-t
Tolerate time stamp and other consistency errors.
-T`n'
Set the time slice value to n
milliseconds. If the system supports
the specification of a specific time slice value, then the indicated value
is used. If the system does not support specific time slice values, but
does support some general notion of round-robin scheduling, then any
nonzero value will activate round-robin scheduling.
A value of zero is treated specially. It turns off time
slicing, and in addition, indicates to the tasking run-time that the
semantics should match as closely as possible the Annex D
requirements of the Ada RM, and in particular sets the default
scheduling policy to FIFO_Within_Priorities
.
-u`n'
Enable dynamic stack usage, with n
results stored and displayed
at program termination. A result is generated when a task
terminates. Results that can’t be stored are displayed on the fly, at
task termination. This option is currently not supported on Itanium
platforms. (See Dynamic Stack Usage Analysis for details.)
-v
Verbose mode. Write error messages, header, summary output to
stdout
.
-V`key'=`value'
Store the given association of key
to value
in the bind environment.
Values stored this way can be retrieved at run time using
GNAT.Bind_Environment
.
-w`x'
Warning mode; x
= s/e for suppress/treat as error.
-Wx`e'
Override default wide character encoding for standard Text_IO files.
-x
Exclude source files (check object consistency only).
-xdr
Use the target-independent XDR protocol for stream oriented attributes
instead of the default implementation which is based on direct binary
representations and is therefore target-and endianness-dependent.
However it does not support 128-bit integer types and the exception
Ada.IO_Exceptions.Device_Error
is raised if any attempt is made
at streaming 128-bit integer types with it.
-X`nnn'
Set default exit status value, normally 0 for POSIX compliance.
-y
Enable leap seconds support in Ada.Calendar
and its children.
-z
No main subprogram.
You may obtain this listing of switches by running gnatbind
with
no arguments.
As described earlier, by default gnatbind
checks
that object files are consistent with one another and are consistent
with any source files it can locate. The following switches control binder
access to sources.
-s
Require source files to be present. In this mode, the binder must be able to locate all source files that are referenced, in order to check their consistency. In normal mode, if a source file cannot be located it is simply ignored. If you specify this switch, a missing source file is an error.
-Wx`e'
Override default wide character encoding for standard Text_IO files.
Normally the default wide character encoding method used for standard
[Wide_[Wide_]]Text_IO files is taken from the encoding specified for
the main source input (see description of switch
-gnatWx
for the compiler). The
use of this switch for the binder (which has the same set of
possible arguments) overrides this default as specified.
-x
Exclude source files. In this mode, the binder only checks that ALI
files are consistent with one another. Source files are not accessed.
The binder runs faster in this mode, and there is still a guarantee that
the resulting program is self-consistent.
If a source file has been edited since it was last compiled, and you
specify this switch, the binder will not detect that the object
file is out of date with respect to the source file. Note that this is the
mode that is automatically used by gnatmake
because in this
case the checking against sources has already been performed by
gnatmake
in the course of compilation (i.e., before binding).
The following switches provide control over the generation of error messages from the binder:
-v
Verbose mode. In the normal mode, brief error messages are generated to
stderr
. If this switch is present, a header is written
to stdout
and any error messages are directed to stdout
.
All that is written to stderr
is a brief summary message.
-b
Generate brief error messages to stderr
even if verbose mode is
specified. This is relevant only when used with the
-v
switch.
-m`n'
Limits the number of error messages to n
, a decimal integer in the
range 1-999. The binder terminates immediately if this limit is reached.
-M`xxx'
Renames the generated main program from main
to xxx
.
This is useful in the case of some cross-building environments, where
the actual main program is separate from the one generated
by gnatbind
.
-ws
Suppress all warning messages.
-we
Treat any warning messages as fatal errors.
-t
The binder performs a number of consistency checks including:
GNAT
were used for compilation
Normally failure of such checks, in accordance with the consistency requirements of the Ada Reference Manual, causes error messages to be generated which abort the binder and prevent the output of a binder file and subsequent link to obtain an executable.
The -t
switch converts these error messages
into warnings, so that
binding and linking can continue to completion even in the presence of such
errors. The result may be a failed link (due to missing symbols), or a
non-functional executable which has undefined semantics.
|
The following switches provide additional control over the elaboration order. For further details see Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT.
-f`elab-order'
Force elaboration order.
elab-order
should be the name of a “forced elaboration order file”, that
is, a text file containing library item names, one per line. A name of the
form “some.unit%s” or “some.unit (spec)” denotes the spec of Some.Unit. A
name of the form “some.unit%b” or “some.unit (body)” denotes the body of
Some.Unit. Each pair of lines is taken to mean that there is an elaboration
dependence of the second line on the first. For example, if the file
contains:
this (spec) this (body) that (spec) that (body)
then the spec of This will be elaborated before the body of This, and the body of This will be elaborated before the spec of That, and the spec of That will be elaborated before the body of That. The first and last of these three dependences are already required by Ada rules, so this file is really just forcing the body of This to be elaborated before the spec of That.
The given order must be consistent with Ada rules, or else gnatbind
will
give elaboration cycle errors. For example, if you say x (body) should be
elaborated before x (spec), there will be a cycle, because Ada rules require
x (spec) to be elaborated before x (body); you can’t have the spec and body
both elaborated before each other.
If you later add “with That;” to the body of This, there will be a cycle, in which case you should erase either “this (body)” or “that (spec)” from the above forced elaboration order file.
Blank lines and Ada-style comments are ignored. Unit names that do not exist in the program are ignored. Units in the GNAT predefined library are also ignored.
-p
Pessimistic elaboration order
This switch is only applicable to the pre-20.x legacy elaboration models. The post-20.x elaboration model uses a more informed approach of ordering the units.
Normally the binder attempts to choose an elaboration order that is likely to
minimize the likelihood of an elaboration order error resulting in raising a
Program_Error
exception. This switch reverses the action of the binder,
and requests that it deliberately choose an order that is likely to maximize
the likelihood of an elaboration error. This is useful in ensuring
portability and avoiding dependence on accidental fortuitous elaboration
ordering.
Normally it only makes sense to use the -p
switch if dynamic
elaboration checking is used (-gnatE
switch used for compilation).
This is because in the default static elaboration mode, all necessary
Elaborate
and Elaborate_All
pragmas are implicitly inserted.
These implicit pragmas are still respected by the binder in -p
mode, so a safe elaboration order is assured.
Note that -p
is not intended for production use; it is more for
debugging/experimental use.
The following switches allow additional control over the output generated by the binder.
-c
Check only. Do not generate the binder output file. In this mode the binder performs all error checks but does not generate an output file.
-e
Output complete list of elaboration-order dependencies, showing the
reason for each dependency. This output can be rather extensive but may
be useful in diagnosing problems with elaboration order. The output is
written to stdout
.
-h
Output usage information. The output is written to stdout
.
-K
Output linker options to stdout
. Includes library search paths,
contents of pragmas Ident and Linker_Options, and libraries added
by gnatbind
.
-l
Output chosen elaboration order. The output is written to stdout
.
-O
Output full names of all the object files that must be linked to provide
the Ada component of the program. The output is written to stdout
.
This list includes the files explicitly supplied and referenced by the user
as well as implicitly referenced run-time unit files. The latter are
omitted if the corresponding units reside in shared libraries. The
directory names for the run-time units depend on the system configuration.
-o `file'
Set name of output file to file
instead of the normal
b~`mainprog
.adb‘ default. Note that file
denote the Ada
binder generated body filename.
Note that if this option is used, then linking must be done manually.
It is not possible to use gnatlink in this case, since it cannot locate
the binder file.
-r
Generate list of pragma Restrictions
that could be applied to
the current unit. This is useful for code audit purposes, and also may
be used to improve code generation in some cases.
The heap control switches – -H32
and -H64
–
determine whether dynamic allocation uses 32-bit or 64-bit memory.
They only affect compiler-generated allocations via __gnat_malloc
;
explicit calls to malloc
and related functions from the C
run-time library are unaffected.
-H32
Allocate memory on 32-bit heap
-H64
Allocate memory on 64-bit heap. This is the default
unless explicitly overridden by a 'Size
clause on the access type.
These switches are only effective on VMS platforms.
The description so far has assumed that the main
program is in Ada, and that the task of the binder is to generate a
corresponding function main
that invokes this Ada main
program. GNAT also supports the building of executable programs where
the main program is not in Ada, but some of the called routines are
written in Ada and compiled using GNAT (Mixed Language Programming).
The following switch is used in this situation:
-n
No main program. The main program is not in Ada.
In this case, most of the functions of the binder are still required, but instead of generating a main program, the binder generates a file containing the following callable routines:
adainit
You must call this routine to initialize the Ada part of the program by calling the necessary elaboration routines. A call to
adainit
is required before the first call to an Ada subprogram.Note that it is assumed that the basic execution environment must be setup to be appropriate for Ada execution at the point where the first Ada subprogram is called. In particular, if the Ada code will do any floating-point operations, then the FPU must be setup in an appropriate manner. For the case of the x86, for example, full precision mode is required. The procedure GNAT.Float_Control.Reset may be used to ensure that the FPU is in the right state.
adafinal
You must call this routine to perform any library-level finalization required by the Ada subprograms. A call to
adafinal
is required after the last call to an Ada subprogram, and before the program terminates.
If the -n
switch
is given, more than one ALI file may appear on
the command line for gnatbind
. The normal closure
calculation is performed for each of the specified units. Calculating
the closure means finding out the set of units involved by tracing
`with' references. The reason it is necessary to be able to
specify more than one ALI file is that a given program may invoke two or
more quite separate groups of Ada units.
The binder takes the name of its output file from the last specified ALI
file, unless overridden by the use of the -o file
.
The output is an Ada unit in source form that can be compiled with GNAT.
This compilation occurs automatically as part of the gnatlink
processing.
Currently the GNAT run-time requires a FPU using 80 bits mode precision. Under targets where this is not the default it is required to call GNAT.Float_Control.Reset before using floating point numbers (this include float computation, float input and output) in the Ada code. A side effect is that this could be the wrong mode for the foreign code where floating point computation could be broken after this call.
It is possible to have an Ada program which does not have a main subprogram. This program will call the elaboration routines of all the packages, then the finalization routines.
The following switch is used to bind programs organized in this manner:
-z
Normally the binder checks that the unit name given on the command line
corresponds to a suitable main subprogram. When this switch is used,
a list of ALI files can be given, and the execution of the program
consists of elaboration of these units in an appropriate order. Note
that the default wide character encoding method for standard Text_IO
files is always set to Brackets if this switch is set (you can use
the binder switch
-Wx
to override this default).
The package Ada.Command_Line
provides access to the command-line
arguments and program name. In order for this interface to operate
correctly, the two variables
int gnat_argc; char **gnat_argv;
are declared in one of the GNAT library routines. These variables must
be set from the actual argc
and argv
values passed to the
main program. With no `n' present, gnatbind
generates the C main program to automatically set these variables.
If the `n' switch is used, there is no automatic way to
set these variables. If they are not set, the procedures in
Ada.Command_Line
will not be available, and any attempt to use
them will raise Constraint_Error
. If command line access is
required, your main program must set gnat_argc
and
gnat_argv
from the argc
and argv
values passed to
it.
gnatbind
¶The binder takes the name of an ALI file as its argument and needs to locate source files as well as other ALI files to verify object consistency.
For source files, it follows exactly the same search rules as gcc
(see Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)). For ALI files the
directories searched are:
-I-
is specified.
-I
switches on the gnatbind
command line, in the order given.
ADA_PRJ_OBJECTS_FILE
environment variable.
ADA_PRJ_OBJECTS_FILE
is normally set by gnatmake or by the gnat
driver when project files are used. It should not normally be set
by other means.
ADA_OBJECTS_PATH
environment variable.
Construct this value
exactly as the
PATH
environment variable: a list of directory
names separated by colons (semicolons when working with the NT version
of GNAT).
ada_object_path
file which is part of the GNAT
installation tree and is used to store standard libraries such as the
GNAT Run-Time Library (RTL) unless the switch -nostdlib
is
specified. See Installing a library
In the binder the switch -I
is used to specify both source and
library file paths. Use -aI
instead if you want to specify
source paths only, and -aO
if you want to specify library paths
only. This means that for the binder
-I`dir'
is equivalent to
-aI`dir'
-aO``dir'
.
The binder generates the bind file (a C language source file) in the
current working directory.
The packages Ada
, System
, and Interfaces
and their
children make up the GNAT Run-Time Library, together with the package
GNAT and its children, which contain a set of useful additional
library functions provided by GNAT. The sources for these units are
needed by the compiler and are kept together in one directory. The ALI
files and object files generated by compiling the RTL are needed by the
binder and the linker and are kept together in one directory, typically
different from the directory containing the sources. In a normal
installation, you need not specify these directory names when compiling
or binding. Either the environment variables or the built-in defaults
cause these files to be found.
Besides simplifying access to the RTL, a major use of search paths is in compiling sources from multiple directories. This can make development environments much more flexible.
gnatbind
Usage ¶Here are some examples of gnatbind
invovations:
gnatbind helloThe main program
Hello
(source program inhello.adb
) is bound using the standard switch settings. The generated main program isb~hello.adb
. This is the normal, default use of the binder.gnatbind hello -o mainprog.adbThe main program
Hello
(source program inhello.adb
) is bound using the standard switch settings. The generated main program ismainprog.adb
with the associated spec inmainprog.ads
. Note that you must specify the body here not the spec. Note that if this option is used, then linking must be done manually, since gnatlink will not be able to find the generated file.
gnatlink
¶This chapter discusses gnatlink
, a tool that links
an Ada program and builds an executable file. This utility
invokes the system linker (via the gcc
command)
with a correct list of object files and library references.
gnatlink
automatically determines the list of files and
references for the Ada part of a program. It uses the binder file
generated by the gnatbind
to determine this list.
gnatlink
¶The form of the gnatlink
command is
$ gnatlink [ switches ] mainprog [.ali] [ non-Ada objects ] [ linker options ]
The arguments of gnatlink
(switches, main ALI
file,
non-Ada objects
or linker options) may be in any order, provided that no non-Ada object may
be mistaken for a main ALI
file.
Any file name F
without the .ali
extension will be taken as the main ALI
file if a file exists
whose name is the concatenation of F
and .ali
.
mainprog.ali
references the ALI file of the main program.
The .ali
extension of this file can be omitted. From this
reference, gnatlink
locates the corresponding binder file
b~mainprog.adb
and, using the information in this file along
with the list of non-Ada objects and linker options, constructs a
linker command file to create the executable.
The arguments other than the gnatlink
switches and the main
ALI
file are passed to the linker uninterpreted.
They typically include the names of
object files for units written in other languages than Ada and any library
references required to resolve references in any of these foreign language
units, or in Import
pragmas in any Ada units.
linker options
is an optional list of linker specific
switches.
The default linker called by gnatlink is gcc
which in
turn calls the appropriate system linker.
One useful option for the linker is -s
: it reduces the size of the
executable by removing all symbol table and relocation information from the
executable.
Standard options for the linker such as -lmy_lib
or
-Ldir
can be added as is.
For options that are not recognized by
gcc
as linker options, use the gcc
switches
-Xlinker
or -Wl,
.
Refer to the GCC documentation for details.
Here is an example showing how to generate a linker map:
$ gnatlink my_prog -Wl,-Map,MAPFILE
Using linker options
it is possible to set the program stack and
heap size.
See Setting Stack Size from gnatlink and
Setting Heap Size from gnatlink.
gnatlink
determines the list of objects required by the Ada
program and prepends them to the list of objects passed to the linker.
gnatlink
also gathers any arguments set by the use of
pragma Linker_Options
and adds them to the list of arguments
presented to the linker.
gnatlink
¶The following switches are available with the gnatlink
utility:
--version
Display Copyright and version, then exit disregarding all other options.
--help
If --version
was not used, display usage, then exit disregarding
all other options.
-f
On some targets, the command line length is limited, and gnatlink
will generate a separate file for the linker if the list of object files
is too long.
The -f
switch forces this file
to be generated even if
the limit is not exceeded. This is useful in some cases to deal with
special situations where the command line length is exceeded.
-g
The option to include debugging information causes the Ada bind file (in
other words, b~mainprog.adb
) to be compiled with -g
.
In addition, the binder does not delete the b~mainprog.adb
,
b~mainprog.o
and b~mainprog.ali
files.
Without -g
, the binder removes these files by default.
-n
Do not compile the file generated by the binder. This may be used when a link is rerun with different options, but there is no need to recompile the binder file.
-v
Verbose mode. Causes additional information to be output, including a full list of the included object files. This switch option is most useful when you want to see what set of object files are being used in the link step.
-v -v
Very verbose mode. Requests that the compiler operate in verbose mode when it compiles the binder file, and that the system linker run in verbose mode.
-o `exec-name'
exec-name
specifies an alternate name for the generated
executable program. If this switch is omitted, the executable has the same
name as the main unit. For example, gnatlink try.ali
creates
an executable called try
.
-B`dir'
Load compiler executables (for example, gnat1
, the Ada compiler)
from dir
instead of the default location. Only use this switch
when multiple versions of the GNAT compiler are available.
See the Directory Options
section in The_GNU_Compiler_Collection
for further details. You would normally use the -b
or
-V
switch instead.
-M
When linking an executable, create a map file. The name of the map file has the same name as the executable with extension “.map”.
-M=`mapfile'
When linking an executable, create a map file. The name of the map file is
mapfile
.
--GCC=`compiler_name'
Program used for compiling the binder file. The default is
gcc
. You need to use quotes around compiler_name
if
compiler_name
contains spaces or other separator characters.
As an example --GCC="foo -x -y"
will instruct gnatlink
to
use foo -x -y
as your compiler. Note that switch -c
is always
inserted after your command name. Thus in the above example the compiler
command that will be used by gnatlink
will be foo -c -x -y
.
A limitation of this syntax is that the name and path name of the executable
itself must not include any embedded spaces. If the compiler executable is
different from the default one (gcc or <prefix>-gcc), then the back-end
switches in the ALI file are not used to compile the binder generated source.
For example, this is the case with --GCC="foo -x -y"
. But the back end
switches will be used for --GCC="gcc -gnatv"
. If several
--GCC=compiler_name
are used, only the last compiler_name
is taken into account. However, all the additional switches are also taken
into account. Thus,
--GCC="foo -x -y" --GCC="bar -z -t"
is equivalent to
--GCC="bar -x -y -z -t"
.
--LINK=`name'
name
is the name of the linker to be invoked. This is especially
useful in mixed language programs since languages such as C++ require
their own linker to be used. When this switch is omitted, the default
name for the linker is gcc
. When this switch is used, the
specified linker is called instead of gcc
with exactly the same
parameters that would have been passed to gcc
so if the desired
linker requires different parameters it is necessary to use a wrapper
script that massages the parameters before invoking the real linker. It
may be useful to control the exact invocation by using the verbose
switch.
make
Utility ¶This chapter offers some examples of makefiles that solve specific
problems. It does not explain how to write a makefile, nor does it try to replace the
gnatmake
utility (Building with gnatmake).
All the examples in this section are specific to the GNU version of
make. Although make
is a standard utility, and the basic language
is the same, these examples use some advanced features found only in
GNU make
.
Complex project organizations can be handled in a very powerful way by using GNU make combined with gnatmake. For instance, here is a Makefile which allows you to build each subsystem of a big project into a separate shared library. Such a makefile allows you to significantly reduce the link time of very big applications while maintaining full coherence at each step of the build process.
The list of dependencies are handled automatically by
gnatmake
. The Makefile is simply used to call gnatmake in each of
the appropriate directories.
Note that you should also read the example on how to automatically create the list of directories (Automatically Creating a List of Directories) which might help you in case your project has a lot of subdirectories.
## This Makefile is intended to be used with the following directory ## configuration: ## - The sources are split into a series of csc (computer software components) ## Each of these csc is put in its own directory. ## Their name are referenced by the directory names. ## They will be compiled into shared library (although this would also work ## with static libraries ## - The main program (and possibly other packages that do not belong to any ## csc is put in the top level directory (where the Makefile is). ## toplevel_dir __ first_csc (sources) __ lib (will contain the library) ## \\_ second_csc (sources) __ lib (will contain the library) ## \\_ ... ## Although this Makefile is build for shared library, it is easy to modify ## to build partial link objects instead (modify the lines with -shared and ## gnatlink below) ## ## With this makefile, you can change any file in the system or add any new ## file, and everything will be recompiled correctly (only the relevant shared ## objects will be recompiled, and the main program will be re-linked). # The list of computer software component for your project. This might be # generated automatically. CSC_LIST=aa bb cc # Name of the main program (no extension) MAIN=main # If we need to build objects with -fPIC, uncomment the following line #NEED_FPIC=-fPIC # The following variable should give the directory containing libgnat.so # You can get this directory through 'gnatls -v'. This is usually the last # directory in the Object_Path. GLIB=... # The directories for the libraries # (This macro expands the list of CSC to the list of shared libraries, you # could simply use the expanded form: # LIB_DIR=aa/lib/libaa.so bb/lib/libbb.so cc/lib/libcc.so LIB_DIR=${foreach dir,${CSC_LIST},${dir}/lib/lib${dir}.so} ${MAIN}: objects ${LIB_DIR} gnatbind ${MAIN} ${CSC_LIST:%=-aO%/lib} -shared gnatlink ${MAIN} ${CSC_LIST:%=-l%} objects:: # recompile the sources gnatmake -c -i ${MAIN}.adb ${NEED_FPIC} ${CSC_LIST:%=-I%} # Note: In a future version of GNAT, the following commands will be simplified # by a new tool, gnatmlib ${LIB_DIR}: mkdir -p ${dir $@ } cd ${dir $@ } && gcc -shared -o ${notdir $@ } ../*.o -L${GLIB} -lgnat cd ${dir $@ } && cp -f ../*.ali . # The dependencies for the modules # Note that we have to force the expansion of *.o, since in some cases # make won't be able to do it itself. aa/lib/libaa.so: ${wildcard aa/*.o} bb/lib/libbb.so: ${wildcard bb/*.o} cc/lib/libcc.so: ${wildcard cc/*.o} # Make sure all of the shared libraries are in the path before starting the # program run:: LD_LIBRARY_PATH=`pwd`/aa/lib:`pwd`/bb/lib:`pwd`/cc/lib ./${MAIN} clean:: ${RM} -rf ${CSC_LIST:%=%/lib} ${RM} ${CSC_LIST:%=%/*.ali} ${RM} ${CSC_LIST:%=%/*.o} ${RM} *.o *.ali ${MAIN}
In most makefiles, you will have to specify a list of directories, and store it in a variable. For small projects, it is often easier to specify each of them by hand, since you then have full control over what is the proper order for these directories, which ones should be included.
However, in larger projects, which might involve hundreds of subdirectories, it might be more convenient to generate this list automatically.
The example below presents two methods. The first one, although less
general, gives you more control over the list. It involves wildcard
characters, that are automatically expanded by make
. Its
shortcoming is that you need to explicitly specify some of the
organization of your project, such as for instance the directory tree
depth, whether some directories are found in a separate tree, etc.
The second method is the most general one. It requires an external
program, called find
, which is standard on all Unix systems. All
the directories found under a given root directory will be added to the
list.
# The examples below are based on the following directory hierarchy: # All the directories can contain any number of files # ROOT_DIRECTORY -> a -> aa -> aaa # -> ab # -> ac # -> b -> ba -> baa # -> bb # -> bc # This Makefile creates a variable called DIRS, that can be reused any time # you need this list (see the other examples in this section) # The root of your project's directory hierarchy ROOT_DIRECTORY=. #### # First method: specify explicitly the list of directories # This allows you to specify any subset of all the directories you need. #### DIRS := a/aa/ a/ab/ b/ba/ #### # Second method: use wildcards # Note that the argument(s) to wildcard below should end with a '/'. # Since wildcards also return file names, we have to filter them out # to avoid duplicate directory names. # We thus use make's ``dir`` and ``sort`` functions. # It sets DIRs to the following value (note that the directories aaa and baa # are not given, unless you change the arguments to wildcard). # DIRS= ./a/a/ ./b/ ./a/aa/ ./a/ab/ ./a/ac/ ./b/ba/ ./b/bb/ ./b/bc/ #### DIRS := ${sort ${dir ${wildcard ${ROOT_DIRECTORY}/*/ ${ROOT_DIRECTORY}/*/*/}}} #### # Third method: use an external program # This command is much faster if run on local disks, avoiding NFS slowdowns. # This is the most complete command: it sets DIRs to the following value: # DIRS= ./a ./a/aa ./a/aa/aaa ./a/ab ./a/ac ./b ./b/ba ./b/ba/baa ./b/bb ./b/bc #### DIRS := ${shell find ${ROOT_DIRECTORY} -type d -print}
Once you have created the list of directories as explained in the previous section (Automatically Creating a List of Directories), you can easily generate the command line arguments to pass to gnatmake.
For the sake of completeness, this example assumes that the source path is not the same as the object path, and that you have two separate lists of directories.
# see "Automatically creating a list of directories" to create # these variables SOURCE_DIRS= OBJECT_DIRS= GNATMAKE_SWITCHES := ${patsubst %,-aI%,${SOURCE_DIRS}} GNATMAKE_SWITCHES += ${patsubst %,-aO%,${OBJECT_DIRS}} all: gnatmake ${GNATMAKE_SWITCHES} main_unit
One problem that might be encountered on big projects is that many operating systems limit the length of the command line. It is thus hard to give gnatmake the list of source and object directories.
This example shows how you can set up environment variables, which will
make gnatmake
behave exactly as if the directories had been
specified on the command line, but have a much higher length limit (or
even none on most systems).
It assumes that you have created a list of directories in your Makefile, using one of the methods presented in Automatically Creating a List of Directories. For the sake of completeness, we assume that the object path (where the ALI files are found) is different from the sources patch.
Note a small trick in the Makefile below: for efficiency reasons, we
create two temporary variables (SOURCE_LIST and OBJECT_LIST), that are
expanded immediately by make
. This way we overcome the standard
make behavior which is to expand the variables only when they are
actually used.
On Windows, if you are using the standard Windows command shell, you must replace colons with semicolons in the assignments to these variables.
# In this example, we create both ADA_INCLUDE_PATH and ADA_OBJECTS_PATH. # This is the same thing as putting the -I arguments on the command line. # (the equivalent of using -aI on the command line would be to define # only ADA_INCLUDE_PATH, the equivalent of -aO is ADA_OBJECTS_PATH). # You can of course have different values for these variables. # # Note also that we need to keep the previous values of these variables, since # they might have been set before running 'make' to specify where the GNAT # library is installed. # see "Automatically creating a list of directories" to create these # variables SOURCE_DIRS= OBJECT_DIRS= empty:= space:=${empty} ${empty} SOURCE_LIST := ${subst ${space},:,${SOURCE_DIRS}} OBJECT_LIST := ${subst ${space},:,${OBJECT_DIRS}} ADA_INCLUDE_PATH += ${SOURCE_LIST} ADA_OBJECTS_PATH += ${OBJECT_LIST} export ADA_INCLUDE_PATH export ADA_OBJECTS_PATH all: gnatmake main_unit
This chapter describes a number of utility programs:
Other GNAT utilities are described elsewhere in this manual:
gnatclean
¶gnatclean
is a tool that allows the deletion of files produced by the
compiler, binder and linker, including ALI files, object files, tree files,
expanded source files, library files, interface copy source files, binder
generated files and executable files.
gnatclean
¶The gnatclean
command has the form:
$ gnatclean switches names
where names
is a list of source file names. Suffixes .ads
and
adb
may be omitted. If a project file is specified using switch
-P
, then names
may be completely omitted.
In normal mode, gnatclean
delete the files produced by the compiler and,
if switch -c
is not specified, by the binder and
the linker. In informative-only mode, specified by switch
-n
, the list of files that would have been deleted in
normal mode is listed, but no file is actually deleted.
gnatclean
¶gnatclean
recognizes the following switches:
--version
Display copyright and version, then exit disregarding all other options.
--help
If --version
was not used, display usage, then exit disregarding
all other options.
--subdirs=`subdir'
Actual object directory of each project file is the subdirectory subdir of the object directory specified or defaulted in the project file.
--unchecked-shared-lib-imports
By default, shared library projects are not allowed to import static library projects. When this switch is used on the command line, this restriction is relaxed.
-c
Only attempt to delete the files produced by the compiler, not those produced by the binder or the linker. The files that are not to be deleted are library files, interface copy files, binder generated files and executable files.
-D `dir'
Indicate that ALI and object files should normally be found in directory dir
.
-F
When using project files, if some errors or warnings are detected during parsing and verbose mode is not in effect (no use of switch -v), then error lines start with the full path name of the project file, rather than its simple file name.
-h
Output a message explaining the usage of gnatclean
.
-n
Informative-only mode. Do not delete any files. Output the list of the files that would have been deleted if this switch was not specified.
-P`project'
Use project file project
. Only one such switch can be used.
When cleaning a project file, the files produced by the compilation of the
immediate sources or inherited sources of the project files are to be
deleted. This is not depending on the presence or not of executable names
on the command line.
-q
Quiet output. If there are no errors, do not output anything, except in verbose mode (switch -v) or in informative-only mode (switch -n).
-r
When a project file is specified (using switch -P), clean all imported and extended project files, recursively. If this switch is not specified, only the files related to the main project file are to be deleted. This switch has no effect if no project file is specified.
-v
Verbose mode.
-vP`x'
Indicates the verbosity of the parsing of GNAT project files. Switches Related to Project Files.
-X`name'=`value'
Indicates that external variable name
has the value value
.
The Project Manager will use this value for occurrences of
external(name)
when parsing the project file.
See Switches Related to Project Files.
-aO`dir'
When searching for ALI and object files, look in directory dir
.
-I`dir'
Equivalent to -aO`dir'
.
-I-
Do not look for ALI or object files in the directory
where gnatclean
was invoked.
gnatls
¶gnatls
is a tool that outputs information about compiled
units. It gives the relationship between objects, unit names and source
files. It can also be used to check the source dependencies of a unit
as well as various characteristics.
gnatls
¶The gnatls
command has the form
$ gnatls switches object_or_ali_file
The main argument is the list of object or ali
files
(see The Ada Library Information Files)
for which information is requested.
In normal mode, without additional option, gnatls
produces a
four-column listing. Each line represents information for a specific
object. The first column gives the full path of the object, the second
column gives the name of the principal unit in this object, the third
column gives the status of the source and the fourth column gives the
full path of the source representing this unit.
Here is a simple example of use:
$ gnatls *.o ./demo1.o demo1 DIF demo1.adb ./demo2.o demo2 OK demo2.adb ./hello.o h1 OK hello.adb ./instr-child.o instr.child MOK instr-child.adb ./instr.o instr OK instr.adb ./tef.o tef DIF tef.adb ./text_io_example.o text_io_example OK text_io_example.adb ./tgef.o tgef DIF tgef.adb
The first line can be interpreted as follows: the main unit which is
contained in
object file demo1.o
is demo1, whose main source is in
demo1.adb
. Furthermore, the version of the source used for the
compilation of demo1 has been modified (DIF). Each source file has a status
qualifier which can be:
The version of the source file used for the compilation of the specified unit corresponds exactly to the actual source file.
The version of the source file used for the compilation of the
specified unit differs from the actual source file but not enough to
require recompilation. If you use gnatmake with the option
-m
(minimal recompilation), a file marked
MOK will not be recompiled.
No version of the source found on the path corresponds to the source used to build this object.
No source file was found for this unit.
The version of the source that corresponds exactly to the source used for compilation has been found on the path but it is hidden by another version of the same source that has been modified.
gnatls
¶gnatls
recognizes the following switches:
--version
Display copyright and version, then exit disregarding all other options.
--help
If --version
was not used, display usage, then exit disregarding
all other options.
-a
Consider all units, including those of the predefined Ada library.
Especially useful with -d
.
-d
List sources from which specified units depend on.
-h
Output the list of options.
-o
Only output information about object files.
-s
Only output information about source files.
-u
Only output information about compilation units.
-files=`file'
Take as arguments the files listed in text file file
.
Text file file
may contain empty lines that are ignored.
Each nonempty line should contain the name of an existing file.
Several such switches may be specified simultaneously.
-aO`dir'
, -aI`dir'
, -I`dir'
, -I-
, -nostdinc
Source path manipulation. Same meaning as the equivalent gnatmake
flags (Switches for gnatmake).
-aP`dir'
Add dir
at the beginning of the project search dir.
--RTS=`rts-path'
Specifies the default location of the runtime library. Same meaning as the
equivalent gnatmake
flag (Switches for gnatmake).
-v
Verbose mode. Output the complete source, object and project paths. Do not use the default column layout but instead use long format giving as much as information possible on each requested units, including special characteristics such as:
gnatls
Usage ¶Example of using the verbose switch. Note how the source and object paths are affected by the -I switch.
$ gnatls -v -I.. demo1.o GNATLS 5.03w (20041123-34) Copyright 1997-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Source Search Path: <Current_Directory> ../ /home/comar/local/adainclude/ Object Search Path: <Current_Directory> ../ /home/comar/local/lib/gcc-lib/x86-linux/3.4.3/adalib/ Project Search Path: <Current_Directory> /home/comar/local/lib/gnat/ ./demo1.o Unit => Name => demo1 Kind => subprogram body Flags => No_Elab_Code Source => demo1.adb modified
The following is an example of use of the dependency list. Note the use of the -s switch which gives a straight list of source files. This can be useful for building specialized scripts.
$ gnatls -d demo2.o ./demo2.o demo2 OK demo2.adb OK gen_list.ads OK gen_list.adb OK instr.ads OK instr-child.ads $ gnatls -d -s -a demo1.o demo1.adb /home/comar/local/adainclude/ada.ads /home/comar/local/adainclude/a-finali.ads /home/comar/local/adainclude/a-filico.ads /home/comar/local/adainclude/a-stream.ads /home/comar/local/adainclude/a-tags.ads gen_list.ads gen_list.adb /home/comar/local/adainclude/gnat.ads /home/comar/local/adainclude/g-io.ads instr.ads /home/comar/local/adainclude/system.ads /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-exctab.ads /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-finimp.ads /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-finroo.ads /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-secsta.ads /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-stalib.ads /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-stoele.ads /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-stratt.ads /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-tasoli.ads /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-unstyp.ads /home/comar/local/adainclude/unchconv.ads
This chapter covers several topics:
This section discusses how to debug Ada programs.
An incorrect Ada program may be handled in three ways by the GNAT compiler:
GDB
is a general purpose, platform-independent debugger that
can be used to debug mixed-language programs compiled with gcc
,
and in particular is capable of debugging Ada programs compiled with
GNAT. The latest versions of GDB
are Ada-aware and can handle
complex Ada data structures.
See Debugging with GDB,
for full details on the usage of GDB
, including a section on
its usage on programs. This manual should be consulted for full
details. The section that follows is a brief introduction to the
philosophy and use of GDB
.
When GNAT programs are compiled, the compiler optionally writes debugging
information into the generated object file, including information on
line numbers, and on declared types and variables. This information is
separate from the generated code. It makes the object files considerably
larger, but it does not add to the size of the actual executable that
will be loaded into memory, and has no impact on run-time performance. The
generation of debug information is triggered by the use of the
-g
switch in the gcc
or gnatmake
command
used to carry out the compilations. It is important to emphasize that
the use of these options does not change the generated code.
The debugging information is written in standard system formats that
are used by many tools, including debuggers and profilers. The format
of the information is typically designed to describe C types and
semantics, but GNAT implements a translation scheme which allows full
details about Ada types and variables to be encoded into these
standard C formats. Details of this encoding scheme may be found in
the file exp_dbug.ads in the GNAT source distribution. However, the
details of this encoding are, in general, of no interest to a user,
since GDB
automatically performs the necessary decoding.
When a program is bound and linked, the debugging information is collected from the object files, and stored in the executable image of the program. Again, this process significantly increases the size of the generated executable file, but it does not increase the size of the executable program itself. Furthermore, if this program is run in the normal manner, it runs exactly as if the debug information were not present, and takes no more actual memory.
However, if the program is run under control of GDB
, the
debugger is activated. The image of the program is loaded, at which
point it is ready to run. If a run command is given, then the program
will run exactly as it would have if GDB
were not present. This
is a crucial part of the GDB
design philosophy. GDB
is
entirely non-intrusive until a breakpoint is encountered. If no
breakpoint is ever hit, the program will run exactly as it would if no
debugger were present. When a breakpoint is hit, GDB
accesses
the debugging information and can respond to user commands to inspect
variables, and more generally to report on the state of execution.
This section describes how to initiate the debugger.
The debugger can be launched from a GNAT Studio
menu or
directly from the command line. The description below covers the latter use.
All the commands shown can be used in the GNAT Studio
debug console window,
but there are usually more GUI-based ways to achieve the same effect.
The command to run GDB
is
$ gdb program
where program
is the name of the executable file. This
activates the debugger and results in a prompt for debugger commands.
The simplest command is simply run
, which causes the program to run
exactly as if the debugger were not present. The following section
describes some of the additional commands that can be given to GDB
.
GDB
contains a large repertoire of commands.
See Debugging with GDB for extensive documentation on the use
of these commands, together with examples of their use. Furthermore,
the command `help' invoked from within GDB activates a simple help
facility which summarizes the available commands and their options.
In this section we summarize a few of the most commonly
used commands to give an idea of what GDB
is about. You should create
a simple program with debugging information and experiment with the use of
these GDB
commands on the program as you read through the
following section.
set args `arguments'
The `arguments' list above is a list of arguments to be passed to
the program on a subsequent run command, just as though the arguments
had been entered on a normal invocation of the program. The set args
command is not needed if the program does not require arguments.
run
The run
command causes execution of the program to start from
the beginning. If the program is already running, that is to say if
you are currently positioned at a breakpoint, then a prompt will ask
for confirmation that you want to abandon the current execution and
restart.
breakpoint `location'
The breakpoint command sets a breakpoint, that is to say a point at which
execution will halt and GDB
will await further
commands. `location' is
either a line number within a file, given in the format file:linenumber
,
or it is the name of a subprogram. If you request that a breakpoint be set on
a subprogram that is overloaded, a prompt will ask you to specify on which of
those subprograms you want to breakpoint. You can also
specify that all of them should be breakpointed. If the program is run
and execution encounters the breakpoint, then the program
stops and GDB
signals that the breakpoint was encountered by
printing the line of code before which the program is halted.
catch exception `name'
This command causes the program execution to stop whenever exception
name
is raised. If name
is omitted, then the execution is
suspended when any exception is raised.
print `expression'
This will print the value of the given expression. Most simple
Ada expression formats are properly handled by GDB
, so the expression
can contain function calls, variables, operators, and attribute references.
continue
Continues execution following a breakpoint, until the next breakpoint or the termination of the program.
step
Executes a single line after a breakpoint. If the next statement is a subprogram call, execution continues into (the first statement of) the called subprogram.
next
Executes a single line. If this line is a subprogram call, executes and returns from the call.
list
Lists a few lines around the current source location. In practice, it is usually more convenient to have a separate edit window open with the relevant source file displayed. Successive applications of this command print subsequent lines. The command can be given an argument which is a line number, in which case it displays a few lines around the specified one.
backtrace
Displays a backtrace of the call chain. This command is typically used after a breakpoint has occurred, to examine the sequence of calls that leads to the current breakpoint. The display includes one line for each activation record (frame) corresponding to an active subprogram.
up
At a breakpoint, GDB
can display the values of variables local
to the current frame. The command up
can be used to
examine the contents of other active frames, by moving the focus up
the stack, that is to say from callee to caller, one frame at a time.
down
Moves the focus of GDB
down from the frame currently being
examined to the frame of its callee (the reverse of the previous command),
frame `n'
Inspect the frame with the given number. The value 0 denotes the frame of the current breakpoint, that is to say the top of the call stack.
kill
Kills the child process in which the program is running under GDB. This may be useful for several purposes:
The above list is a very short introduction to the commands that
GDB
provides. Important additional capabilities, including conditional
breakpoints, the ability to execute command sequences on a breakpoint,
the ability to debug at the machine instruction level and many other
features are described in detail in Debugging with GDB.
Note that most commands can be abbreviated
(for example, c for continue, bt for backtrace).
GDB
supports a fairly large subset of Ada expression syntax, with some
extensions. The philosophy behind the design of this subset is
- That
GDB
should provide basic literals and access to operations for arithmetic, dereferencing, field selection, indexing, and subprogram calls, leaving more sophisticated computations to subprograms written into the program (which therefore may be called fromGDB
).- That type safety and strict adherence to Ada language restrictions are not particularly relevant in a debugging context.
- That brevity is important to the
GDB
user.
Thus, for brevity, the debugger acts as if there were
implicit with
and use
clauses in effect for all user-written
packages, thus making it unnecessary to fully qualify most names with
their packages, regardless of context. Where this causes ambiguity,
GDB
asks the user’s intent.
For details on the supported Ada syntax, see Debugging with GDB.
An important capability of GDB
is the ability to call user-defined
subprograms while debugging. This is achieved simply by entering
a subprogram call statement in the form:
call subprogram-name (parameters)
The keyword call
can be omitted in the normal case where the
subprogram-name
does not coincide with any of the predefined
GDB
commands.
The effect is to invoke the given subprogram, passing it the
list of parameters that is supplied. The parameters can be expressions and
can include variables from the program being debugged. The
subprogram must be defined
at the library level within your program, and GDB
will call the
subprogram within the environment of your program execution (which
means that the subprogram is free to access or even modify variables
within your program).
The most important use of this facility is in allowing the inclusion of
debugging routines that are tailored to particular data structures
in your program. Such debugging routines can be written to provide a suitably
high-level description of an abstract type, rather than a low-level dump
of its physical layout. After all, the standard
GDB print
command only knows the physical layout of your
types, not their abstract meaning. Debugging routines can provide information
at the desired semantic level and are thus enormously useful.
For example, when debugging GNAT itself, it is crucial to have access to
the contents of the tree nodes used to represent the program internally.
But tree nodes are represented simply by an integer value (which in turn
is an index into a table of nodes).
Using the print
command on a tree node would simply print this integer
value, which is not very useful. But the PN routine (defined in file
treepr.adb in the GNAT sources) takes a tree node as input, and displays
a useful high level representation of the tree node, which includes the
syntactic category of the node, its position in the source, the integers
that denote descendant nodes and parent node, as well as varied
semantic information. To study this example in more detail, you might want to
look at the body of the PN procedure in the stated file.
Another useful application of this capability is to deal with situations of complex data which are not handled suitably by GDB. For example, if you specify Convention Fortran for a multi-dimensional array, GDB does not know that the ordering of array elements has been switched and will not properly address the array elements. In such a case, instead of trying to print the elements directly from GDB, you can write a callable procedure that prints the elements in the desired format.
When you use the next
command in a function, the current source
location will advance to the next statement as usual. A special case
arises in the case of a return
statement.
Part of the code for a return statement is the ‘epilogue’ of the function. This is the code that returns to the caller. There is only one copy of this epilogue code, and it is typically associated with the last return statement in the function if there is more than one return. In some implementations, this epilogue is associated with the first statement of the function.
The result is that if you use the next
command from a return
statement that is not the last return statement of the function you
may see a strange apparent jump to the last return statement or to
the start of the function. You should simply ignore this odd jump.
The value returned is always that from the first return statement
that was stepped through.
You can set catchpoints that stop the program execution when your program raises selected exceptions.
catch exception
Set a catchpoint that stops execution whenever (any task in the) program raises any exception.
catch exception `name'
Set a catchpoint that stops execution whenever (any task in the) program raises the exception `name'.
catch exception unhandled
Set a catchpoint that stops executing whenever (any task in the) program raises an exception for which there is no handler.
info exceptions
, info exceptions `regexp'
The info exceptions
command permits the user to examine all defined
exceptions within Ada programs. With a regular expression, `regexp', as
argument, prints out only those exceptions whose name matches `regexp'.
GDB
allows the following task-related commands:
info tasks
This command shows a list of current Ada tasks, as in the following example:
(gdb) info tasks ID TID P-ID Thread Pri State Name 1 8088000 0 807e000 15 Child Activation Wait main_task 2 80a4000 1 80ae000 15 Accept/Select Wait b 3 809a800 1 80a4800 15 Child Activation Wait a * 4 80ae800 3 80b8000 15 Running c
In this listing, the asterisk before the first task indicates it to be the currently running task. The first column lists the task ID that is used to refer to tasks in the following commands.
break``*linespec* ``task
`taskid', break
`linespec' task
`taskid' if
…
These commands are like the
break ... thread ...
. `linespec' specifies source lines.Use the qualifier
task `taskid'
with a breakpoint command to specify that you only wantGDB
to stop the program when a particular Ada task reaches this breakpoint. `taskid' is one of the numeric task identifiers assigned byGDB
, shown in the first column of theinfo tasks
display.If you do not specify
task `taskid'
when you set a breakpoint, the breakpoint applies to `all' tasks of your program.You can use the
task
qualifier on conditional breakpoints as well; in this case, placetask `taskid'
before the breakpoint condition (before theif
).
task `taskno'
This command allows switching to the task referred by `taskno'. In particular, this allows browsing of the backtrace of the specified task. It is advisable to switch back to the original task before continuing execution otherwise the scheduling of the program may be perturbed.
For more detailed information on the tasking support, see Debugging with GDB.
GNAT always uses code expansion for generic instantiation. This means that each time an instantiation occurs, a complete copy of the original code is made, with appropriate substitutions of formals by actuals.
It is not possible to refer to the original generic entities in
GDB
, but it is always possible to debug a particular instance of
a generic, by using the appropriate expanded names. For example, if we have
procedure g is generic package k is procedure kp (v1 : in out integer); end k; package body k is procedure kp (v1 : in out integer) is begin v1 := v1 + 1; end kp; end k; package k1 is new k; package k2 is new k; var : integer := 1; begin k1.kp (var); k2.kp (var); k1.kp (var); k2.kp (var); end;
Then to break on a call to procedure kp in the k2 instance, simply use the command:
(gdb) break g.k2.kp
When the breakpoint occurs, you can step through the code of the instance in the normal manner and examine the values of local variables, as for other units.
On platforms where gdbserver is supported, it is possible to use this tool to debug your application remotely. This can be useful in situations where the program needs to be run on a target host that is different from the host used for development, particularly when the target has a limited amount of resources (either CPU and/or memory).
To do so, start your program using gdbserver on the target machine. gdbserver then automatically suspends the execution of your program at its entry point, waiting for a debugger to connect to it. The following commands starts an application and tells gdbserver to wait for a connection with the debugger on localhost port 4444.
$ gdbserver localhost:4444 program Process program created; pid = 5685 Listening on port 4444
Once gdbserver has started listening, we can tell the debugger to establish a connection with this gdbserver, and then start the same debugging session as if the program was being debugged on the same host, directly under the control of GDB.
$ gdb program (gdb) target remote targethost:4444 Remote debugging using targethost:4444 0x00007f29936d0af0 in ?? () from /lib64/ld-linux-x86-64.so. (gdb) b foo.adb:3 Breakpoint 1 at 0x401f0c: file foo.adb, line 3. (gdb) continue Continuing. Breakpoint 1, foo () at foo.adb:4 4 end foo;
It is also possible to use gdbserver to attach to an already running program, in which case the execution of that program is simply suspended until the connection between the debugger and gdbserver is established.
For more information on how to use gdbserver, see the `Using the gdbserver Program' section in Debugging with GDB. GNAT provides support for gdbserver on x86-linux, x86-windows and x86_64-linux.
When presented with programs that contain serious errors in syntax or semantics, GNAT may on rare occasions experience problems in operation, such as aborting with a segmentation fault or illegal memory access, raising an internal exception, terminating abnormally, or failing to terminate at all. In such cases, you can activate various features of GNAT that can help you pinpoint the construct in your program that is the likely source of the problem.
The following strategies are presented in increasing order of difficulty, corresponding to your experience in using GNAT and your familiarity with compiler internals.
gcc
with the -gnatf
. This first
switch causes all errors on a given line to be reported. In its absence,
only the first error on a line is displayed.
The -gnatdO
switch causes errors to be displayed as soon as they
are encountered, rather than after compilation is terminated. If GNAT
terminates prematurely or goes into an infinite loop, the last error
message displayed may help to pinpoint the culprit.
gcc
with the -v
(verbose) switch. In this
mode, gcc
produces ongoing information about the progress of the
compilation and provides the name of each procedure as code is
generated. This switch allows you to find which Ada procedure was being
compiled when it encountered a code generation problem.
gcc
with the -gnatdc
switch. This is a GNAT specific
switch that does for the front-end what -v
does
for the back end. The system prints the name of each unit,
either a compilation unit or nested unit, as it is being analyzed.
gdb
directly on the gnat1
executable. gnat1
is the
front-end of GNAT, and can be run independently (normally it is just
called from gcc
). You can use gdb
on gnat1
as you
would on a C program (but The GNAT Debugger GDB for caveats). The
where
command is the first line of attack; the variable
lineno
(seen by print lineno
), used by the second phase of
gnat1
and by the gcc
backend, indicates the source line at
which the execution stopped, and input_file name
indicates the name of
the source file.
In order to examine the workings of the GNAT system, the following brief description of its organization may be helpful:
sc
contain the lexical scanner.
par
are components of the parser. The
numbers correspond to chapters of the Ada Reference Manual. For example,
parsing of select statements can be found in par-ch9.adb
.
sem
perform semantic analysis. The
numbers correspond to chapters of the Ada standard. For example, all
issues involving context clauses can be found in sem_ch10.adb
. In
addition, some features of the language require sufficient special processing
to justify their own semantic files: sem_aggr for aggregates, sem_disp for
dynamic dispatching, etc.
exp
perform normalization and
expansion of the intermediate representation (abstract syntax tree, or AST).
these files use the same numbering scheme as the parser and semantics files.
For example, the construction of record initialization procedures is done in
exp_ch3.adb
.
bind
implement the binder, which
verifies the consistency of the compilation, determines an order of
elaboration, and generates the bind file.
atree.ads
and atree.adb
detail the low-level
data structures used by the front-end.
sinfo.ads
and sinfo.adb
detail the structure of
the abstract syntax tree as produced by the parser.
einfo.ads
and einfo.adb
detail the attributes of
all entities, computed during semantic analysis.
lib
.
a-
are children of Ada
, as
defined in Annex A.
i-
are children of Interfaces
, as
defined in Annex B.
s-
are children of System
. This includes
both language-defined children and GNAT run-time routines.
g-
are children of GNAT
. These are useful
general-purpose packages, fully documented in their specs. All
the other .c
files are modifications of common gcc
files.
Most compilers have internal debugging switches and modes. GNAT
does also, except GNAT internal debugging switches and modes are not
secret. A summary and full description of all the compiler and binder
debug flags are in the file debug.adb
. You must obtain the
sources of the compiler to see the full detailed effects of these flags.
The switches that print the source of the program (reconstructed from the internal tree) are of general interest for user programs, as are the options to print the full internal tree, and the entity table (the symbol table information). The reconstructed source provides a readable version of the program after the front-end has completed analysis and expansion, and is useful when studying the performance of specific constructs. For example, constraint checks are indicated, complex aggregates are replaced with loops and assignments, and tasking primitives are replaced with run-time calls.
Traceback is a mechanism to display the sequence of subprogram calls that leads to a specified execution point in a program. Often (but not always) the execution point is an instruction at which an exception has been raised. This mechanism is also known as `stack unwinding' because it obtains its information by scanning the run-time stack and recovering the activation records of all active subprograms. Stack unwinding is one of the most important tools for program debugging.
The first entry stored in traceback corresponds to the deepest calling level, that is to say the subprogram currently executing the instruction from which we want to obtain the traceback.
Note that there is no runtime performance penalty when stack traceback is enabled, and no exception is raised during program execution.
Note: this feature is not supported on all platforms. See
GNAT.Traceback
spec in g-traceb.ads
for a complete list of supported platforms.
A runtime non-symbolic traceback is a list of addresses of call instructions.
To enable this feature you must use the -E
gnatbind
option. With this option a stack traceback is stored as part
of exception information. You can retrieve this information using the
addr2line
tool.
Here is a simple example:
procedure STB is procedure P1 is begin raise Constraint_Error; end P1; procedure P2 is begin P1; end P2; begin P2; end STB;$ gnatmake stb -bargs -E $ stb Execution terminated by unhandled exception Exception name: CONSTRAINT_ERROR Message: stb.adb:5 Call stack traceback locations: 0x401373 0x40138b 0x40139c 0x401335 0x4011c4 0x4011f1 0x77e892a4
As we see the traceback lists a sequence of addresses for the unhandled
exception CONSTRAINT_ERROR
raised in procedure P1. It is easy to
guess that this exception come from procedure P1. To translate these
addresses into the source lines where the calls appear, the
addr2line
tool, described below, is invaluable. The use of this tool
requires the program to be compiled with debug information.
$ gnatmake -g stb -bargs -E $ stb Execution terminated by unhandled exception Exception name: CONSTRAINT_ERROR Message: stb.adb:5 Call stack traceback locations: 0x401373 0x40138b 0x40139c 0x401335 0x4011c4 0x4011f1 0x77e892a4 $ addr2line --exe=stb 0x401373 0x40138b 0x40139c 0x401335 0x4011c4 0x4011f1 0x77e892a4 00401373 at d:/stb/stb.adb:5 0040138B at d:/stb/stb.adb:10 0040139C at d:/stb/stb.adb:14 00401335 at d:/stb/b~stb.adb:104 004011C4 at /build/.../crt1.c:200 004011F1 at /build/.../crt1.c:222 77E892A4 in ?? at ??:0
The addr2line
tool has several other useful options:
--functions
to get the function name corresponding to any location --demangle=gnat
to use the gnat decoding mode for the function names. Note that for binutils version 2.9.x the option is simply --demangle
.$ addr2line --exe=stb --functions --demangle=gnat 0x401373 0x40138b 0x40139c 0x401335 0x4011c4 0x4011f1 00401373 in stb.p1 at d:/stb/stb.adb:5 0040138B in stb.p2 at d:/stb/stb.adb:10 0040139C in stb at d:/stb/stb.adb:14 00401335 in main at d:/stb/b~stb.adb:104 004011C4 in <__mingw_CRTStartup> at /build/.../crt1.c:200 004011F1 in <mainCRTStartup> at /build/.../crt1.c:222
From this traceback we can see that the exception was raised in
stb.adb
at line 5, which was reached from a procedure call in
stb.adb
at line 10, and so on. The b~std.adb
is the binder file,
which contains the call to the main program.
Running gnatbind. The remaining entries are assorted runtime routines,
and the output will vary from platform to platform.
It is also possible to use GDB
with these traceback addresses to debug
the program. For example, we can break at a given code location, as reported
in the stack traceback:
$ gdb -nw stb
Furthermore, this feature is not implemented inside Windows DLL. Only the non-symbolic traceback is reported in this case.
(gdb) break *0x401373 Breakpoint 1 at 0x401373: file stb.adb, line 5.
It is important to note that the stack traceback addresses do not change when debug information is included. This is particularly useful because it makes it possible to release software without debug information (to minimize object size), get a field report that includes a stack traceback whenever an internal bug occurs, and then be able to retrieve the sequence of calls with the same program compiled with debug information.
Non-symbolic tracebacks are obtained by using the -E
binder argument.
The stack traceback is attached to the exception information string, and can
be retrieved in an exception handler within the Ada program, by means of the
Ada facilities defined in Ada.Exceptions
. Here is a simple example:
with Ada.Text_IO; with Ada.Exceptions; procedure STB is use Ada; use Ada.Exceptions; procedure P1 is K : Positive := 1; begin K := K - 1; exception when E : others => Text_IO.Put_Line (Exception_Information (E)); end P1; procedure P2 is begin P1; end P2; begin P2; end STB;
This program will output:
$ stb Exception name: CONSTRAINT_ERROR Message: stb.adb:12 Call stack traceback locations: 0x4015e4 0x401633 0x401644 0x401461 0x4011c4 0x4011f1 0x77e892a4
It is also possible to retrieve a stack traceback from anywhere in a
program. For this you need to
use the GNAT.Traceback
API. This package includes a procedure called
Call_Chain
that computes a complete stack traceback, as well as useful
display procedures described below. It is not necessary to use the
-E
gnatbind
option in this case, because the stack traceback mechanism
is invoked explicitly.
In the following example we compute a traceback at a specific location in
the program, and we display it using GNAT.Debug_Utilities.Image
to
convert addresses to strings:
with Ada.Text_IO; with GNAT.Traceback; with GNAT.Debug_Utilities; procedure STB is use Ada; use GNAT; use GNAT.Traceback; procedure P1 is TB : Tracebacks_Array (1 .. 10); -- We are asking for a maximum of 10 stack frames. Len : Natural; -- Len will receive the actual number of stack frames returned. begin Call_Chain (TB, Len); Text_IO.Put ("In STB.P1 : "); for K in 1 .. Len loop Text_IO.Put (Debug_Utilities.Image (TB (K))); Text_IO.Put (' '); end loop; Text_IO.New_Line; end P1; procedure P2 is begin P1; end P2; begin P2; end STB;$ gnatmake -g stb $ stb In STB.P1 : 16#0040_F1E4# 16#0040_14F2# 16#0040_170B# 16#0040_171C# 16#0040_1461# 16#0040_11C4# 16#0040_11F1# 16#77E8_92A4#
You can then get further information by invoking the addr2line
tool as described earlier (note that the hexadecimal addresses
need to be specified in C format, with a leading ‘0x’).
A symbolic traceback is a stack traceback in which procedure names are associated with each code location.
Note that this feature is not supported on all platforms. See
GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic
spec in g-trasym.ads
for a complete
list of currently supported platforms.
Note that the symbolic traceback requires that the program be compiled with debug information. If it is not compiled with debug information only the non-symbolic information will be valid.
Here is an example:
with Ada.Text_IO; with GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic; procedure STB is procedure P1 is begin raise Constraint_Error; end P1; procedure P2 is begin P1; end P2; procedure P3 is begin P2; end P3; begin P3; exception when E : others => Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line (GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic.Symbolic_Traceback (E)); end STB;$ gnatmake -g .\stb -bargs -E $ stb 0040149F in stb.p1 at stb.adb:8 004014B7 in stb.p2 at stb.adb:13 004014CF in stb.p3 at stb.adb:18 004015DD in ada.stb at stb.adb:22 00401461 in main at b~stb.adb:168 004011C4 in __mingw_CRTStartup at crt1.c:200 004011F1 in mainCRTStartup at crt1.c:222 77E892A4 in ?? at ??:0
In the above example the .\
syntax in the gnatmake
command
is currently required by addr2line
for files that are in
the current working directory.
Moreover, the exact sequence of linker options may vary from platform
to platform.
The above -largs
section is for Windows platforms. By contrast,
under Unix there is no need for the -largs
section.
Differences across platforms are due to details of linker implementation.
It is possible to get a symbolic stack traceback
from anywhere in a program, just as for non-symbolic tracebacks.
The first step is to obtain a non-symbolic
traceback, and then call Symbolic_Traceback
to compute the symbolic
information. Here is an example:
with Ada.Text_IO; with GNAT.Traceback; with GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic; procedure STB is use Ada; use GNAT.Traceback; use GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic; procedure P1 is TB : Tracebacks_Array (1 .. 10); -- We are asking for a maximum of 10 stack frames. Len : Natural; -- Len will receive the actual number of stack frames returned. begin Call_Chain (TB, Len); Text_IO.Put_Line (Symbolic_Traceback (TB (1 .. Len))); end P1; procedure P2 is begin P1; end P2; begin P2; end STB;
Symbolic tracebacks may also be enabled by using the -Es switch to gnatbind (as
in gprbuild -g ... -bargs -Es
).
This will cause the Exception_Information to contain a symbolic traceback,
which will also be printed if an unhandled exception terminates the
program.
As discussed in Calling User-Defined Subprograms, GDB’s
print
command only knows about the physical layout of program data
structures and therefore normally displays only low-level dumps, which
are often hard to understand.
An example of this is when trying to display the contents of an Ada
standard container, such as Ada.Containers.Ordered_Maps.Map
:
with Ada.Containers.Ordered_Maps; procedure PP is package Int_To_Nat is new Ada.Containers.Ordered_Maps (Integer, Natural); Map : Int_To_Nat.Map; begin Map.Insert (1, 10); Map.Insert (2, 20); Map.Insert (3, 30); Map.Clear; -- BREAK HERE end PP;
When this program is built with debugging information and run under
GDB up to the Map.Clear
statement, trying to print Map
will
yield information that is only relevant to the developers of our standard
containers:
(gdb) print map $1 = ( tree => ( first => 0x64e010, last => 0x64e070, root => 0x64e040, length => 3, tc => ( busy => 0, lock => 0 ) ) )
Fortunately, GDB has a feature called pretty-printers1,
which allows customizing how GDB displays data structures. The GDB
shipped with GNAT embeds such pretty-printers for the most common
containers in the standard library. To enable them, either run the
following command manually under GDB or add it to your .gdbinit
file:
python import gnatdbg; gnatdbg.setup()
Once this is done, GDB’s print
command will automatically use
these pretty-printers when appropriate. Using the previous example:
(gdb) print map $1 = pp.int_to_nat.map of length 3 = { [1] = 10, [2] = 20, [3] = 30 }
Pretty-printers are invoked each time GDB tries to display a value,
including when displaying the arguments of a called subprogram (in
GDB’s backtrace
command) or when printing the value returned by a
function (in GDB’s finish
command).
To display a value without involving pretty-printers, print
can be
invoked with its /r
option:
(gdb) print/r map $1 = ( tree => (...
Finer control of pretty-printers is also possible: see GDB’s online documentation2 for more information.
This section describes how to use the gprof
profiler tool on Ada programs.
This section is not meant to be an exhaustive documentation of gprof
.
Full documentation for it can be found in the GNU Profiler User’s Guide
documentation that is part of this GNAT distribution.
Profiling a program helps determine the parts of a program that are executed most often, and are therefore the most time-consuming.
gprof
is the standard GNU profiling tool; it has been enhanced to
better handle Ada programs and multitasking.
It is currently supported on the following platforms
In order to profile a program using gprof
, several steps are needed:
gprof
tool.
The following sections detail the different steps, and indicate how to interpret the results.
In order to profile a program the first step is to tell the compiler
to generate the necessary profiling information. The compiler switch to be used
is -pg
, which must be added to other compilation switches. This
switch needs to be specified both during compilation and link stages, and can
be specified once when using gnatmake:
$ gnatmake -f -pg -P my_project
Note that only the objects that were compiled with the -pg
switch will
be profiled; if you need to profile your whole project, use the -f
gnatmake switch to force full recompilation.
Once the program has been compiled for profiling, you can run it as usual.
The only constraint imposed by profiling is that the program must terminate normally. An interrupted program (via a Ctrl-C, kill, etc.) will not be properly analyzed.
Once the program completes execution, a data file called gmon.out
is
generated in the directory where the program was launched from. If this file
already exists, it will be overwritten.
The gprof
tool is called as follow:
$ gprof my_prog gmon.out
or simply:
$ gprof my_prog
The complete form of the gprof command line is the following:
$ gprof [switches] [executable [data-file]]
gprof
supports numerous switches. The order of these
switch does not matter. The full list of options can be found in
the GNU Profiler User’s Guide documentation that comes with this documentation.
The following is the subset of those switches that is most relevant:
--demangle[=`style']
, --no-demangle
These options control whether symbol names should be demangled when
printing output. The default is to demangle C++ symbols. The
--no-demangle
option may be used to turn off demangling. Different
compilers have different mangling styles. The optional demangling style
argument can be used to choose an appropriate demangling style for your
compiler, in particular Ada symbols generated by GNAT can be demangled using
--demangle=gnat
.
-e `function_name'
The -e `function'
option tells gprof
not to print
information about the function function_name
(and its
children…) in the call graph. The function will still be listed
as a child of any functions that call it, but its index number will be
shown as [not printed]
. More than one -e
option may be
given; only one function_name
may be indicated with each -e
option.
-E `function_name'
The -E `function'
option works like the -e
option, but
execution time spent in the function (and children who were not called from
anywhere else), will not be used to compute the percentages-of-time for
the call graph. More than one -E
option may be given; only one
function_name
may be indicated with each -E`
option.
-f `function_name'
The -f `function'
option causes gprof
to limit the
call graph to the function function_name
and its children (and
their children…). More than one -f
option may be given;
only one function_name
may be indicated with each -f
option.
-F `function_name'
The -F `function'
option works like the -f
option, but
only time spent in the function and its children (and their
children…) will be used to determine total-time and
percentages-of-time for the call graph. More than one -F
option
may be given; only one function_name
may be indicated with each
-F
option. The -F
option overrides the -E
option.
The results of the profiling analysis are represented by two arrays: the ‘flat profile’ and the ‘call graph’. Full documentation of those outputs can be found in the GNU Profiler User’s Guide.
The flat profile shows the time spent in each function of the program, and how many time it has been called. This allows you to locate easily the most time-consuming functions.
The call graph shows, for each subprogram, the subprograms that call it, and the subprograms that it calls. It also provides an estimate of the time spent in each of those callers/called subprograms.
This section presents several topics related to program performance. It first describes some of the tradeoffs that need to be considered and some of the techniques for making your program run faster.
It then documents the unused subprogram/data elimination feature, which can reduce the size of program executables.
Text_IO
SuggestionsThe GNAT system provides a number of options that allow a trade-off between
The defaults (if no options are selected) aim at improving the speed of compilation and minimizing dependences, at the expense of performance of the generated code:
These options are suitable for most program development purposes. This section describes how you can modify these choices, and also provides some guidelines on debugging optimized code.
By default, GNAT generates all run-time checks, except stack overflow checks, and checks for access before elaboration on subprogram calls. The latter are not required in default mode, because all necessary checking is done at compile time.
The gnat switch, -gnatp
allows this default to be modified. See
Run-Time Checks.
Our experience is that the default is suitable for most development purposes.
Elaboration checks are off by default, and also not needed by default, since GNAT uses a static elaboration analysis approach that avoids the need for run-time checking. This manual contains a full chapter discussing the issue of elaboration checks, and if the default is not satisfactory for your use, you should read this chapter.
For validity checks, the minimal checks required by the Ada Reference
Manual (for case statements and assignments to array elements) are on
by default. These can be suppressed by use of the -gnatVn
switch.
Note that in Ada 83, there were no validity checks, so if the Ada 83 mode
is acceptable (or when comparing GNAT performance with an Ada 83 compiler),
it may be reasonable to routinely use -gnatVn
. Validity checks
are also suppressed entirely if -gnatp
is used.
Note that the setting of the switches controls the default setting of
the checks. They may be modified using either pragma Suppress
(to
remove checks) or pragma Unsuppress
(to add back suppressed
checks) in the program source.
The use of pragma Restrictions allows you to control which features are permitted in your program. Apart from the obvious point that if you avoid relatively expensive features like finalization (enforceable by the use of pragma Restrictions (No_Finalization), the use of this pragma does not affect the generated code in most cases.
One notable exception to this rule is that the possibility of task abort results in some distributed overhead, particularly if finalization or exception handlers are used. The reason is that certain sections of code have to be marked as non-abortable.
If you use neither the abort
statement, nor asynchronous transfer
of control (select ... then abort
), then this distributed overhead
is removed, which may have a general positive effect in improving
overall performance. Especially code involving frequent use of tasking
constructs and controlled types will show much improved performance.
The relevant restrictions pragmas are
pragma Restrictions (No_Abort_Statements); pragma Restrictions (Max_Asynchronous_Select_Nesting => 0);
It is recommended that these restriction pragmas be used if possible. Note that this also means that you can write code without worrying about the possibility of an immediate abort at any point.
Without any optimization option, the compiler’s goal is to reduce the cost of compilation and to make debugging produce the expected results. Statements are independent: if you stop the program with a breakpoint between statements, you can then assign a new value to any variable or change the program counter to any other statement in the subprogram and get exactly the results you would expect from the source code.
Turning on optimization makes the compiler attempt to improve the performance and/or code size at the expense of compilation time and possibly the ability to debug the program.
If you use multiple -O options, with or without level numbers, the last such option is the one that is effective.
The default is optimization off. This results in the fastest compile
times, but GNAT makes absolutely no attempt to optimize, and the
generated programs are considerably larger and slower than when
optimization is enabled. You can use the
-O
switch (the permitted forms are -O0
, -O1
-O2
, -O3
, and -Os
)
to gcc
to control the optimization level:
-O0
No optimization (the default); generates unoptimized code but has the fastest compilation time.
Note that many other compilers do substantial optimization even
if ‘no optimization’ is specified. With gcc, it is very unusual
to use -O0
for production if execution time is of any concern,
since -O0
means (almost) no optimization. This difference
between gcc and other compilers should be kept in mind when
doing performance comparisons.
-O1
Moderate optimization; optimizes reasonably well but does not degrade compilation time significantly.
-O2
Full optimization; generates highly optimized code and has the slowest compilation time.
-O3
Full optimization as in -O2
;
also uses more aggressive automatic inlining of subprograms within a unit
(Inlining of Subprograms) and attempts to vectorize loops.
-Os
Optimize space usage (code and data) of resulting program.
Higher optimization levels perform more global transformations on the program and apply more expensive analysis algorithms in order to generate faster and more compact code. The price in compilation time, and the resulting improvement in execution time, both depend on the particular application and the hardware environment. You should experiment to find the best level for your application.
Since the precise set of optimizations done at each level will vary from
release to release (and sometime from target to target), it is best to think
of the optimization settings in general terms.
See the `Options That Control Optimization' section in
Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC)
for details about
the -O
settings and a number of -f
options that
individually enable or disable specific optimizations.
Unlike some other compilation systems, gcc
has
been tested extensively at all optimization levels. There are some bugs
which appear only with optimization turned on, but there have also been
bugs which show up only in `unoptimized' code. Selecting a lower
level of optimization does not improve the reliability of the code
generator, which in practice is highly reliable at all optimization
levels.
Note regarding the use of -O3
: The use of this optimization level
ought not to be automatically preferred over that of level -O2
,
since it often results in larger executables which may run more slowly.
See further discussion of this point in Inlining of Subprograms.
Although it is possible to do a reasonable amount of debugging at
nonzero optimization levels,
the higher the level the more likely that
source-level constructs will have been eliminated by optimization.
For example, if a loop is strength-reduced, the loop
control variable may be completely eliminated and thus cannot be
displayed in the debugger.
This can only happen at -O2
or -O3
.
Explicit temporary variables that you code might be eliminated at
level -O1
or higher.
The use of the -g
switch,
which is needed for source-level debugging,
affects the size of the program executable on disk,
and indeed the debugging information can be quite large.
However, it has no effect on the generated code (and thus does not
degrade performance)
Since the compiler generates debugging tables for a compilation unit before it performs optimizations, the optimizing transformations may invalidate some of the debugging data. You therefore need to anticipate certain anomalous situations that may arise while debugging optimized code. These are the most common cases:
step
or next
commands show
the PC bouncing back and forth in the code. This may result from any of
the following optimizations:
goto
, a return
, or
a break
in a C switch
statement.
In general, when an unexpected value appears for a local variable or parameter you should first ascertain if that value was actually computed by your program, as opposed to being incorrectly reported by the debugger. Record fields or array elements in an object designated by an access value are generally less of a problem, once you have ascertained that the access value is sensible. Typically, this means checking variables in the preceding code and in the calling subprogram to verify that the value observed is explainable from other values (one must apply the procedure recursively to those other values); or re-running the code and stopping a little earlier (perhaps before the call) and stepping to better see how the variable obtained the value in question; or continuing to step `from' the point of the strange value to see if code motion had simply moved the variable’s assignments later.
In light of such anomalies, a recommended technique is to use -O0
early in the software development cycle, when extensive debugging capabilities
are most needed, and then move to -O1
and later -O2
as
the debugger becomes less critical.
Whether to use the -g
switch in the release version is
a release management issue.
Note that if you use -g
you can then use the strip
program
on the resulting executable,
which removes both debugging information and global symbols.
A call to a subprogram in the current unit is inlined if all the following conditions are met:
-O1
.
gcc
cannot support in inlined
subprograms.
pragma Inline
is applied to the
subprogram; the subprogram is local to the unit and called once from
within it; the subprogram is small and optimization level -O2
is
specified; optimization level -O3
is specified.
Calls to subprograms in `with'ed units are normally not inlined. To achieve actual inlining (that is, replacement of the call by the code in the body of the subprogram), the following conditions must all be true:
-O1
.
gcc
cannot support in inlined
subprograms.
pragma Inline
for the subprogram.
-gnatn
switch is used on the command line.
Even if all these conditions are met, it may not be possible for the compiler to inline the call, due to the length of the body, or features in the body that make it impossible for the compiler to do the inlining.
Note that specifying the -gnatn
switch causes additional
compilation dependencies. Consider the following:
package R is procedure Q; pragma Inline (Q); end R; package body R is ... end R; with R; procedure Main is begin ... R.Q; end Main;
With the default behavior (no -gnatn
switch specified), the
compilation of the Main
procedure depends only on its own source,
main.adb
, and the spec of the package in file r.ads
. This
means that editing the body of R
does not require recompiling
Main
.
On the other hand, the call R.Q
is not inlined under these
circumstances. If the -gnatn
switch is present when Main
is compiled, the call will be inlined if the body of Q
is small
enough, but now Main
depends on the body of R
in
r.adb
as well as on the spec. This means that if this body is edited,
the main program must be recompiled. Note that this extra dependency
occurs whether or not the call is in fact inlined by gcc
.
The use of front end inlining with -gnatN
generates similar
additional dependencies.
Note: The -fno-inline
switch overrides all other conditions and ensures that
no inlining occurs, unless requested with pragma Inline_Always for gcc
back-ends. The extra dependences resulting from -gnatn
will still be active,
even if this switch is used to suppress the resulting inlining actions.
Note: The -fno-inline-functions
switch can be used to prevent
automatic inlining of subprograms if -O3
is used.
Note: The -fno-inline-small-functions
switch can be used to prevent
automatic inlining of small subprograms if -O2
is used.
Note: The -fno-inline-functions-called-once
switch
can be used to prevent inlining of subprograms local to the unit
and called once from within it if -O1
is used.
Note regarding the use of -O3
: -gnatn
is made up of two
sub-switches -gnatn1
and -gnatn2
that can be directly
specified in lieu of it, -gnatn
being translated into one of them
based on the optimization level. With -O2
or below, -gnatn
is equivalent to -gnatn1
which activates pragma Inline
with
moderate inlining across modules. With -O3
, -gnatn
is
equivalent to -gnatn2
which activates pragma Inline
with
full inlining across modules. If you have used pragma Inline
in
appropriate cases, then it is usually much better to use -O2
and -gnatn
and avoid the use of -O3
which has the additional
effect of inlining subprograms you did not think should be inlined. We have
found that the use of -O3
may slow down the compilation and increase
the code size by performing excessive inlining, leading to increased
instruction cache pressure from the increased code size and thus minor
performance improvements. So the bottom line here is that you should not
automatically assume that -O3
is better than -O2
, and
indeed you should use -O3
only if tests show that it actually
improves performance for your program.
On almost all targets, GNAT maps Float and Long_Float to the 32-bit and 64-bit standard IEEE floating-point representations, and operations will use standard IEEE arithmetic as provided by the processor. On most, but not all, architectures, the attribute Machine_Overflows is False for these types, meaning that the semantics of overflow is implementation-defined. In the case of GNAT, these semantics correspond to the normal IEEE treatment of infinities and NaN (not a number) values. For example, 1.0 / 0.0 yields plus infinitiy and 0.0 / 0.0 yields a NaN. By avoiding explicit overflow checks, the performance is greatly improved on many targets. However, if required, floating-point overflow can be enabled by the use of the pragma Check_Float_Overflow.
Another consideration that applies specifically to x86 32-bit architectures is which form of floating-point arithmetic is used. By default the operations use the old style x86 floating-point, which implements an 80-bit extended precision form (on these architectures the type Long_Long_Float corresponds to that form). In addition, generation of efficient code in this mode means that the extended precision form will be used for intermediate results. This may be helpful in improving the final precision of a complex expression. However it means that the results obtained on the x86 will be different from those on other architectures, and for some algorithms, the extra intermediate precision can be detrimental.
In addition to this old-style floating-point, all modern x86 chips implement an alternative floating-point operation model referred to as SSE2. In this model there is no extended form, and furthermore execution performance is significantly enhanced. To force GNAT to use this more modern form, use both of the switches:
-msse2 -mfpmath=sse
A unit compiled with these switches will automatically use the more efficient SSE2 instruction set for Float and Long_Float operations. Note that the ABI has the same form for both floating-point models, so it is permissible to mix units compiled with and without these switches.
You can take advantage of the auto-vectorizer present in the gcc
back end to vectorize loops with GNAT. The corresponding command line switch
is -ftree-vectorize
but, as it is enabled by default at -O3
and other aggressive optimizations helpful for vectorization also are enabled
by default at this level, using -O3
directly is recommended.
You also need to make sure that the target architecture features a supported
SIMD instruction set. For example, for the x86 architecture, you should at
least specify -msse2
to get significant vectorization (but you don’t
need to specify it for x86-64 as it is part of the base 64-bit architecture).
Similarly, for the PowerPC architecture, you should specify -maltivec
.
The preferred loop form for vectorization is the for
iteration scheme.
Loops with a while
iteration scheme can also be vectorized if they are
very simple, but the vectorizer will quickly give up otherwise. With either
iteration scheme, the flow of control must be straight, in particular no
exit
statement may appear in the loop body. The loop may however
contain a single nested loop, if it can be vectorized when considered alone:
A : array (1..4, 1..4) of Long_Float; S : array (1..4) of Long_Float; procedure Sum is begin for I in A'Range(1) loop for J in A'Range(2) loop S (I) := S (I) + A (I, J); end loop; end loop; end Sum;
The vectorizable operations depend on the targeted SIMD instruction set, but
the adding and some of the multiplying operators are generally supported, as
well as the logical operators for modular types. Note that compiling
with -gnatp
might well reveal cases where some checks do thwart
vectorization.
Type conversions may also prevent vectorization if they involve semantics that are not directly supported by the code generator or the SIMD instruction set. A typical example is direct conversion from floating-point to integer types. The solution in this case is to use the following idiom:
Integer (S'Truncation (F))
if S
is the subtype of floating-point object F
.
In most cases, the vectorizable loops are loops that iterate over arrays. All kinds of array types are supported, i.e. constrained array types with static bounds:
type Array_Type is array (1 .. 4) of Long_Float;
constrained array types with dynamic bounds:
type Array_Type is array (1 .. Q.N) of Long_Float; type Array_Type is array (Q.K .. 4) of Long_Float; type Array_Type is array (Q.K .. Q.N) of Long_Float;
or unconstrained array types:
type Array_Type is array (Positive range <>) of Long_Float;
The quality of the generated code decreases when the dynamic aspect of the array type increases, the worst code being generated for unconstrained array types. This is so because, the less information the compiler has about the bounds of the array, the more fallback code it needs to generate in order to fix things up at run time.
It is possible to specify that a given loop should be subject to vectorization
preferably to other optimizations by means of pragma Loop_Optimize
:
pragma Loop_Optimize (Vector);
placed immediately within the loop will convey the appropriate hint to the compiler for this loop.
It is also possible to help the compiler generate better vectorized code for a given loop by asserting that there are no loop-carried dependencies in the loop. Consider for example the procedure:
type Arr is array (1 .. 4) of Long_Float; procedure Add (X, Y : not null access Arr; R : not null access Arr) is begin for I in Arr'Range loop R(I) := X(I) + Y(I); end loop; end;
By default, the compiler cannot unconditionally vectorize the loop because assigning to a component of the array designated by R in one iteration could change the value read from the components of the array designated by X or Y in a later iteration. As a result, the compiler will generate two versions of the loop in the object code, one vectorized and the other not vectorized, as well as a test to select the appropriate version at run time. This can be overcome by another hint:
pragma Loop_Optimize (Ivdep);
placed immediately within the loop will tell the compiler that it can safely omit the non-vectorized version of the loop as well as the run-time test.
Since GNAT uses the gcc
back end, all the specialized
gcc
optimization switches are potentially usable. These switches
have not been extensively tested with GNAT but can generally be expected
to work. Examples of switches in this category are -funroll-loops
and the various target-specific -m
options (in particular, it has
been observed that -march=xxx
can significantly improve performance
on appropriate machines). For full details of these switches, see
the `Submodel Options' section in the `Hardware Models and Configurations'
chapter of Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC).
The strong typing capabilities of Ada allow an optimizer to generate efficient code in situations where other languages would be forced to make worst case assumptions preventing such optimizations. Consider the following example:
procedure R is type Int1 is new Integer; type Int2 is new Integer; type Int1A is access Int1; type Int2A is access Int2; Int1V : Int1A; Int2V : Int2A; ... begin ... for J in Data'Range loop if Data (J) = Int1V.all then Int2V.all := Int2V.all + 1; end if; end loop; ... end R;
In this example, since the variable Int1V
can only access objects
of type Int1
, and Int2V
can only access objects of type
Int2
, there is no possibility that the assignment to
Int2V.all
affects the value of Int1V.all
. This means that
the compiler optimizer can “know” that the value Int1V.all
is constant
for all iterations of the loop and avoid the extra memory reference
required to dereference it each time through the loop.
This kind of optimization, called strict aliasing analysis, is
triggered by specifying an optimization level of -O2
or
higher or -Os
and allows GNAT to generate more efficient code
when access values are involved.
However, although this optimization is always correct in terms of
the formal semantics of the Ada Reference Manual, difficulties can
arise if features like Unchecked_Conversion
are used to break
the typing system. Consider the following complete program example:
package p1 is type int1 is new integer; type int2 is new integer; type a1 is access int1; type a2 is access int2; end p1; with p1; use p1; package p2 is function to_a2 (Input : a1) return a2; end p2; with Unchecked_Conversion; package body p2 is function to_a2 (Input : a1) return a2 is function to_a2u is new Unchecked_Conversion (a1, a2); begin return to_a2u (Input); end to_a2; end p2; with p2; use p2; with p1; use p1; with Text_IO; use Text_IO; procedure m is v1 : a1 := new int1; v2 : a2 := to_a2 (v1); begin v1.all := 1; v2.all := 0; put_line (int1'image (v1.all)); end;
This program prints out 0 in -O0
or -O1
mode, but it prints out 1 in -O2
mode. That’s
because in strict aliasing mode, the compiler can and
does assume that the assignment to v2.all
could not
affect the value of v1.all
, since different types
are involved.
This behavior is not a case of non-conformance with the standard, since
the Ada RM specifies that an unchecked conversion where the resulting
bit pattern is not a correct value of the target type can result in an
abnormal value and attempting to reference an abnormal value makes the
execution of a program erroneous. That’s the case here since the result
does not point to an object of type int2
. This means that the
effect is entirely unpredictable.
However, although that explanation may satisfy a language lawyer, in practice an applications programmer expects an unchecked conversion involving pointers to create true aliases and the behavior of printing 1 seems plain wrong. In this case, the strict aliasing optimization is unwelcome.
Indeed the compiler recognizes this possibility, and the unchecked conversion generates a warning:
p2.adb:5:07: warning: possible aliasing problem with type "a2" p2.adb:5:07: warning: use -fno-strict-aliasing switch for references p2.adb:5:07: warning: or use "pragma No_Strict_Aliasing (a2);"
Unfortunately the problem is recognized when compiling the body of
package p2
, but the actual “bad” code is generated while
compiling the body of m
and this latter compilation does not see
the suspicious Unchecked_Conversion
.
As implied by the warning message, there are approaches you can use to avoid the unwanted strict aliasing optimization in a case like this.
One possibility is to simply avoid the use of -O2
, but
that is a bit drastic, since it throws away a number of useful
optimizations that do not involve strict aliasing assumptions.
A less drastic approach is to compile the program using the
option -fno-strict-aliasing
. Actually it is only the
unit containing the dereferencing of the suspicious pointer
that needs to be compiled. So in this case, if we compile
unit m
with this switch, then we get the expected
value of zero printed. Analyzing which units might need
the switch can be painful, so a more reasonable approach
is to compile the entire program with options -O2
and -fno-strict-aliasing
. If the performance is
satisfactory with this combination of options, then the
advantage is that the entire issue of possible “wrong”
optimization due to strict aliasing is avoided.
To avoid the use of compiler switches, the configuration
pragma No_Strict_Aliasing
with no parameters may be
used to specify that for all access types, the strict
aliasing optimization should be suppressed.
However, these approaches are still overkill, in that they causes all manipulations of all access values to be deoptimized. A more refined approach is to concentrate attention on the specific access type identified as problematic.
First, if a careful analysis of uses of the pointer shows
that there are no possible problematic references, then
the warning can be suppressed by bracketing the
instantiation of Unchecked_Conversion
to turn
the warning off:
pragma Warnings (Off); function to_a2u is new Unchecked_Conversion (a1, a2); pragma Warnings (On);
Of course that approach is not appropriate for this particular example, since indeed there is a problematic reference. In this case we can take one of two other approaches.
The first possibility is to move the instantiation of unchecked
conversion to the unit in which the type is declared. In
this example, we would move the instantiation of
Unchecked_Conversion
from the body of package
p2
to the spec of package p1
. Now the
warning disappears. That’s because any use of the
access type knows there is a suspicious unchecked
conversion, and the strict aliasing optimization
is automatically suppressed for the type.
If it is not practical to move the unchecked conversion to the same unit
in which the destination access type is declared (perhaps because the
source type is not visible in that unit), you may use pragma
No_Strict_Aliasing
for the type. This pragma must occur in the
same declarative sequence as the declaration of the access type:
type a2 is access int2; pragma No_Strict_Aliasing (a2);
Here again, the compiler now knows that the strict aliasing optimization
should be suppressed for any reference to type a2
and the
expected behavior is obtained.
Finally, note that although the compiler can generate warnings for simple cases of unchecked conversions, there are tricker and more indirect ways of creating type incorrect aliases which the compiler cannot detect. Examples are the use of address overlays and unchecked conversions involving composite types containing access types as components. In such cases, no warnings are generated, but there can still be aliasing problems. One safe coding practice is to forbid the use of address clauses for type overlaying, and to allow unchecked conversion only for primitive types. This is not really a significant restriction since any possible desired effect can be achieved by unchecked conversion of access values.
The aliasing analysis done in strict aliasing mode can certainly
have significant benefits. We have seen cases of large scale
application code where the time is increased by up to 5% by turning
this optimization off. If you have code that includes significant
usage of unchecked conversion, you might want to just stick with
-O1
and avoid the entire issue. If you get adequate
performance at this level of optimization level, that’s probably
the safest approach. If tests show that you really need higher
levels of optimization, then you can experiment with -O2
and -O2 -fno-strict-aliasing
to see how much effect this
has on size and speed of the code. If you really need to use
-O2
with strict aliasing in effect, then you should
review any uses of unchecked conversion of access types,
particularly if you are getting the warnings described above.
There are scenarios in which programs may use low level techniques to modify variables that otherwise might be considered to be unassigned. For example, a variable can be passed to a procedure by reference, which takes the address of the parameter and uses the address to modify the variable’s value, even though it is passed as an IN parameter. Consider the following example:
procedure P is Max_Length : constant Natural := 16; type Char_Ptr is access all Character; procedure Get_String(Buffer: Char_Ptr; Size : Integer); pragma Import (C, Get_String, "get_string"); Name : aliased String (1 .. Max_Length) := (others => ' '); Temp : Char_Ptr; function Addr (S : String) return Char_Ptr is function To_Char_Ptr is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Char_Ptr); begin return To_Char_Ptr (S (S'First)'Address); end; begin Temp := Addr (Name); Get_String (Temp, Max_Length); end;
where Get_String is a C function that uses the address in Temp to
modify the variable Name
. This code is dubious, and arguably
erroneous, and the compiler would be entitled to assume that
Name
is never modified, and generate code accordingly.
However, in practice, this would cause some existing code that seems to work with no optimization to start failing at high levels of optimzization.
What the compiler does for such cases is to assume that marking a variable as aliased indicates that some “funny business” may be going on. The optimizer recognizes the aliased keyword and inhibits optimizations that assume the value cannot be assigned. This means that the above example will in fact “work” reliably, that is, it will produce the expected results.
There are two considerations with regard to performance when atomic variables are used.
First, the RM only guarantees that access to atomic variables be atomic, it has nothing to say about how this is achieved, though there is a strong implication that this should not be achieved by explicit locking code. Indeed GNAT will never generate any locking code for atomic variable access (it will simply reject any attempt to make a variable or type atomic if the atomic access cannot be achieved without such locking code).
That being said, it is important to understand that you cannot assume that the entire variable will always be accessed. Consider this example:
type R is record A,B,C,D : Character; end record; for R'Size use 32; for R'Alignment use 4; RV : R; pragma Atomic (RV); X : Character; ... X := RV.B;
You cannot assume that the reference to RV.B
will read the entire 32-bit
variable with a single load instruction. It is perfectly legitimate if
the hardware allows it to do a byte read of just the B field. This read
is still atomic, which is all the RM requires. GNAT can and does take
advantage of this, depending on the architecture and optimization level.
Any assumption to the contrary is non-portable and risky. Even if you
examine the assembly language and see a full 32-bit load, this might
change in a future version of the compiler.
If your application requires that all accesses to RV
in this
example be full 32-bit loads, you need to make a copy for the access
as in:
declare RV_Copy : constant R := RV; begin X := RV_Copy.B; end;
Now the reference to RV must read the whole variable. Actually one can imagine some compiler which figures out that the whole copy is not required (because only the B field is actually accessed), but GNAT certainly won’t do that, and we don’t know of any compiler that would not handle this right, and the above code will in practice work portably across all architectures (that permit the Atomic declaration).
The second issue with atomic variables has to do with the possible requirement of generating synchronization code. For more details on this, consult the sections on the pragmas Enable/Disable_Atomic_Synchronization in the GNAT Reference Manual. If performance is critical, and such synchronization code is not required, it may be useful to disable it.
A passive task is one which is sufficiently simple that in theory a compiler could recognize it an implement it efficiently without creating a new thread. The original design of Ada 83 had in mind this kind of passive task optimization, but only a few Ada 83 compilers attempted it. The problem was that it was difficult to determine the exact conditions under which the optimization was possible. The result is a very fragile optimization where a very minor change in the program can suddenly silently make a task non-optimizable.
With the revisiting of this issue in Ada 95, there was general agreement that this approach was fundamentally flawed, and the notion of protected types was introduced. When using protected types, the restrictions are well defined, and you KNOW that the operations will be optimized, and furthermore this optimized performance is fully portable.
Although it would theoretically be possible for GNAT to attempt to do this optimization, but it really doesn’t make sense in the context of Ada 95, and none of the Ada 95 compilers implement this optimization as far as we know. In particular GNAT never attempts to perform this optimization.
In any new Ada 95 code that is written, you should always use protected types in place of tasks that might be able to be optimized in this manner. Of course this does not help if you have legacy Ada 83 code that depends on this optimization, but it is unusual to encounter a case where the performance gains from this optimization are significant.
Your program should work correctly without this optimization. If you have performance problems, then the most practical approach is to figure out exactly where these performance problems arise, and update those particular tasks to be protected types. Note that typically clients of the tasks who call entries, will not have to be modified, only the task definition itself.
Text_IO
Suggestions ¶The Ada.Text_IO
package has fairly high overheads due in part to
the requirement of maintaining page and line counts. If performance
is critical, a recommendation is to use Stream_IO
instead of
Text_IO
for volume output, since this package has less overhead.
If Text_IO
must be used, note that by default output to the standard
output and standard error files is unbuffered (this provides better
behavior when output statements are used for debugging, or if the
progress of a program is observed by tracking the output, e.g. by
using the Unix `tail -f' command to watch redirected output.
If you are generating large volumes of output with Text_IO
and
performance is an important factor, use a designated file instead
of the standard output file, or change the standard output file to
be buffered using Interfaces.C_Streams.setvbuf
.
This section describes how you can eliminate unused subprograms and data from your executable just by setting options at compilation time.
By default, an executable contains all code and data of its composing objects (directly linked or coming from statically linked libraries), even data or code never used by this executable.
This feature will allow you to eliminate such unused code from your executable, making it smaller (in disk and in memory).
This functionality is available on all Linux platforms except for the IA-64 architecture and on all cross platforms using the ELF binary file format. In both cases GNU binutils version 2.16 or later are required to enable it.
The operation of eliminating the unused code and data from the final executable is directly performed by the linker.
In order to do this, it has to work with objects compiled with the
following options:
-ffunction-sections
-fdata-sections
.
These options are usable with C and Ada files. They will place respectively each function or data in a separate section in the resulting object file.
Once the objects and static libraries are created with these options, the
linker can perform the dead code elimination. You can do this by setting
the -Wl,--gc-sections
option to gcc command or in the
-largs
section of gnatmake
. This will perform a
garbage collection of code and data never referenced.
If the linker performs a partial link (-r
linker option), then you
will need to provide the entry point using the -e
/ --entry
linker option.
Note that objects compiled without the -ffunction-sections
and
-fdata-sections
options can still be linked with the executable.
However, no dead code elimination will be performed on those objects (they will
be linked as is).
The GNAT static library is now compiled with -ffunction-sections and -fdata-sections on some platforms. This allows you to eliminate the unused code and data of the GNAT library from your executable.
Here is a simple example:
with Aux; procedure Test is begin Aux.Used (10); end Test; package Aux is Used_Data : Integer; Unused_Data : Integer; procedure Used (Data : Integer); procedure Unused (Data : Integer); end Aux; package body Aux is procedure Used (Data : Integer) is begin Used_Data := Data; end Used; procedure Unused (Data : Integer) is begin Unused_Data := Data; end Unused; end Aux;
Unused
and Unused_Data
are never referenced in this code
excerpt, and hence they may be safely removed from the final executable.
$ gnatmake test $ nm test | grep used 020015f0 T aux__unused 02005d88 B aux__unused_data 020015cc T aux__used 02005d84 B aux__used_data $ gnatmake test -cargs -fdata-sections -ffunction-sections \\ -largs -Wl,--gc-sections $ nm test | grep used 02005350 T aux__used 0201ffe0 B aux__used_data
It can be observed that the procedure Unused
and the object
Unused_Data
are removed by the linker when using the
appropriate options.
This section explains how to control the handling of overflow checks.
Overflow checks are checks that the compiler may make to ensure that intermediate results are not out of range. For example:
A : Integer; ... A := A + 1;
If A
has the value Integer'Last
, then the addition may cause
overflow since the result is out of range of the type Integer
.
In this case Constraint_Error
will be raised if checks are
enabled.
A trickier situation arises in examples like the following:
A, C : Integer; ... A := (A + 1) + C;
where A
is Integer'Last
and C
is -1
.
Now the final result of the expression on the right hand side is
Integer'Last
which is in range, but the question arises whether the
intermediate addition of (A + 1)
raises an overflow error.
The (perhaps surprising) answer is that the Ada language definition does not answer this question. Instead it leaves it up to the implementation to do one of two things if overflow checks are enabled.
Constraint_Error
), or
If the compiler chooses the first approach, then the assignment of this
example will indeed raise Constraint_Error
if overflow checking is
enabled, or result in erroneous execution if overflow checks are suppressed.
But if the compiler chooses the second approach, then it can perform both additions yielding the correct mathematical result, which is in range, so no exception will be raised, and the right result is obtained, regardless of whether overflow checks are suppressed.
Note that in the first example an exception will be raised in either case, since if the compiler gives the correct mathematical result for the addition, it will be out of range of the target type of the assignment, and thus fails the range check.
This lack of specified behavior in the handling of overflow for intermediate results is a source of non-portability, and can thus be problematic when programs are ported. Most typically this arises in a situation where the original compiler did not raise an exception, and then the application is moved to a compiler where the check is performed on the intermediate result and an unexpected exception is raised.
Furthermore, when using Ada 2012’s preconditions and other assertion forms, another issue arises. Consider:
procedure P (A, B : Integer) with Pre => A + B <= Integer'Last;
One often wants to regard arithmetic in a context like this from
a mathematical point of view. So for example, if the two actual parameters
for a call to P
are both Integer'Last
, then
the precondition should be regarded as False. If we are executing
in a mode with run-time checks enabled for preconditions, then we would
like this precondition to fail, rather than raising an exception
because of the intermediate overflow.
However, the language definition leaves the specification of
whether the above condition fails (raising Assert_Error
) or
causes an intermediate overflow (raising Constraint_Error
)
up to the implementation.
The situation is worse in a case such as the following:
procedure Q (A, B, C : Integer) with Pre => A + B + C <= Integer'Last;
Consider the call
Q (A => Integer'Last, B => 1, C => -1);
From a mathematical point of view the precondition is True, but at run time we may (but are not guaranteed to) get an exception raised because of the intermediate overflow (and we really would prefer this precondition to be considered True at run time).
To deal with the portability issue, and with the problem of mathematical versus run-time interpretation of the expressions in assertions, GNAT provides comprehensive control over the handling of intermediate overflow. GNAT can operate in three modes, and furthemore, permits separate selection of operating modes for the expressions within assertions (here the term ‘assertions’ is used in the technical sense, which includes preconditions and so forth) and for expressions appearing outside assertions.
The three modes are:
STRICT
)
In this mode, all intermediate results for predefined arithmetic operators are computed using the base type, and the result must be in range of the base type. If this is not the case then either an exception is raised (if overflow checks are enabled) or the execution is erroneous (if overflow checks are suppressed). This is the normal default mode.
MINIMIZED
)
In this mode, the compiler attempts to avoid intermediate overflows by
using a larger integer type, typically Long_Long_Integer
,
as the type in which arithmetic is
performed for predefined arithmetic operators. This may be slightly more
expensive at
run time (compared to suppressing intermediate overflow checks), though
the cost is negligible on modern 64-bit machines. For the examples given
earlier, no intermediate overflows would have resulted in exceptions,
since the intermediate results are all in the range of
Long_Long_Integer
(typically 64-bits on nearly all implementations
of GNAT). In addition, if checks are enabled, this reduces the number of
checks that must be made, so this choice may actually result in an
improvement in space and time behavior.
However, there are cases where Long_Long_Integer
is not large
enough, consider the following example:
procedure R (A, B, C, D : Integer) with Pre => (A**2 * B**2) / (C**2 * D**2) <= 10;
where A
= B
= C
= D
= Integer'Last
.
Now the intermediate results are
out of the range of Long_Long_Integer
even though the final result
is in range and the precondition is True (from a mathematical point
of view). In such a case, operating in this mode, an overflow occurs
for the intermediate computation (which is why this mode
says `most' intermediate overflows are avoided). In this case,
an exception is raised if overflow checks are enabled, and the
execution is erroneous if overflow checks are suppressed.
ELIMINATED
)
In this mode, the compiler avoids all intermediate overflows
by using arbitrary precision arithmetic as required. In this
mode, the above example with A**2 * B**2
would
not cause intermediate overflow, because the intermediate result
would be evaluated using sufficient precision, and the result
of evaluating the precondition would be True.
This mode has the advantage of avoiding any intermediate overflows, but at the expense of significant run-time overhead, including the use of a library (included automatically in this mode) for multiple-precision arithmetic.
This mode provides cleaner semantics for assertions, since now the run-time behavior emulates true arithmetic behavior for the predefined arithmetic operators, meaning that there is never a conflict between the mathematical view of the assertion, and its run-time behavior.
Note that in this mode, the behavior is unaffected by whether or
not overflow checks are suppressed, since overflow does not occur.
It is possible for gigantic intermediate expressions to raise
Storage_Error
as a result of attempting to compute the
results of such expressions (e.g. Integer'Last ** Integer'Last
)
but overflow is impossible.
Note that these modes apply only to the evaluation of predefined arithmetic, membership, and comparison operators for signed integer arithmetic.
For fixed-point arithmetic, checks can be suppressed. But if checks
are enabled
then fixed-point values are always checked for overflow against the
base type for intermediate expressions (that is such checks always
operate in the equivalent of STRICT
mode).
For floating-point, on nearly all architectures, Machine_Overflows
is False, and IEEE infinities are generated, so overflow exceptions
are never raised. If you want to avoid infinities, and check that
final results of expressions are in range, then you can declare a
constrained floating-point type, and range checks will be carried
out in the normal manner (with infinite values always failing all
range checks).
The desired mode of for handling intermediate overflow can be specified using
either the Overflow_Mode
pragma or an equivalent compiler switch.
The pragma has the form
pragma Overflow_Mode ([General =>] MODE [, [Assertions =>] MODE]);
where MODE
is one of
STRICT
: intermediate overflows checked (using base type)
MINIMIZED
: minimize intermediate overflows
ELIMINATED
: eliminate intermediate overflows
The case is ignored, so MINIMIZED
, Minimized
and
minimized
all have the same effect.
If only the General
parameter is present, then the given MODE
applies
to expressions both within and outside assertions. If both arguments
are present, then General
applies to expressions outside assertions,
and Assertions
applies to expressions within assertions. For example:
pragma Overflow_Mode (General => Minimized, Assertions => Eliminated);
specifies that general expressions outside assertions be evaluated in ‘minimize intermediate overflows’ mode, and expressions within assertions be evaluated in ‘eliminate intermediate overflows’ mode. This is often a reasonable choice, avoiding excessive overhead outside assertions, but assuring a high degree of portability when importing code from another compiler, while incurring the extra overhead for assertion expressions to ensure that the behavior at run time matches the expected mathematical behavior.
The Overflow_Mode
pragma has the same scoping and placement
rules as pragma Suppress
, so it can occur either as a
configuration pragma, specifying a default for the whole
program, or in a declarative scope, where it applies to the
remaining declarations and statements in that scope.
Note that pragma Overflow_Mode
does not affect whether
overflow checks are enabled or suppressed. It only controls the
method used to compute intermediate values. To control whether
overflow checking is enabled or suppressed, use pragma Suppress
or Unsuppress
in the usual manner.
Additionally, a compiler switch -gnato?
or -gnato??
can be used to control the checking mode default (which can be subsequently
overridden using pragmas).
Here ?
is one of the digits 1
through 3
:
1
use base type for intermediate operations ( STRICT
)2
minimize intermediate overflows ( MINIMIZED
)3
eliminate intermediate overflows ( ELIMINATED
)
As with the pragma, if only one digit appears then it applies to all
cases; if two digits are given, then the first applies outside
assertions, and the second within assertions. Thus the equivalent
of the example pragma above would be
-gnato23
.
If no digits follow the -gnato
, then it is equivalent to
-gnato11
,
causing all intermediate operations to be computed using the base
type (STRICT
mode).
The default mode for overflow checks is
General => Strict
which causes all computations both inside and outside assertions to use the base type.
This retains compatibility with previous versions of GNAT which suppressed overflow checks by default and always used the base type for computation of intermediate results.
The
switch -gnato
(with no digits following)
is equivalent to
General => Strict
which causes overflow checking of all intermediate overflows both inside and outside assertions against the base type.
The pragma Suppress (Overflow_Check)
disables overflow
checking, but it has no effect on the method used for computing
intermediate results.
The pragma Unsuppress (Overflow_Check)
enables overflow
checking, but it has no effect on the method used for computing
intermediate results.
In practice on typical 64-bit machines, the MINIMIZED
mode is
reasonably efficient, and can be generally used. It also helps
to ensure compatibility with code imported from some other
compiler to GNAT.
Setting all intermediate overflows checking (CHECKED
mode)
makes sense if you want to
make sure that your code is compatible with any other possible
Ada implementation. This may be useful in ensuring portability
for code that is to be exported to some other compiler than GNAT.
The Ada standard allows the reassociation of expressions at
the same precedence level if no parentheses are present. For
example, A+B+C
parses as though it were (A+B)+C
, but
the compiler can reintepret this as A+(B+C)
, possibly
introducing or eliminating an overflow exception. The GNAT
compiler never takes advantage of this freedom, and the
expression A+B+C
will be evaluated as (A+B)+C
.
If you need the other order, you can write the parentheses
explicitly A+(B+C)
and GNAT will respect this order.
The use of ELIMINATED
mode will cause the compiler to
automatically include an appropriate arbitrary precision
integer arithmetic package. The compiler will make calls
to this package, though only in cases where it cannot be
sure that Long_Long_Integer
is sufficient to guard against
intermediate overflows. This package does not use dynamic
allocation, but it does use the secondary stack, so an
appropriate secondary stack package must be present (this
is always true for standard full Ada, but may require
specific steps for restricted run times such as ZFP).
Although ELIMINATED
mode causes expressions to use arbitrary
precision arithmetic, avoiding overflow, the final result
must be in an appropriate range. This is true even if the
final result is of type [Long_[Long_]]Integer'Base
, which
still has the same bounds as its associated constrained
type at run-time.
Currently, the ELIMINATED
mode is only available on target
platforms for which Long_Long_Integer
is 64-bits (nearly all GNAT
platforms).
The GNAT compiler supports dimensionality checking. The user can specify physical units for objects, and the compiler will verify that uses of these objects are compatible with their dimensions, in a fashion that is familiar to engineering practice. The dimensions of algebraic expressions (including powers with static exponents) are computed from their constituents.
This feature depends on Ada 2012 aspect specifications, and is available from
version 7.0.1 of GNAT onwards.
The GNAT-specific aspect Dimension_System
allows you to define a system of units; the aspect Dimension
then allows the user to declare dimensioned quantities within a given system.
(These aspects are described in the `Implementation Defined Aspects'
chapter of the `GNAT Reference Manual').
The major advantage of this model is that it does not require the declaration of multiple operators for all possible combinations of types: it is only necessary to use the proper subtypes in object declarations.
The simplest way to impose dimensionality checking on a computation is to make
use of one of the instantiations of the package System.Dim.Generic_Mks
, which
are part of the GNAT library. This generic package defines a floating-point
type MKS_Type
, for which a sequence of dimension names are specified,
together with their conventional abbreviations. The following should be read
together with the full specification of the package, in file
s-digemk.ads
.
type Mks_Type is new Float_Type with Dimension_System => ( (Unit_Name => Meter, Unit_Symbol => 'm', Dim_Symbol => 'L'), (Unit_Name => Kilogram, Unit_Symbol => "kg", Dim_Symbol => 'M'), (Unit_Name => Second, Unit_Symbol => 's', Dim_Symbol => 'T'), (Unit_Name => Ampere, Unit_Symbol => 'A', Dim_Symbol => 'I'), (Unit_Name => Kelvin, Unit_Symbol => 'K', Dim_Symbol => "Theta"), (Unit_Name => Mole, Unit_Symbol => "mol", Dim_Symbol => 'N'), (Unit_Name => Candela, Unit_Symbol => "cd", Dim_Symbol => 'J'));
The package then defines a series of subtypes that correspond to these conventional units. For example:
subtype Length is Mks_Type with Dimension => (Symbol => 'm', Meter => 1, others => 0);
and similarly for Mass
, Time
, Electric_Current
,
Thermodynamic_Temperature
, Amount_Of_Substance
, and
Luminous_Intensity
(the standard set of units of the SI system).
The package also defines conventional names for values of each unit, for example:
m : constant Length := 1.0; kg : constant Mass := 1.0; s : constant Time := 1.0; A : constant Electric_Current := 1.0;
as well as useful multiples of these units:
cm : constant Length := 1.0E-02; g : constant Mass := 1.0E-03; min : constant Time := 60.0; day : constant Time := 60.0 * 24.0 * min; ...
There are three instantiations of System.Dim.Generic_Mks
defined in the
GNAT library:
System.Dim.Float_Mks
based on Float
defined in s-diflmk.ads
.
System.Dim.Long_Mks
based on Long_Float
defined in s-dilomk.ads
.
System.Dim.Mks
based on Long_Long_Float
defined in s-dimmks.ads
.
Using one of these packages, you can then define a derived unit by providing the aspect that specifies its dimensions within the MKS system, as well as the string to be used for output of a value of that unit:
subtype Acceleration is Mks_Type with Dimension => ("m/sec^2", Meter => 1, Second => -2, others => 0);
Here is a complete example of use:
with System.Dim.MKS; use System.Dim.Mks; with System.Dim.Mks_IO; use System.Dim.Mks_IO; with Text_IO; use Text_IO; procedure Free_Fall is subtype Acceleration is Mks_Type with Dimension => ("m/sec^2", 1, 0, -2, others => 0); G : constant acceleration := 9.81 * m / (s ** 2); T : Time := 10.0*s; Distance : Length; begin Put ("Gravitational constant: "); Put (G, Aft => 2, Exp => 0); Put_Line (""); Distance := 0.5 * G * T ** 2; Put ("distance travelled in 10 seconds of free fall "); Put (Distance, Aft => 2, Exp => 0); Put_Line (""); end Free_Fall;
Execution of this program yields:
Gravitational constant: 9.81 m/sec^2 distance travelled in 10 seconds of free fall 490.50 m
However, incorrect assignments such as:
Distance := 5.0; Distance := 5.0 * kg;
are rejected with the following diagnoses:
Distance := 5.0; >>> dimensions mismatch in assignment >>> left-hand side has dimension [L] >>> right-hand side is dimensionless Distance := 5.0 * kg: >>> dimensions mismatch in assignment >>> left-hand side has dimension [L] >>> right-hand side has dimension [M]
The dimensions of an expression are properly displayed, even if there is no explicit subtype for it. If we add to the program:
Put ("Final velocity: "); Put (G * T, Aft =>2, Exp =>0); Put_Line ("");
then the output includes:
Final velocity: 98.10 m.s**(-1)
The type Mks_Type
is said to be a `dimensionable type' since it has a
Dimension_System
aspect, and the subtypes Length
, Mass
, etc.,
are said to be `dimensioned subtypes' since each one has a Dimension
aspect.
The Dimension
aspect of a dimensioned subtype S
defines a mapping
from the base type’s Unit_Names to integer (or, more generally, rational)
values. This mapping is the `dimension vector' (also referred to as the
`dimensionality') for that subtype, denoted by DV(S)
, and thus for each
object of that subtype. Intuitively, the value specified for each
Unit_Name
is the exponent associated with that unit; a zero value
means that the unit is not used. For example:
declare Acc : Acceleration; ... begin ... end;
Here DV(Acc)
= DV(Acceleration)
=
(Meter=>1, Kilogram=>0, Second=>-2, Ampere=>0, Kelvin=>0, Mole=>0, Candela=>0)
.
Symbolically, we can express this as Meter / Second**2
.
The dimension vector of an arithmetic expression is synthesized from the
dimension vectors of its components, with compile-time dimensionality checks
that help prevent mismatches such as using an Acceleration
where a
Length
is required.
The dimension vector of the result of an arithmetic expression `expr', or
DV(`expr')
, is defined as follows, assuming conventional
mathematical definitions for the vector operations that are used:
DV(`expr')
is the empty vector.
DV(`op expr')
, where `op' is a unary operator, is DV(`expr')
DV(`expr1 op expr2')
where `op' is “+” or “-” is DV(`expr1')
provided that DV(`expr1')
= DV(`expr2')
.
If this condition is not met then the construct is illegal.
DV(`expr1' * `expr2')
is DV(`expr1')
+ DV(`expr2')
,
and DV(`expr1' / `expr2')
= DV(`expr1')
- DV(`expr2')
.
In this context if one of the `expr's is dimensionless then its empty
dimension vector is treated as (others => 0)
.
DV(`expr' ** `power')
is `power' * DV(`expr')
,
provided that `power' is a static rational value. If this condition is not
met then the construct is illegal.
Note that, by the above rules, it is illegal to use binary “+” or “-” to
combine a dimensioned and dimensionless value. Thus an expression such as
acc-10.0
is illegal, where acc
is an object of subtype
Acceleration
.
The dimensionality checks for relationals use the same rules as for “+” and “-“, except when comparing to a literal; thus
acc > len
is equivalent to
acc-len > 0.0
and is thus illegal, but
acc > 10.0
is accepted with a warning. Analogously a conditional expression requires the same dimension vector for each branch (with no exception for literals).
The dimension vector of a type conversion T(`expr')
is defined
as follows, based on the nature of T
:
T
is a dimensioned subtype then DV(T(`expr'))
is DV(T)
provided that either `expr' is dimensionless or
DV(T)
= DV(`expr')
. The conversion is illegal
if `expr' is dimensioned and DV(`expr')
/= DV(T)
.
Note that vector equality does not require that the corresponding
Unit_Names be the same.
As a consequence of the above rule, it is possible to convert between different dimension systems that follow the same international system of units, with the seven physical components given in the standard order (length, mass, time, etc.). Thus a length in meters can be converted to a length in inches (with a suitable conversion factor) but cannot be converted, for example, to a mass in pounds.
T
is the base type for `expr' (and the dimensionless root type of
the dimension system), then DV(T(`expr'))
is DV(expr)
.
Thus, if `expr' is of a dimensioned subtype of T
, the conversion may
be regarded as a “view conversion” that preserves dimensionality.
This rule makes it possible to write generic code that can be instantiated with compatible dimensioned subtypes. The generic unit will contain conversions that will consequently be present in instantiations, but conversions to the base type will preserve dimensionality and make it possible to write generic code that is correct with respect to dimensionality.
T
is neither a dimensioned subtype nor a dimensionable
base type), DV(T(`expr'))
is the empty vector. Thus a dimensioned
value can be explicitly converted to a non-dimensioned subtype, which
of course then escapes dimensionality analysis.
The dimension vector for a type qualification T'(`expr')
is the same
as for the type conversion T(`expr')
.
An assignment statement
Source := Target;
requires DV(Source)
= DV(Target)
, and analogously for parameter
passing (the dimension vector for the actual parameter must be equal to the
dimension vector for the formal parameter).
This section describes some useful tools associated with stack checking and analysis. In particular, it deals with dynamic and static stack usage measurements.
For most operating systems, gcc
does not perform stack overflow
checking by default. This means that if the main environment task or
some other task exceeds the available stack space, then unpredictable
behavior will occur. Most native systems offer some level of protection by
adding a guard page at the end of each task stack. This mechanism is usually
not enough for dealing properly with stack overflow situations because
a large local variable could “jump” above the guard page.
Furthermore, when the
guard page is hit, there may not be any space left on the stack for executing
the exception propagation code. Enabling stack checking avoids
such situations.
To activate stack checking, compile all units with the gcc
option
-fstack-check
. For example:
$ gcc -c -fstack-check package1.adb
Units compiled with this option will generate extra instructions to check
that any use of the stack (for procedure calls or for declaring local
variables in declare blocks) does not exceed the available stack space.
If the space is exceeded, then a Storage_Error
exception is raised.
For declared tasks, the default stack size is defined by the GNAT runtime,
whose size may be modified at bind time through the -d
bind switch
(Switches for gnatbind). Task specific stack sizes may be set using the
Storage_Size
pragma.
For the environment task, the stack size is determined by the operating system. Consequently, to modify the size of the environment task please refer to your operating system documentation.
A unit compiled with -fstack-usage
will generate an extra file
that specifies
the maximum amount of stack used, on a per-function basis.
The file has the same
basename as the target object file with a .su
extension.
Each line of this file is made up of three fields:
static
, dynamic
, bounded
.
The second field corresponds to the size of the known part of the function frame.
The qualifier static
means that the function frame size
is purely static.
It usually means that all local variables have a static size.
In this case, the second field is a reliable measure of the function stack
utilization.
The qualifier dynamic
means that the function frame size is not static.
It happens mainly when some local variables have a dynamic size. When this
qualifier appears alone, the second field is not a reliable measure
of the function stack analysis. When it is qualified with bounded
, it
means that the second field is a reliable maximum of the function stack
utilization.
A unit compiled with -Wstack-usage
will issue a warning for each
subprogram whose stack usage might be larger than the specified amount of
bytes. The wording is in keeping with the qualifier documented above.
It is possible to measure the maximum amount of stack used by a task, by
adding a switch to gnatbind
, as:
$ gnatbind -u0 file
With this option, at each task termination, its stack usage is output on
stderr
.
Note that this switch is not compatible with tools like
Valgrind and DrMemory; they will report errors.
It is not always convenient to output the stack usage when the program
is still running. Hence, it is possible to delay this output until program
termination. for a given number of tasks specified as the argument of the
-u
option. For instance:
$ gnatbind -u100 file
will buffer the stack usage information of the first 100 tasks to terminate and output this info at program termination. Results are displayed in four columns:
Index | Task Name | Stack Size | Stack Usage
where:
By default the environment task stack, the stack that contains the main unit, is not processed. To enable processing of the environment task stack, the environment variable GNAT_STACK_LIMIT needs to be set to the maximum size of the environment task stack. This amount is given in kilobytes. For example:
$ set GNAT_STACK_LIMIT 1600
would specify to the analyzer that the environment task stack has a limit of 1.6 megabytes. Any stack usage beyond this will be ignored by the analysis.
The package GNAT.Task_Stack_Usage
provides facilities to get
stack-usage reports at run time. See its body for the details.
This section describes some useful memory pools provided in the GNAT library and in particular the GNAT Debug Pool facility, which can be used to detect incorrect uses of access values (including ‘dangling references’).
The System.Pool_Global
package offers the Unbounded_No_Reclaim_Pool
storage pool. Allocations use the standard system call malloc
while
deallocations use the standard system call free
. No reclamation is
performed when the pool goes out of scope. For performance reasons, the
standard default Ada allocators/deallocators do not use any explicit storage
pools but if they did, they could use this storage pool without any change in
behavior. That is why this storage pool is used when the user
manages to make the default implicit allocator explicit as in this example:
type T1 is access Something; -- no Storage pool is defined for T2 type T2 is access Something_Else; for T2'Storage_Pool use T1'Storage_Pool; -- the above is equivalent to for T2'Storage_Pool use System.Pool_Global.Global_Pool_Object;
The System.Pool_Local
package offers the Unbounded_Reclaim_Pool
storage
pool. The allocation strategy is similar to Pool_Local
except that the all
storage allocated with this pool is reclaimed when the pool object goes out of
scope. This pool provides a explicit mechanism similar to the implicit one
provided by several Ada 83 compilers for allocations performed through a local
access type and whose purpose was to reclaim memory when exiting the
scope of a given local access. As an example, the following program does not
leak memory even though it does not perform explicit deallocation:
with System.Pool_Local; procedure Pooloc1 is procedure Internal is type A is access Integer; X : System.Pool_Local.Unbounded_Reclaim_Pool; for A'Storage_Pool use X; v : A; begin for I in 1 .. 50 loop v := new Integer; end loop; end Internal; begin for I in 1 .. 100 loop Internal; end loop; end Pooloc1;
The System.Pool_Size
package implements the Stack_Bounded_Pool
used when
Storage_Size
is specified for an access type.
The whole storage for the pool is
allocated at once, usually on the stack at the point where the access type is
elaborated. It is automatically reclaimed when exiting the scope where the
access type is defined. This package is not intended to be used directly by the
user and it is implicitly used for each such declaration:
type T1 is access Something; for T1'Storage_Size use 10_000;
The use of unchecked deallocation and unchecked conversion can easily
lead to incorrect memory references. The problems generated by such
references are usually difficult to tackle because the symptoms can be
very remote from the origin of the problem. In such cases, it is
very helpful to detect the problem as early as possible. This is the
purpose of the Storage Pool provided by GNAT.Debug_Pools
.
In order to use the GNAT specific debugging pool, the user must associate a debug pool object with each of the access types that may be related to suspected memory problems. See Ada Reference Manual 13.11.
type Ptr is access Some_Type; Pool : GNAT.Debug_Pools.Debug_Pool; for Ptr'Storage_Pool use Pool;
GNAT.Debug_Pools
is derived from a GNAT-specific kind of
pool: the Checked_Pool
. Such pools, like standard Ada storage pools,
allow the user to redefine allocation and deallocation strategies. They
also provide a checkpoint for each dereference, through the use of
the primitive operation Dereference
which is implicitly called at
each dereference of an access value.
Once an access type has been associated with a debug pool, operations on values of the type may raise four distinct exceptions, which correspond to four potential kinds of memory corruption:
GNAT.Debug_Pools.Accessing_Not_Allocated_Storage
GNAT.Debug_Pools.Accessing_Deallocated_Storage
GNAT.Debug_Pools.Freeing_Not_Allocated_Storage
GNAT.Debug_Pools.Freeing_Deallocated_Storage
For types associated with a Debug_Pool, dynamic allocation is performed using
the standard GNAT allocation routine. References to all allocated chunks of
memory are kept in an internal dictionary. Several deallocation strategies are
provided, whereupon the user can choose to release the memory to the system,
keep it allocated for further invalid access checks, or fill it with an easily
recognizable pattern for debug sessions. The memory pattern is the old IBM
hexadecimal convention: 16#DEADBEEF#
.
See the documentation in the file g-debpoo.ads for more information on the various strategies.
Upon each dereference, a check is made that the access value denotes a
properly allocated memory location. Here is a complete example of use of
Debug_Pools
, that includes typical instances of memory corruption:
with Gnat.Io; use Gnat.Io; with Unchecked_Deallocation; with Unchecked_Conversion; with GNAT.Debug_Pools; with System.Storage_Elements; with Ada.Exceptions; use Ada.Exceptions; procedure Debug_Pool_Test is type T is access Integer; type U is access all T; P : GNAT.Debug_Pools.Debug_Pool; for T'Storage_Pool use P; procedure Free is new Unchecked_Deallocation (Integer, T); function UC is new Unchecked_Conversion (U, T); A, B : aliased T; procedure Info is new GNAT.Debug_Pools.Print_Info(Put_Line); begin Info (P); A := new Integer; B := new Integer; B := A; Info (P); Free (A); begin Put_Line (Integer'Image(B.all)); exception when E : others => Put_Line ("raised: " & Exception_Name (E)); end; begin Free (B); exception when E : others => Put_Line ("raised: " & Exception_Name (E)); end; B := UC(A'Access); begin Put_Line (Integer'Image(B.all)); exception when E : others => Put_Line ("raised: " & Exception_Name (E)); end; begin Free (B); exception when E : others => Put_Line ("raised: " & Exception_Name (E)); end; Info (P); end Debug_Pool_Test;
The debug pool mechanism provides the following precise diagnostics on the execution of this erroneous program:
Debug Pool info: Total allocated bytes : 0 Total deallocated bytes : 0 Current Water Mark: 0 High Water Mark: 0 Debug Pool info: Total allocated bytes : 8 Total deallocated bytes : 0 Current Water Mark: 8 High Water Mark: 8 raised: GNAT.DEBUG_POOLS.ACCESSING_DEALLOCATED_STORAGE raised: GNAT.DEBUG_POOLS.FREEING_DEALLOCATED_STORAGE raised: GNAT.DEBUG_POOLS.ACCESSING_NOT_ALLOCATED_STORAGE raised: GNAT.DEBUG_POOLS.FREEING_NOT_ALLOCATED_STORAGE Debug Pool info: Total allocated bytes : 8 Total deallocated bytes : 4 Current Water Mark: 4 High Water Mark: 8
This appendix contains information relating to the implementation of run-time libraries on various platforms and also covers topics related to the GNAT implementation on Windows and Mac OS.
The GNAT run-time implementation may vary with respect to both the underlying threads library and the exception-handling scheme. For threads support, the default run-time will bind to the thread package of the underlying operating system.
For exception handling, either or both of two models are supplied:
Most programs should experience a substantial speed improvement by
being compiled with a ZCX run-time.
This is especially true for
tasking applications or applications with many exception handlers.
Note however that the ZCX run-time does not support asynchronous abort
of tasks (abort
and select-then-abort
constructs) and will instead
implement abort by polling points in the runtime. You can also add additional
polling points explicitly if needed in your application via pragma
Abort_Defer
.
This section summarizes which combinations of threads and exception support are supplied on various GNAT platforms.
Platform | Run-Time | Tasking | Exceptions |
---|---|---|---|
GNU/Linux | rts-native (default) | pthread library | ZCX |
rts-sjlj | pthread library | SJLJ | |
Windows | rts-native (default) | native Win32 threads | ZCX |
rts-sjlj | native Win32 threads | SJLJ | |
Mac OS | rts-native | pthread library | ZCX |
The adainclude
subdirectory containing the sources of the GNAT
run-time library, and the adalib
subdirectory containing the
ALI
files and the static and/or shared GNAT library, are located
in the gcc target-dependent area:
target=$prefix/lib/gcc/gcc-*dumpmachine*/gcc-*dumpversion*/
As indicated above, on some platforms several run-time libraries are supplied. These libraries are installed in the target dependent area and contain a complete source and binary subdirectory. The detailed description below explains the differences between the different libraries in terms of their thread support.
The default run-time library (when GNAT is installed) is `rts-native'. This default run-time is selected by the means of soft links. For example on x86-linux:
$(target-dir) __/ / \ \___ _______/ / \ \_________________ / / \ \ / / \ \ ADAINCLUDE ADALIB rts-native rts-sjlj : : / \ / \ : : / \ / \ : : / \ / \ : : / \ / \ +-------------> adainclude adalib adainclude adalib : ^ : : +---------------------+ Run-Time Library Directory Structure (Upper-case names and dotted/dashed arrows represent soft links)
If the `rts-sjlj' library is to be selected on a permanent basis, these soft links can be modified with the following commands:
$ cd $target $ rm -f adainclude adalib $ ln -s rts-sjlj/adainclude adainclude $ ln -s rts-sjlj/adalib adalib
Alternatively, you can specify rts-sjlj/adainclude
in the file
$target/ada_source_path
and rts-sjlj/adalib
in
$target/ada_object_path
.
Selecting another run-time library temporarily can be
achieved by using the --RTS
switch, e.g., --RTS=sjlj
When using a POSIX threads implementation, you have a choice of several
scheduling policies: SCHED_FIFO
, SCHED_RR
and SCHED_OTHER
.
Typically, the default is SCHED_OTHER
, while using SCHED_FIFO
or SCHED_RR
requires special (e.g., root) privileges.
By default, GNAT uses the SCHED_OTHER
policy. To specify
SCHED_FIFO
,
you can use one of the following:
pragma Time_Slice (0.0)
-T0
pragma Task_Dispatching_Policy (FIFO_Within_Priorities)
To specify SCHED_RR
,
you should use pragma Time_Slice
with a
value greater than 0.0, or else use the corresponding -T
binder option.
To make sure a program is running as root, you can put something like this in a library package body in your application:
function geteuid return Integer; pragma Import (C, geteuid, "geteuid"); Ignore : constant Boolean := (if geteuid = 0 then True else raise Program_Error with "must be root");
It gets the effective user id, and if it’s not 0 (i.e. root), it raises Program_Error. Note that if you re running the code in a container, this may not be sufficient, as you may have sufficient priviledge on the container, but not on the host machine running the container, so check that you also have sufficient priviledge for running the container image.
This section describes topics that are specific to GNU/Linux platforms.
GNAT requires the C library developer’s package to be installed. The name of of that package depends on your GNU/Linux distribution:
glibc-devel
;
libc6-dev
(normally installed by default).
If using the 32-bit version of GNAT on a 64-bit version of GNU/Linux, you’ll need the 32-bit version of the following packages:
glibc.i686
, glibc-devel.i686
, ncurses-libs.i686
libc6:i386
, libc6-dev:i386
, lib32ncursesw5
Other GNU/Linux distributions might be choosing a different name for those packages.
On SuSE 15, some kernels have a defect causing issues when debugging programs using threads or Ada tasks. Due to the lack of documentation found regarding this kernel issue, we can only provide limited information about which kernels are impacted: kernel version 5.3.18 is known to be impacted, and kernels in the 5.14 range or newer are believed to fix this problem.
The bug affects the debugging of 32-bit processes on a 64-bit system.
Symptoms can vary: Unexpected SIGABRT
signals being received by
the program, “The futex facility returned an unexpected error code”
error message, and inferior programs hanging indefinitely range among
the symptoms most commonly observed.
This section describes topics that are specific to the Microsoft Windows platforms.
One of the strengths of the GNAT technology is that its tool set
(gcc
, gnatbind
, gnatlink
, gnatmake
, the
gdb
debugger, etc.) is used in the same way regardless of the
platform.
On Windows this tool set is complemented by a number of Microsoft-specific tools that have been provided to facilitate interoperability with Windows when this is required. With these tools:
CONSOLE
or WINDOWS
subsystems.
Immediately below are listed all known general GNAT-for-Windows restrictions. Other restrictions about specific features like Windows Resources and DLLs are listed in separate sections below.
GetLastError
and SetLastError
when tasking, protected records, or exceptions are used. In these
cases, in order to implement Ada semantics, the GNAT run-time system
calls certain Win32 routines that set the last error variable to 0 upon
success. It should be possible to use GetLastError
and
SetLastError
when tasking, protected record, and exception
features are not used, but it is not guaranteed to work.
Make sure the system on which GNAT is installed is accessible from the
current machine, i.e., the install location is shared over the network.
Shared resources are accessed on Windows by means of UNC paths, which
have the format \\\\server\\sharename\\path
In order to use such a network installation, simply add the UNC path of the
bin
directory of your GNAT installation in front of your PATH. For
example, if GNAT is installed in \GNAT
directory of a share location
called c-drive
on a machine LOKI
, the following command will
make it available:
$ path \\loki\c-drive\gnat\bin;%path%`
Be aware that every compilation using the network installation results in the transfer of large amounts of data across the network and will likely cause serious performance penalty.
There are two main subsystems under Windows. The CONSOLE
subsystem
(which is the default subsystem) will always create a console when
launching the application. This is not something desirable when the
application has a Windows GUI. To get rid of this console the
application must be using the WINDOWS
subsystem. To do so
the -mwindows
linker option must be specified.
$ gnatmake winprog -largs -mwindows
It is possible to control where temporary files gets created by setting
the
TMP
environment variable. The file will be created:
TMP
environment variable if
this directory exists.
c:\temp
, if the
TMP
environment variable is not
set (or not pointing to a directory) and if this directory exists.
This allows you to determine exactly where the temporary file will be created. This is particularly useful in networked environments where you may not have write access to some directories.
By default, an executable compiled for the Windows platform will do the following postprocessing on the arguments passed on the command line:
*
and/or ?
, then
file expansion will be attempted. For example, if the current directory
contains a.txt
and b.txt
, then when calling:
$ my_ada_program *.txt
The following arguments will effectively be passed to the main program
(for example when using Ada.Command_Line.Argument
):
Ada.Command_Line.Argument (1) -> "a.txt" Ada.Command_Line.Argument (2) -> "b.txt"
$ my_ada_program '*.txt'
will result in:
Ada.Command_Line.Argument (1) -> "*.txt"
Note that if the program is launched from a shell such as Cygwin Bash then quote removal might be performed by the shell.
In some contexts it might be useful to disable this feature (for example if
the program performs its own argument expansion). In order to do this, a C
symbol needs to be defined and set to 0
. You can do this by
adding the following code fragment in one of your Ada units:
Do_Argv_Expansion : Integer := 0; pragma Export (C, Do_Argv_Expansion, "__gnat_do_argv_expansion");
The results of previous examples will be respectively:
Ada.Command_Line.Argument (1) -> "*.txt"
and:
Ada.Command_Line.Argument (1) -> "'*.txt'"
Microsoft Windows desktops older than 8.0
and Microsoft Windows Servers
older than 2019
set a socket timeout 500 milliseconds longer than the value
set by setsockopt with SO_RCVTIMEO
and SO_SNDTIMEO
options. The GNAT
runtime makes a correction for the difference in the corresponding Windows
versions. For Windows Server starting with version 2019
, the user must
provide a manifest file for the GNAT runtime to be able to recognize that
the Windows version does not need the timeout correction. The manifest file
should be located in the same directory as the executable file, and its file
name must match the executable name suffixed by .manifest
. For example,
if the executable name is sock_wto.exe
, then the manifest file name
has to be sock_wto.exe.manifest
. The manifest file must contain at
least the following data:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?> <assembly xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:asm.v1" manifestVersion="1.0"> <compatibility xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:compatibility.v1"> <application> <!-- Windows Vista --> <supportedOS Id="{e2011457-1546-43c5-a5fe-008deee3d3f0}"/> <!-- Windows 7 --> <supportedOS Id="{35138b9a-5d96-4fbd-8e2d-a2440225f93a}"/> <!-- Windows 8 --> <supportedOS Id="{4a2f28e3-53b9-4441-ba9c-d69d4a4a6e38}"/> <!-- Windows 8.1 --> <supportedOS Id="{1f676c76-80e1-4239-95bb-83d0f6d0da78}"/> <!-- Windows 10 --> <supportedOS Id="{8e0f7a12-bfb3-4fe8-b9a5-48fd50a15a9a}"/> </application> </compatibility> </assembly>
Without the manifest file, the socket timeout is going to be overcorrected on these Windows Server versions and the actual time is going to be 500 milliseconds shorter than what was set with GNAT.Sockets.Set_Socket_Option. Note that on Microsoft Windows versions where correction is necessary, there is no way to set a socket timeout shorter than 500 ms. If a socket timeout shorter than 500 ms is needed on these Windows versions, a call to Check_Selector should be added before any socket read or write operations.
Developing pure Ada applications on Windows is no different than on other GNAT-supported platforms. However, when developing or porting an application that contains a mix of Ada and C/C++, the choice of your Windows C/C++ development environment conditions your overall interoperability strategy.
If you use gcc
or Microsoft C to compile the non-Ada part of
your application, there are no Windows-specific restrictions that
affect the overall interoperability with your Ada code. If you do want
to use the Microsoft tools for your C++ code, you have two choices:
In addition to the description about C main in Mixed Language Programming section, if the C main uses a stand-alone library it is required on x86-windows to setup the SEH context. For this the C main must looks like this:
/* main.c */ extern void adainit (void); extern void adafinal (void); extern void __gnat_initialize(void*); extern void call_to_ada (void); int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { int SEH [2]; /* Initialize the SEH context */ __gnat_initialize (&SEH); adainit(); /* Then call Ada services in the stand-alone library */ call_to_ada(); adafinal(); }
Note that this is not needed on x86_64-windows where the Windows native SEH support is used.
C
Calling ConventionStdcall
Calling ConventionWin32
Calling ConventionDLL
Calling Conventiongnatdll
gnatlink
gnatlink
This section pertain only to Win32. On Win64 there is a single native calling convention. All convention specifiers are ignored on this platform.
When a subprogram F
(caller) calls a subprogram G
(callee), there are several ways to push G
‘s parameters on the
stack and there are several possible scenarios to clean up the stack
upon G
‘s return. A calling convention is an agreed upon software
protocol whereby the responsibilities between the caller (F
) and
the callee (G
) are clearly defined. Several calling conventions
are available for Windows:
C
(Microsoft defined)
Stdcall
(Microsoft defined)
Win32
(GNAT specific)
DLL
(GNAT specific)
C
Calling Convention ¶This is the default calling convention used when interfacing to C/C++
routines compiled with either gcc
or Microsoft Visual C++.
In the C
calling convention subprogram parameters are pushed on the
stack by the caller from right to left. The caller itself is in charge of
cleaning up the stack after the call. In addition, the name of a routine
with C
calling convention is mangled by adding a leading underscore.
The name to use on the Ada side when importing (or exporting) a routine
with C
calling convention is the name of the routine. For
instance the C function:
int get_val (long);
should be imported from Ada as follows:
function Get_Val (V : Interfaces.C.long) return Interfaces.C.int; pragma Import (C, Get_Val, External_Name => "get_val");
Note that in this particular case the External_Name
parameter could
have been omitted since, when missing, this parameter is taken to be the
name of the Ada entity in lower case. When the Link_Name
parameter
is missing, as in the above example, this parameter is set to be the
External_Name
with a leading underscore.
When importing a variable defined in C, you should always use the C
calling convention unless the object containing the variable is part of a
DLL (in which case you should use the Stdcall
calling
convention, Stdcall Calling Convention).
Stdcall
Calling Convention ¶This convention, which was the calling convention used for Pascal programs, is used by Microsoft for all the routines in the Win32 API for efficiency reasons. It must be used to import any routine for which this convention was specified.
In the Stdcall
calling convention subprogram parameters are pushed
on the stack by the caller from right to left. The callee (and not the
caller) is in charge of cleaning the stack on routine exit. In addition,
the name of a routine with Stdcall
calling convention is mangled by
adding a leading underscore (as for the C
calling convention) and a
trailing @`nn'
, where nn
is the overall size (in
bytes) of the parameters passed to the routine.
The name to use on the Ada side when importing a C routine with a
Stdcall
calling convention is the name of the C routine. The leading
underscore and trailing @`nn'
are added automatically by
the compiler. For instance the Win32 function:
APIENTRY int get_val (long);
should be imported from Ada as follows:
function Get_Val (V : Interfaces.C.long) return Interfaces.C.int; pragma Import (Stdcall, Get_Val); -- On the x86 a long is 4 bytes, so the Link_Name is "_get_val@4"
As for the C
calling convention, when the External_Name
parameter is missing, it is taken to be the name of the Ada entity in lower
case. If instead of writing the above import pragma you write:
function Get_Val (V : Interfaces.C.long) return Interfaces.C.int; pragma Import (Stdcall, Get_Val, External_Name => "retrieve_val");
then the imported routine is _retrieve_val@4
. However, if instead
of specifying the External_Name
parameter you specify the
Link_Name
as in the following example:
function Get_Val (V : Interfaces.C.long) return Interfaces.C.int; pragma Import (Stdcall, Get_Val, Link_Name => "retrieve_val");
then the imported routine is retrieve_val
, that is, there is no
decoration at all. No leading underscore and no Stdcall suffix
@`nn'
.
This is especially important as in some special cases a DLL’s entry
point name lacks a trailing @`nn'
while the exported
name generated for a call has it.
It is also possible to import variables defined in a DLL by using an import pragma for a variable. As an example, if a DLL contains a variable defined as:
int my_var;
then, to access this variable from Ada you should write:
My_Var : Interfaces.C.int; pragma Import (Stdcall, My_Var);
Note that to ease building cross-platform bindings this convention
will be handled as a C
calling convention on non-Windows platforms.
Win32
Calling Convention ¶This convention, which is GNAT-specific is fully equivalent to the
Stdcall
calling convention described above.
DLL
Calling Convention ¶This convention, which is GNAT-specific is fully equivalent to the
Stdcall
calling convention described above.
A Dynamically Linked Library (DLL) is a library that can be shared by several applications running under Windows. A DLL can contain any number of routines and variables.
One advantage of DLLs is that you can change and enhance them without forcing all the applications that depend on them to be relinked or recompiled. However, you should be aware than all calls to DLL routines are slower since, as you will understand below, such calls are indirect.
To illustrate the remainder of this section, suppose that an application
wants to use the services of a DLL API.dll
. To use the services
provided by API.dll
you must statically link against the DLL or
an import library which contains a jump table with an entry for each
routine and variable exported by the DLL. In the Microsoft world this
import library is called API.lib
. When using GNAT this import
library is called either libAPI.dll.a
, libapi.dll.a
,
libAPI.a
or libapi.a
(names are case insensitive).
After you have linked your application with the DLL or the import library and you run your application, here is what happens:
API.dll
is mapped into the address space of your
application. This means that:
libAPI.dll.a
or API.lib
or automatically created when linking against a DLL)
which is part of your application are initialized with the addresses
of the routines and variables in API.dll
.
API.dll
, routines DllMain
or
DllMainCRTStartup
are invoked. These routines typically contain
the initialization code needed for the well-being of the routines and
variables exported by the DLL.
There is an additional point which is worth mentioning. In the Windows
world there are two kind of DLLs: relocatable and non-relocatable
DLLs. Non-relocatable DLLs can only be loaded at a very specific address
in the target application address space. If the addresses of two
non-relocatable DLLs overlap and these happen to be used by the same
application, a conflict will occur and the application will run
incorrectly. Hence, when possible, it is always preferable to use and
build relocatable DLLs. Both relocatable and non-relocatable DLLs are
supported by GNAT. Note that the -s
linker option (see GNU Linker
User’s Guide) removes the debugging symbols from the DLL but the DLL can
still be relocated.
As a side note, an interesting difference between Microsoft DLLs and Unix shared libraries, is the fact that on most Unix systems all public routines are exported by default in a Unix shared library, while under Windows it is possible (but not required) to list exported routines in a definition file (see The Definition File).
To use the services of a DLL, say API.dll
, in your Ada application
you must have:
API.dll
. If not available this Ada spec must be built from the C/C++
header files provided with the DLL.
libAPI.dll.a
or API.lib
). As previously
mentioned an import library is a statically linked library containing the
import table which will be filled at load time to point to the actual
API.dll
routines. Sometimes you don’t have an import library for the
DLL you want to use. The following sections will explain how to build
one. Note that this is optional.
API.dll
.
Once you have all the above, to compile an Ada application that uses the
services of API.dll
and whose main subprogram is My_Ada_App
,
you simply issue the command
$ gnatmake my_ada_app -largs -lAPI
The argument -largs -lAPI
at the end of the gnatmake
command
tells the GNAT linker to look for an import library. The linker will
look for a library name in this specific order:
libAPI.dll.a
API.dll.a
libAPI.a
API.lib
libAPI.dll
API.dll
The first three are the GNU style import libraries. The third is the Microsoft style import libraries. The last two are the actual DLL names.
Note that if the Ada package spec for API.dll
contains the
following pragma
pragma Linker_Options ("-lAPI");
you do not have to add -largs -lAPI
at the end of the
gnatmake
command.
If any one of the items above is missing you will have to create it
yourself. The following sections explain how to do so using as an
example a fictitious DLL called API.dll
.
A DLL typically comes with a C/C++ header file which provides the
definitions of the routines and variables exported by the DLL. The Ada
equivalent of this header file is a package spec that contains definitions
for the imported entities. If the DLL you intend to use does not come with
an Ada spec you have to generate one such spec yourself. For example if
the header file of API.dll
is a file api.h
containing the
following two definitions:
int some_var; int get (char *);
then the equivalent Ada spec could be:
with Interfaces.C.Strings; package API is use Interfaces; Some_Var : C.int; function Get (Str : C.Strings.Chars_Ptr) return C.int; private pragma Import (C, Get); pragma Import (DLL, Some_Var); end API;
If a Microsoft-style import library API.lib
or a GNAT-style
import library libAPI.dll.a
or libAPI.a
is available
with API.dll
you can skip this section. You can also skip this
section if API.dll
or libAPI.dll
is built with GNU tools
as in this case it is possible to link directly against the
DLL. Otherwise read on.
As previously mentioned, and unlike Unix systems, the list of symbols
that are exported from a DLL must be provided explicitly in Windows.
The main goal of a definition file is precisely that: list the symbols
exported by a DLL. A definition file (usually a file with a .def
suffix) has the following structure:
[LIBRARY ``name``] [DESCRIPTION ``string``] EXPORTS ``symbol1`` ``symbol2`` ...
This section, which is optional, gives the name of the DLL.
This section, which is optional, gives a description string that will be embedded in the import library.
This section gives the list of exported symbols (procedures, functions or
variables). For instance in the case of API.dll
the EXPORTS
section of API.def
looks like:
EXPORTS some_var get
Note that you must specify the correct suffix (@`nn'
)
(see Windows Calling Conventions) for a Stdcall
calling convention function in the exported symbols list.
There can actually be other sections in a definition file, but these sections are not relevant to the discussion at hand.
You can automatically create the definition file API.def
(see The Definition File) from a DLL.
For that use the dlltool
program as follows:
$ dlltool API.dll -z API.def --export-all-symbolsNote that if some routines in the DLL have the
Stdcall
convention (Windows Calling Conventions) with stripped@`nn'
suffix then you’ll have to editapi.def
to add it, and specify-k
tognatdll
when creating the import library.Here are some hints to find the right
@`nn'
suffix.
- If you have the Microsoft import library (.lib), it is possible to get the right symbols by using Microsoft
dumpbin
tool (see the corresponding Microsoft documentation for further details).$ dumpbin /exports api.lib- If you have a message about a missing symbol at link time the compiler tells you what symbol is expected. You just have to go back to the definition file and add the right suffix.
To create a static import library from API.dll
with the GNAT tools
you should create the .def file, then use gnatdll
tool
(see Using gnatdll) as follows:
$ gnatdll -e API.def -d API.dll
gnatdll
takes as input a definition fileAPI.def
and the name of the DLL containing the services listed in the definition fileAPI.dll
. The name of the static import library generated is computed from the name of the definition file as follows: if the definition file name isxyz.def
, the import library name will belibxyz.a
. Note that in the previous example option-e
could have been removed because the name of the definition file (before the.def
suffix) is the same as the name of the DLL (Using gnatdll for more information aboutgnatdll
).
A Microsoft import library is needed only if you plan to make an Ada DLL available to applications developed with Microsoft tools (Mixed-Language Programming on Windows).
To create a Microsoft-style import library for API.dll
you
should create the .def file, then build the actual import library using
Microsoft’s lib
utility:
$ lib -machine:IX86 -def:API.def -out:API.libIf you use the above command the definition file
API.def
must contain a line giving the name of the DLL:LIBRARY "API"See the Microsoft documentation for further details about the usage of
lib
.
There is nothing specific to Windows in the build process. See the `Library Projects' section in the `GNAT Project Manager' chapter of the `GPRbuild User’s Guide'.
Due to a system limitation, it is not possible under Windows to create threads
when inside the DllMain
routine which is used for auto-initialization
of shared libraries, so it is not possible to have library level tasks in SALs.
This section explain how to build DLLs using the GNAT built-in DLL support. With the following procedure it is straight forward to build and use DLLs with GNAT.
gnatmake
tool.
gcc
-shared
and
-shared-libgcc
options. It is quite simple to use this method:
$ gcc -shared -shared-libgcc -o api.dll obj1.o obj2.o ...
It is important to note that in this case all symbols found in the
object files are automatically exported. It is possible to restrict
the set of symbols to export by passing to gcc
a definition
file (see The Definition File).
For example:
$ gcc -shared -shared-libgcc -o api.dll api.def obj1.o obj2.o ...
If you use a definition file you must export the elaboration procedures for every package that required one. Elaboration procedures are named using the package name followed by “_E”.
$ mkdir apilib $ copy *.ads *.ali api.dll apilib $ attrib +R apilib\\*.ali
At this point it is possible to use the DLL by directly linking
against it. Note that you must use the GNAT shared runtime when using
GNAT shared libraries. This is achieved by using the -shared
binder
option.
$ gnatmake main -Iapilib -bargs -shared -largs -Lapilib -lAPI
Note that it is preferred to use GNAT Project files (Building DLLs with GNAT Project files) or the built-in GNAT DLL support (Building DLLs with GNAT) or to build DLLs.
This section explains how to build DLLs containing Ada code using
gnatdll
. These DLLs will be referred to as Ada DLLs in the
remainder of this section.
The steps required to build an Ada DLL that is to be used by Ada as well as non-Ada applications are as follows:
C
or
Stdcall
calling convention to avoid any Ada name mangling for the
entities exported by the DLL
(see Exporting Ada Entities). You can
skip this step if you plan to use the Ada DLL only from Ada applications.
adainit
generated by gnatbind
to perform the elaboration of
the Ada code in the DLL (Ada DLLs and Elaboration). The initialization
routine exported by the Ada DLL must be invoked by the clients of the DLL
to initialize the DLL.
adafinal
generated by gnatbind
to perform the
finalization of the Ada code in the DLL (Ada DLLs and Finalization).
The finalization routine exported by the Ada DLL must be invoked by the
clients of the DLL when the DLL services are no further needed.
gnatdll
to produce the DLL and the import
library (Using gnatdll).
Note that a relocatable DLL stripped using the strip
binutils tool will not be relocatable anymore. To build a DLL without
debug information pass -largs -s
to gnatdll
. This
restriction does not apply to a DLL built using a Library Project.
See the `Library Projects' section in the `GNAT Project Manager'
chapter of the `GPRbuild User’s Guide'.
When using Ada DLLs from Ada applications there is a limitation users should be aware of. Because on Windows the GNAT run-time is not in a DLL of its own, each Ada DLL includes a part of the GNAT run-time. Specifically, each Ada DLL includes the services of the GNAT run-time that are necessary to the Ada code inside the DLL. As a result, when an Ada program uses an Ada DLL there are two independent GNAT run-times: one in the Ada DLL and one in the main program.
It is therefore not possible to exchange GNAT run-time objects between the
Ada DLL and the main Ada program. Example of GNAT run-time objects are file
handles (e.g., Text_IO.File_Type
), tasks types, protected objects
types, etc.
It is completely safe to exchange plain elementary, array or record types, Windows object handles, etc.
Building a DLL is a way to encapsulate a set of services usable from any
application. As a result, the Ada entities exported by a DLL should be
exported with the C
or Stdcall
calling conventions to avoid
any Ada name mangling. As an example here is an Ada package
API
, spec and body, exporting two procedures, a function, and a
variable:
with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces; package API is Count : C.int := 0; function Factorial (Val : C.int) return C.int; procedure Initialize_API; procedure Finalize_API; -- Initialization & Finalization routines. More in the next section. private pragma Export (C, Initialize_API); pragma Export (C, Finalize_API); pragma Export (C, Count); pragma Export (C, Factorial); end API;package body API is function Factorial (Val : C.int) return C.int is Fact : C.int := 1; begin Count := Count + 1; for K in 1 .. Val loop Fact := Fact * K; end loop; return Fact; end Factorial; procedure Initialize_API is procedure Adainit; pragma Import (C, Adainit); begin Adainit; end Initialize_API; procedure Finalize_API is procedure Adafinal; pragma Import (C, Adafinal); begin Adafinal; end Finalize_API; end API;
If the Ada DLL you are building will only be used by Ada applications
you do not have to export Ada entities with a C
or Stdcall
convention. As an example, the previous package could be written as
follows:
package API is Count : Integer := 0; function Factorial (Val : Integer) return Integer; procedure Initialize_API; procedure Finalize_API; -- Initialization and Finalization routines. end API;package body API is function Factorial (Val : Integer) return Integer is Fact : Integer := 1; begin Count := Count + 1; for K in 1 .. Val loop Fact := Fact * K; end loop; return Fact; end Factorial; ... -- The remainder of this package body is unchanged. end API;
Note that if you do not export the Ada entities with a C
or
Stdcall
convention you will have to provide the mangled Ada names
in the definition file of the Ada DLL
(Creating the Definition File).
The DLL that you are building contains your Ada code as well as all the routines in the Ada library that are needed by it. The first thing a user of your DLL must do is elaborate the Ada code (Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT).
To achieve this you must export an initialization routine
(Initialize_API
in the previous example), which must be invoked
before using any of the DLL services. This elaboration routine must call
the Ada elaboration routine adainit
generated by the GNAT binder
(Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs). See the body of
Initialize_Api
for an example. Note that the GNAT binder is
automatically invoked during the DLL build process by the gnatdll
tool (Using gnatdll).
When a DLL is loaded, Windows systematically invokes a routine called
DllMain
. It would therefore be possible to call adainit
directly from DllMain
without having to provide an explicit
initialization routine. Unfortunately, it is not possible to call
adainit
from the DllMain
if your program has library level
tasks because access to the DllMain
entry point is serialized by
the system (that is, only a single thread can execute ‘through’ it at a
time), which means that the GNAT run-time will deadlock waiting for the
newly created task to complete its initialization.
When the services of an Ada DLL are no longer needed, the client code should
invoke the DLL finalization routine, if available. The DLL finalization
routine is in charge of releasing all resources acquired by the DLL. In the
case of the Ada code contained in the DLL, this is achieved by calling
routine adafinal
generated by the GNAT binder
(Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs).
See the body of Finalize_Api
for an
example. As already pointed out the GNAT binder is automatically invoked
during the DLL build process by the gnatdll
tool
(Using gnatdll).
To use the services exported by the Ada DLL from another programming
language (e.g., C), you have to translate the specs of the exported Ada
entities in that language. For instance in the case of API.dll
,
the corresponding C header file could look like:
extern int *_imp__count; #define count (*_imp__count) int factorial (int);
It is important to understand that when building an Ada DLL to be used by
other Ada applications, you need two different specs for the packages
contained in the DLL: one for building the DLL and the other for using
the DLL. This is because the DLL
calling convention is needed to
use a variable defined in a DLL, but when building the DLL, the variable
must have either the Ada
or C
calling convention. As an
example consider a DLL comprising the following package API
:
package API is Count : Integer := 0; ... -- Remainder of the package omitted. end API;
After producing a DLL containing package API
, the spec that
must be used to import API.Count
from Ada code outside of the
DLL is:
package API is Count : Integer; pragma Import (DLL, Count); end API;
The definition file is the last file needed to build the DLL. It lists
the exported symbols. As an example, the definition file for a DLL
containing only package API
(where all the entities are exported
with a C
calling convention) is:
EXPORTS count factorial finalize_api initialize_api
If the C
calling convention is missing from package API
,
then the definition file contains the mangled Ada names of the above
entities, which in this case are:
EXPORTS api__count api__factorial api__finalize_api api__initialize_api
gnatdll
¶gnatdll
is a tool to automate the DLL build process once all the Ada
and non-Ada sources that make up your DLL have been compiled.
gnatdll
is actually in charge of two distinct tasks: build the
static import library for the DLL and the actual DLL. The form of the
gnatdll
command is
$ gnatdll [ switches ] list-of-files [ -largs opts ]
where list-of-files
is a list of ALI and object files. The object
file list must be the exact list of objects corresponding to the non-Ada
sources whose services are to be included in the DLL. The ALI file list
must be the exact list of ALI files for the corresponding Ada sources
whose services are to be included in the DLL. If list-of-files
is
missing, only the static import library is generated.
You may specify any of the following switches to gnatdll
:
-a[`address']
Build a non-relocatable DLL at address
. If address
is not
specified the default address 0x11000000
will be used. By default,
when this switch is missing, gnatdll
builds relocatable DLL. We
advise the reader to build relocatable DLL.
-b `address'
Set the relocatable DLL base address. By default the address is
0x11000000
.
-bargs `opts'
Binder options. Pass opts
to the binder.
-d `dllfile'
dllfile
is the name of the DLL. This switch must be present for
gnatdll
to do anything. The name of the generated import library is
obtained algorithmically from dllfile
as shown in the following
example: if dllfile
is xyz.dll
, the import library name is
libxyz.dll.a
. The name of the definition file to use (if not specified
by option -e
) is obtained algorithmically from dllfile
as shown in the following example:
if dllfile
is xyz.dll
, the definition
file used is xyz.def
.
-e `deffile'
deffile
is the name of the definition file.
-g
Generate debugging information. This information is stored in the object
file and copied from there to the final DLL file by the linker,
where it can be read by the debugger. You must use the
-g
switch if you plan on using the debugger or the symbolic
stack traceback.
-h
Help mode. Displays gnatdll
switch usage information.
-I`dir'
Direct gnatdll
to search the dir
directory for source and
object files needed to build the DLL.
(Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)).
-k
Removes the @`nn'
suffix from the import library’s exported
names, but keeps them for the link names. You must specify this
option if you want to use a Stdcall
function in a DLL for which
the @`nn'
suffix has been removed. This is the case for most
of the Windows NT DLL for example. This option has no effect when
-n
option is specified.
-l `file'
The list of ALI and object files used to build the DLL are listed in
file
, instead of being given in the command line. Each line in
file
contains the name of an ALI or object file.
-n
No Import. Do not create the import library.
-q
Quiet mode. Do not display unnecessary messages.
-v
Verbose mode. Display extra information.
-largs `opts'
Linker options. Pass opts
to the linker.
gnatdll
Example ¶As an example the command to build a relocatable DLL from api.adb
once api.adb
has been compiled and api.def
created is
$ gnatdll -d api.dll api.ali
The above command creates two files: libapi.dll.a
(the import
library) and api.dll
(the actual DLL). If you want to create
only the DLL, just type:
$ gnatdll -d api.dll -n api.ali
Alternatively if you want to create just the import library, type:
$ gnatdll -d api.dll
gnatdll
behind the Scenes ¶This section details the steps involved in creating a DLL. gnatdll
does these steps for you. Unless you are interested in understanding what
goes on behind the scenes, you should skip this section.
We use the previous example of a DLL containing the Ada package API
,
to illustrate the steps necessary to build a DLL. The starting point is a
set of objects that will make up the DLL and the corresponding ALI
files. In the case of this example this means that api.o
and
api.ali
are available. To build a relocatable DLL, gnatdll
does
the following:
gnatdll
builds the base file (api.base
). A base file gives
the information necessary to generate relocation information for the
DLL.
$ gnatbind -n api $ gnatlink api -o api.jnk -mdll -Wl,--base-file,api.base
In addition to the base file, the gnatlink
command generates an
output file api.jnk
which can be discarded. The -mdll
switch
asks gnatlink
to generate the routines DllMain
and
DllMainCRTStartup
that are called by the Windows loader when the DLL
is loaded into memory.
gnatdll
uses dlltool
(see Using dlltool) to build the
export table (api.exp
). The export table contains the relocation
information in a form which can be used during the final link to ensure
that the Windows loader is able to place the DLL anywhere in memory.
$ dlltool --dllname api.dll --def api.def --base-file api.base \\ --output-exp api.exp
gnatdll
builds the base file using the new export table. Note that
gnatbind
must be called once again since the binder generated file
has been deleted during the previous call to gnatlink
.
$ gnatbind -n api $ gnatlink api -o api.jnk api.exp -mdll -Wl,--base-file,api.base
gnatdll
builds the new export table using the new base file and
generates the DLL import library libAPI.dll.a
.
$ dlltool --dllname api.dll --def api.def --base-file api.base \\ --output-exp api.exp --output-lib libAPI.a
gnatdll
builds the relocatable DLL using the final export
table.
$ gnatbind -n api $ gnatlink api api.exp -o api.dll -mdll
dlltool
¶dlltool
is the low-level tool used by gnatdll
to build
DLLs and static import libraries. This section summarizes the most
common dlltool
switches. The form of the dlltool
command
is
$ dlltool [`switches`]
dlltool
switches include:
--base-file `basefile'
Read the base file basefile
generated by the linker. This switch
is used to create a relocatable DLL.
--def `deffile'
Read the definition file.
--dllname `name'
Gives the name of the DLL. This switch is used to embed the name of the
DLL in the static import library generated by dlltool
with switch
--output-lib
.
-k
Kill @`nn'
from exported names
(Windows Calling Conventions
for a discussion about Stdcall
-style symbols.
--help
Prints the dlltool
switches with a concise description.
--output-exp `exportfile'
Generate an export file exportfile
. The export file contains the
export table (list of symbols in the DLL) and is used to create the DLL.
--output-lib `libfile'
Generate a static import library libfile
.
-v
Verbose mode.
--as `assembler-name'
Use assembler-name
as the assembler. The default is as
.
Resources are an easy way to add Windows specific objects to your application. The objects that can be added as resources include:
For example, a version information resource can be defined as follow and embedded into an executable or DLL:
A version information resource can be used to embed information into an executable or a DLL. These information can be viewed using the file properties from the Windows Explorer. Here is an example of a version information resource:
1 VERSIONINFO FILEVERSION 1,0,0,0 PRODUCTVERSION 1,0,0,0 BEGIN BLOCK "StringFileInfo" BEGIN BLOCK "080904E4" BEGIN VALUE "CompanyName", "My Company Name" VALUE "FileDescription", "My application" VALUE "FileVersion", "1.0" VALUE "InternalName", "my_app" VALUE "LegalCopyright", "My Name" VALUE "OriginalFilename", "my_app.exe" VALUE "ProductName", "My App" VALUE "ProductVersion", "1.0" END END BLOCK "VarFileInfo" BEGIN VALUE "Translation", 0x809, 1252 END END
The value 0809
(langID) is for the U.K English language and
04E4
(charsetID), which is equal to 1252
decimal, for
multilingual.
This section explains how to build, compile and use resources. Note that this section does not cover all resource objects, for a complete description see the corresponding Microsoft documentation.
A resource file is an ASCII file. By convention resource files have an
.rc
extension.
The easiest way to build a resource file is to use Microsoft tools
such as imagedit.exe
to build bitmaps, icons and cursors and
dlgedit.exe
to build dialogs.
It is always possible to build an .rc
file yourself by writing a
resource script.
It is not our objective to explain how to write a resource file. A complete description of the resource script language can be found in the Microsoft documentation.
This section describes how to build a GNAT-compatible (COFF) object file
containing the resources. This is done using the Resource Compiler
windres
as follows:
$ windres -i myres.rc -o myres.o
By default windres
will run gcc
to preprocess the .rc
file. You can specify an alternate preprocessor (usually named
cpp.exe
) using the windres
--preprocessor
parameter. A list of all possible options may be obtained by entering
the command windres
--help
.
It is also possible to use the Microsoft resource compiler rc.exe
to produce a .res
file (binary resource file). See the
corresponding Microsoft documentation for further details. In this case
you need to use windres
to translate the .res
file to a
GNAT-compatible object file as follows:
$ windres -i myres.res -o myres.o
To include the resource file in your program just add the
GNAT-compatible object file for the resource(s) to the linker
arguments. With gnatmake
this is done by using the -largs
option:
$ gnatmake myprog -largs myres.o
This section describes a common case of mixed GNAT/Microsoft Visual Studio application development, where the main program is developed using MSVS, and is linked with a DLL developed using GNAT. Such a mixed application should be developed following the general guidelines outlined above; below is the cookbook-style sequence of steps to follow:
mylib.gpr
, producing the library libmylib.dll
):
$ gprbuild -p mylib.gpr
$ dlltool libmylib.dll -z libmylib.def --export-all-symbols
$ lib -machine:IX86 -def:libmylib.def -out:libmylib.lib
If you are using a 64-bit toolchain, the above becomes…
$ lib -machine:X64 -def:libmylib.def -out:libmylib.lib
$ cl /O2 /MD main.c libmylib.lib
Debugging a DLL is similar to debugging a standard program. But we have to deal with two different executable parts: the DLL and the program that uses it. We have the following four possibilities:
In this section we address only cases one and two above. There is no point in trying to debug a DLL with GNU/GDB, if there is no GDB-compatible debugging information in it. To do so you must use a debugger compatible with the tools suite used to build the DLL.
This is the simplest case. Both the DLL and the program have GDB
compatible debugging information. It is then possible to break anywhere in
the process. Let’s suppose here that the main procedure is named
ada_main
and that in the DLL there is an entry point named
ada_dll
.
The DLL (Introduction to Dynamic Link Libraries (DLLs)) and program must have been built with the debugging information (see GNAT -g switch). Here are the step-by-step instructions for debugging it:
GDB
on the main program.
$ gdb -nw ada_main
(gdb) start
This step is required to be able to set a breakpoint inside the DLL. As long as the program is not run, the DLL is not loaded. This has the consequence that the DLL debugging information is also not loaded, so it is not possible to set a breakpoint in the DLL.
(gdb) break ada_dll (gdb) cont
At this stage a breakpoint is set inside the DLL. From there on you can use the standard approach to debug the whole program (Running and Debugging Ada Programs).
In this case things are slightly more complex because it is not possible to
start the main program and then break at the beginning to load the DLL and the
associated DLL debugging information. It is not possible to break at the
beginning of the program because there is no GDB
debugging information,
and therefore there is no direct way of getting initial control. This
section addresses this issue by describing some methods that can be used
to break somewhere in the DLL to debug it.
First suppose that the main procedure is named main
(this is for
example some C code built with Microsoft Visual C) and that there is a
DLL named test.dll
containing an Ada entry point named
ada_dll
.
The DLL (see Introduction to Dynamic Link Libraries (DLLs)) must have
been built with debugging information (see the GNAT -g
option).
$ objdump --file-header main.exe
The starting address is reported on the last line. For example:
main.exe: file format pei-i386 architecture: i386, flags 0x0000010a: EXEC_P, HAS_DEBUG, D_PAGED start address 0x00401010
$ gdb main.exe
$ (gdb) break *0x00401010 $ (gdb) run
The program will stop at the given address.
(gdb) break ada_dll.adb:45
Or if you want to break using a symbol on the DLL, you need first to select the Ada language (language used by the DLL).
(gdb) set language ada (gdb) break ada_dll
(gdb) cont
This will run the program until it reaches the breakpoint that has been set. From that point you can use the standard way to debug a program as described in (Running and Debugging Ada Programs).
It is also possible to debug the DLL by attaching to a running process.
With GDB
it is always possible to debug a running process by
attaching to it. It is possible to debug a DLL this way. The limitation
of this approach is that the DLL must run long enough to perform the
attach operation. It may be useful for instance to insert a time wasting
loop in the code of the DLL to meet this criterion.
main.exe
.
$ main
main.exe
is 208.
$ gdb
(gdb) attach 208
(gdb) symbol-file main.exe
(gdb) break ada_dll
(gdb) cont
This last step will resume the process execution, and stop at the breakpoint we have set. From there you can use the standard approach to debug a program as described in Running and Debugging Ada Programs.
gnatlink
¶It is possible to specify the program stack size at link time. On modern versions of Windows, starting with XP, this is mostly useful to set the size of the main stack (environment task). The other task stacks are set with pragma Storage_Size or with the `gnatbind -d' command.
Since older versions of Windows (2000, NT4, etc.) do not allow setting the reserve size of individual tasks, the link-time stack size applies to all tasks, and pragma Storage_Size has no effect. In particular, Stack Overflow checks are made against this link-time specified size.
This setting can be done with gnatlink
using either of the following:
-Xlinker
linker option
$ gnatlink hello -Xlinker --stack=0x10000,0x1000
This sets the stack reserve size to 0x10000 bytes and the stack commit size to 0x1000 bytes.
-Wl
linker option
$ gnatlink hello -Wl,--stack=0x1000000
This sets the stack reserve size to 0x1000000 bytes. Note that with
-Wl
option it is not possible to set the stack commit size
because the comma is a separator for this option.
gnatlink
¶Under Windows systems, it is possible to specify the program heap size from
gnatlink
using either of the following:
-Xlinker
linker option
$ gnatlink hello -Xlinker --heap=0x10000,0x1000
This sets the heap reserve size to 0x10000 bytes and the heap commit size to 0x1000 bytes.
-Wl
linker option
$ gnatlink hello -Wl,--heap=0x1000000
This sets the heap reserve size to 0x1000000 bytes. Note that with
-Wl
option it is not possible to set the heap commit size
because the comma is a separator for this option.
This section describes the Windows specific add-ons.
Win32Ada is a binding for the Microsoft Win32 API. This binding can be easily installed from the provided installer. To use the Win32Ada binding you need to use a project file, and adding a single with_clause will give you full access to the Win32Ada binding sources and ensure that the proper libraries are passed to the linker.
with "win32ada"; project P is for Sources use ...; end P;
To build the application you just need to call gprbuild for the application’s project, here p.gpr:
gprbuild p.gpr
wPOSIX is a minimal POSIX binding whose goal is to help with building cross-platforms applications. This binding is not complete though, as the Win32 API does not provide the necessary support for all POSIX APIs.
To use the wPOSIX binding you need to use a project file, and adding a single with_clause will give you full access to the wPOSIX binding sources and ensure that the proper libraries are passed to the linker.
with "wposix"; project P is for Sources use ...; end P;
To build the application you just need to call gprbuild for the application’s project, here p.gpr:
gprbuild p.gpr
This section describes topics that are specific to Apple’s OS X platform.
The Darwin Kernel requires the debugger to have special permissions before it is allowed to control other processes. These permissions are granted by codesigning the GDB executable. Without these permissions, the debugger will report error messages such as:
Starting program: /x/y/foo Unable to find Mach task port for process-id 28885: (os/kern) failure (0x5). (please check gdb is codesigned - see taskgated(8))
Codesigning requires a certificate. The following procedure explains how to create one:
Once a certificate has been created, the debugger can be codesigned as follow. In a Terminal, run the following command:
$ codesign -f -s "gdb-cert" <gnat_install_prefix>/bin/gdb
where “gdb-cert” should be replaced by the actual certificate
name chosen above, and <gnat_install_prefix> should be replaced by
the location where you installed GNAT. Also, be sure that users are
in the Unix group _developer
.
This Appendix displays the source code for the output file generated by `gnatbind' for a simple ‘Hello World’ program. Comments have been added for clarification purposes.
-- The package is called Ada_Main unless this name is actually used -- as a unit name in the partition, in which case some other unique -- name is used. pragma Ada_95; with System; package ada_main is pragma Warnings (Off); -- The main program saves the parameters (argument count, -- argument values, environment pointer) in global variables -- for later access by other units including -- Ada.Command_Line. gnat_argc : Integer; gnat_argv : System.Address; gnat_envp : System.Address; -- The actual variables are stored in a library routine. This -- is useful for some shared library situations, where there -- are problems if variables are not in the library. pragma Import (C, gnat_argc); pragma Import (C, gnat_argv); pragma Import (C, gnat_envp); -- The exit status is similarly an external location gnat_exit_status : Integer; pragma Import (C, gnat_exit_status); GNAT_Version : constant String := "GNAT Version: Pro 7.4.0w (20141119-49)" & ASCII.NUL; pragma Export (C, GNAT_Version, "__gnat_version"); Ada_Main_Program_Name : constant String := "_ada_hello" & ASCII.NUL; pragma Export (C, Ada_Main_Program_Name, "__gnat_ada_main_program_name"); -- This is the generated adainit routine that performs -- initialization at the start of execution. In the case -- where Ada is the main program, this main program makes -- a call to adainit at program startup. procedure adainit; pragma Export (C, adainit, "adainit"); -- This is the generated adafinal routine that performs -- finalization at the end of execution. In the case where -- Ada is the main program, this main program makes a call -- to adafinal at program termination. procedure adafinal; pragma Export (C, adafinal, "adafinal"); -- This routine is called at the start of execution. It is -- a dummy routine that is used by the debugger to breakpoint -- at the start of execution. -- This is the actual generated main program (it would be -- suppressed if the no main program switch were used). As -- required by standard system conventions, this program has -- the external name main. function main (argc : Integer; argv : System.Address; envp : System.Address) return Integer; pragma Export (C, main, "main"); -- The following set of constants give the version -- identification values for every unit in the bound -- partition. This identification is computed from all -- dependent semantic units, and corresponds to the -- string that would be returned by use of the -- Body_Version or Version attributes. -- The following Export pragmas export the version numbers -- with symbolic names ending in B (for body) or S -- (for spec) so that they can be located in a link. The -- information provided here is sufficient to track down -- the exact versions of units used in a given build. type Version_32 is mod 2 ** 32; u00001 : constant Version_32 := 16#8ad6e54a#; pragma Export (C, u00001, "helloB"); u00002 : constant Version_32 := 16#fbff4c67#; pragma Export (C, u00002, "system__standard_libraryB"); u00003 : constant Version_32 := 16#1ec6fd90#; pragma Export (C, u00003, "system__standard_libraryS"); u00004 : constant Version_32 := 16#3ffc8e18#; pragma Export (C, u00004, "adaS"); u00005 : constant Version_32 := 16#28f088c2#; pragma Export (C, u00005, "ada__text_ioB"); u00006 : constant Version_32 := 16#f372c8ac#; pragma Export (C, u00006, "ada__text_ioS"); u00007 : constant Version_32 := 16#2c143749#; pragma Export (C, u00007, "ada__exceptionsB"); u00008 : constant Version_32 := 16#f4f0cce8#; pragma Export (C, u00008, "ada__exceptionsS"); u00009 : constant Version_32 := 16#a46739c0#; pragma Export (C, u00009, "ada__exceptions__last_chance_handlerB"); u00010 : constant Version_32 := 16#3aac8c92#; pragma Export (C, u00010, "ada__exceptions__last_chance_handlerS"); u00011 : constant Version_32 := 16#1d274481#; pragma Export (C, u00011, "systemS"); u00012 : constant Version_32 := 16#a207fefe#; pragma Export (C, u00012, "system__soft_linksB"); u00013 : constant Version_32 := 16#467d9556#; pragma Export (C, u00013, "system__soft_linksS"); u00014 : constant Version_32 := 16#b01dad17#; pragma Export (C, u00014, "system__parametersB"); u00015 : constant Version_32 := 16#630d49fe#; pragma Export (C, u00015, "system__parametersS"); u00016 : constant Version_32 := 16#b19b6653#; pragma Export (C, u00016, "system__secondary_stackB"); u00017 : constant Version_32 := 16#b6468be8#; pragma Export (C, u00017, "system__secondary_stackS"); u00018 : constant Version_32 := 16#39a03df9#; pragma Export (C, u00018, "system__storage_elementsB"); u00019 : constant Version_32 := 16#30e40e85#; pragma Export (C, u00019, "system__storage_elementsS"); u00020 : constant Version_32 := 16#41837d1e#; pragma Export (C, u00020, "system__stack_checkingB"); u00021 : constant Version_32 := 16#93982f69#; pragma Export (C, u00021, "system__stack_checkingS"); u00022 : constant Version_32 := 16#393398c1#; pragma Export (C, u00022, "system__exception_tableB"); u00023 : constant Version_32 := 16#b33e2294#; pragma Export (C, u00023, "system__exception_tableS"); u00024 : constant Version_32 := 16#ce4af020#; pragma Export (C, u00024, "system__exceptionsB"); u00025 : constant Version_32 := 16#75442977#; pragma Export (C, u00025, "system__exceptionsS"); u00026 : constant Version_32 := 16#37d758f1#; pragma Export (C, u00026, "system__exceptions__machineS"); u00027 : constant Version_32 := 16#b895431d#; pragma Export (C, u00027, "system__exceptions_debugB"); u00028 : constant Version_32 := 16#aec55d3f#; pragma Export (C, u00028, "system__exceptions_debugS"); u00029 : constant Version_32 := 16#570325c8#; pragma Export (C, u00029, "system__img_intB"); u00030 : constant Version_32 := 16#1ffca443#; pragma Export (C, u00030, "system__img_intS"); u00031 : constant Version_32 := 16#b98c3e16#; pragma Export (C, u00031, "system__tracebackB"); u00032 : constant Version_32 := 16#831a9d5a#; pragma Export (C, u00032, "system__tracebackS"); u00033 : constant Version_32 := 16#9ed49525#; pragma Export (C, u00033, "system__traceback_entriesB"); u00034 : constant Version_32 := 16#1d7cb2f1#; pragma Export (C, u00034, "system__traceback_entriesS"); u00035 : constant Version_32 := 16#8c33a517#; pragma Export (C, u00035, "system__wch_conB"); u00036 : constant Version_32 := 16#065a6653#; pragma Export (C, u00036, "system__wch_conS"); u00037 : constant Version_32 := 16#9721e840#; pragma Export (C, u00037, "system__wch_stwB"); u00038 : constant Version_32 := 16#2b4b4a52#; pragma Export (C, u00038, "system__wch_stwS"); u00039 : constant Version_32 := 16#92b797cb#; pragma Export (C, u00039, "system__wch_cnvB"); u00040 : constant Version_32 := 16#09eddca0#; pragma Export (C, u00040, "system__wch_cnvS"); u00041 : constant Version_32 := 16#6033a23f#; pragma Export (C, u00041, "interfacesS"); u00042 : constant Version_32 := 16#ece6fdb6#; pragma Export (C, u00042, "system__wch_jisB"); u00043 : constant Version_32 := 16#899dc581#; pragma Export (C, u00043, "system__wch_jisS"); u00044 : constant Version_32 := 16#10558b11#; pragma Export (C, u00044, "ada__streamsB"); u00045 : constant Version_32 := 16#2e6701ab#; pragma Export (C, u00045, "ada__streamsS"); u00046 : constant Version_32 := 16#db5c917c#; pragma Export (C, u00046, "ada__io_exceptionsS"); u00047 : constant Version_32 := 16#12c8cd7d#; pragma Export (C, u00047, "ada__tagsB"); u00048 : constant Version_32 := 16#ce72c228#; pragma Export (C, u00048, "ada__tagsS"); u00049 : constant Version_32 := 16#c3335bfd#; pragma Export (C, u00049, "system__htableB"); u00050 : constant Version_32 := 16#99e5f76b#; pragma Export (C, u00050, "system__htableS"); u00051 : constant Version_32 := 16#089f5cd0#; pragma Export (C, u00051, "system__string_hashB"); u00052 : constant Version_32 := 16#3bbb9c15#; pragma Export (C, u00052, "system__string_hashS"); u00053 : constant Version_32 := 16#807fe041#; pragma Export (C, u00053, "system__unsigned_typesS"); u00054 : constant Version_32 := 16#d27be59e#; pragma Export (C, u00054, "system__val_lluB"); u00055 : constant Version_32 := 16#fa8db733#; pragma Export (C, u00055, "system__val_lluS"); u00056 : constant Version_32 := 16#27b600b2#; pragma Export (C, u00056, "system__val_utilB"); u00057 : constant Version_32 := 16#b187f27f#; pragma Export (C, u00057, "system__val_utilS"); u00058 : constant Version_32 := 16#d1060688#; pragma Export (C, u00058, "system__case_utilB"); u00059 : constant Version_32 := 16#392e2d56#; pragma Export (C, u00059, "system__case_utilS"); u00060 : constant Version_32 := 16#84a27f0d#; pragma Export (C, u00060, "interfaces__c_streamsB"); u00061 : constant Version_32 := 16#8bb5f2c0#; pragma Export (C, u00061, "interfaces__c_streamsS"); u00062 : constant Version_32 := 16#6db6928f#; pragma Export (C, u00062, "system__crtlS"); u00063 : constant Version_32 := 16#4e6a342b#; pragma Export (C, u00063, "system__file_ioB"); u00064 : constant Version_32 := 16#ba56a5e4#; pragma Export (C, u00064, "system__file_ioS"); u00065 : constant Version_32 := 16#b7ab275c#; pragma Export (C, u00065, "ada__finalizationB"); u00066 : constant Version_32 := 16#19f764ca#; pragma Export (C, u00066, "ada__finalizationS"); u00067 : constant Version_32 := 16#95817ed8#; pragma Export (C, u00067, "system__finalization_rootB"); u00068 : constant Version_32 := 16#52d53711#; pragma Export (C, u00068, "system__finalization_rootS"); u00069 : constant Version_32 := 16#769e25e6#; pragma Export (C, u00069, "interfaces__cB"); u00070 : constant Version_32 := 16#4a38bedb#; pragma Export (C, u00070, "interfaces__cS"); u00071 : constant Version_32 := 16#07e6ee66#; pragma Export (C, u00071, "system__os_libB"); u00072 : constant Version_32 := 16#d7b69782#; pragma Export (C, u00072, "system__os_libS"); u00073 : constant Version_32 := 16#1a817b8e#; pragma Export (C, u00073, "system__stringsB"); u00074 : constant Version_32 := 16#639855e7#; pragma Export (C, u00074, "system__stringsS"); u00075 : constant Version_32 := 16#e0b8de29#; pragma Export (C, u00075, "system__file_control_blockS"); u00076 : constant Version_32 := 16#b5b2aca1#; pragma Export (C, u00076, "system__finalization_mastersB"); u00077 : constant Version_32 := 16#69316dc1#; pragma Export (C, u00077, "system__finalization_mastersS"); u00078 : constant Version_32 := 16#57a37a42#; pragma Export (C, u00078, "system__address_imageB"); u00079 : constant Version_32 := 16#bccbd9bb#; pragma Export (C, u00079, "system__address_imageS"); u00080 : constant Version_32 := 16#7268f812#; pragma Export (C, u00080, "system__img_boolB"); u00081 : constant Version_32 := 16#e8fe356a#; pragma Export (C, u00081, "system__img_boolS"); u00082 : constant Version_32 := 16#d7aac20c#; pragma Export (C, u00082, "system__ioB"); u00083 : constant Version_32 := 16#8365b3ce#; pragma Export (C, u00083, "system__ioS"); u00084 : constant Version_32 := 16#6d4d969a#; pragma Export (C, u00084, "system__storage_poolsB"); u00085 : constant Version_32 := 16#e87cc305#; pragma Export (C, u00085, "system__storage_poolsS"); u00086 : constant Version_32 := 16#e34550ca#; pragma Export (C, u00086, "system__pool_globalB"); u00087 : constant Version_32 := 16#c88d2d16#; pragma Export (C, u00087, "system__pool_globalS"); u00088 : constant Version_32 := 16#9d39c675#; pragma Export (C, u00088, "system__memoryB"); u00089 : constant Version_32 := 16#445a22b5#; pragma Export (C, u00089, "system__memoryS"); u00090 : constant Version_32 := 16#6a859064#; pragma Export (C, u00090, "system__storage_pools__subpoolsB"); u00091 : constant Version_32 := 16#e3b008dc#; pragma Export (C, u00091, "system__storage_pools__subpoolsS"); u00092 : constant Version_32 := 16#63f11652#; pragma Export (C, u00092, "system__storage_pools__subpools__finalizationB"); u00093 : constant Version_32 := 16#fe2f4b3a#; pragma Export (C, u00093, "system__storage_pools__subpools__finalizationS"); -- BEGIN ELABORATION ORDER -- ada%s -- interfaces%s -- system%s -- system.case_util%s -- system.case_util%b -- system.htable%s -- system.img_bool%s -- system.img_bool%b -- system.img_int%s -- system.img_int%b -- system.io%s -- system.io%b -- system.parameters%s -- system.parameters%b -- system.crtl%s -- interfaces.c_streams%s -- interfaces.c_streams%b -- system.standard_library%s -- system.exceptions_debug%s -- system.exceptions_debug%b -- system.storage_elements%s -- system.storage_elements%b -- system.stack_checking%s -- system.stack_checking%b -- system.string_hash%s -- system.string_hash%b -- system.htable%b -- system.strings%s -- system.strings%b -- system.os_lib%s -- system.traceback_entries%s -- system.traceback_entries%b -- ada.exceptions%s -- system.soft_links%s -- system.unsigned_types%s -- system.val_llu%s -- system.val_util%s -- system.val_util%b -- system.val_llu%b -- system.wch_con%s -- system.wch_con%b -- system.wch_cnv%s -- system.wch_jis%s -- system.wch_jis%b -- system.wch_cnv%b -- system.wch_stw%s -- system.wch_stw%b -- ada.exceptions.last_chance_handler%s -- ada.exceptions.last_chance_handler%b -- system.address_image%s -- system.exception_table%s -- system.exception_table%b -- ada.io_exceptions%s -- ada.tags%s -- ada.streams%s -- ada.streams%b -- interfaces.c%s -- system.exceptions%s -- system.exceptions%b -- system.exceptions.machine%s -- system.finalization_root%s -- system.finalization_root%b -- ada.finalization%s -- ada.finalization%b -- system.storage_pools%s -- system.storage_pools%b -- system.finalization_masters%s -- system.storage_pools.subpools%s -- system.storage_pools.subpools.finalization%s -- system.storage_pools.subpools.finalization%b -- system.memory%s -- system.memory%b -- system.standard_library%b -- system.pool_global%s -- system.pool_global%b -- system.file_control_block%s -- system.file_io%s -- system.secondary_stack%s -- system.file_io%b -- system.storage_pools.subpools%b -- system.finalization_masters%b -- interfaces.c%b -- ada.tags%b -- system.soft_links%b -- system.os_lib%b -- system.secondary_stack%b -- system.address_image%b -- system.traceback%s -- ada.exceptions%b -- system.traceback%b -- ada.text_io%s -- ada.text_io%b -- hello%b -- END ELABORATION ORDER end ada_main;
pragma Ada_95; -- The following source file name pragmas allow the generated file -- names to be unique for different main programs. They are needed -- since the package name will always be Ada_Main. pragma Source_File_Name (ada_main, Spec_File_Name => "b~hello.ads"); pragma Source_File_Name (ada_main, Body_File_Name => "b~hello.adb"); pragma Suppress (Overflow_Check); with Ada.Exceptions; -- Generated package body for Ada_Main starts here package body ada_main is pragma Warnings (Off); -- These values are reference counter associated to units which have -- been elaborated. It is also used to avoid elaborating the -- same unit twice. E72 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E72, "system__os_lib_E"); E13 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E13, "system__soft_links_E"); E23 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E23, "system__exception_table_E"); E46 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E46, "ada__io_exceptions_E"); E48 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E48, "ada__tags_E"); E45 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E45, "ada__streams_E"); E70 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E70, "interfaces__c_E"); E25 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E25, "system__exceptions_E"); E68 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E68, "system__finalization_root_E"); E66 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E66, "ada__finalization_E"); E85 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E85, "system__storage_pools_E"); E77 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E77, "system__finalization_masters_E"); E91 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E91, "system__storage_pools__subpools_E"); E87 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E87, "system__pool_global_E"); E75 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E75, "system__file_control_block_E"); E64 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E64, "system__file_io_E"); E17 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E17, "system__secondary_stack_E"); E06 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E06, "ada__text_io_E"); Local_Priority_Specific_Dispatching : constant String := ""; Local_Interrupt_States : constant String := ""; Is_Elaborated : Boolean := False; procedure finalize_library is begin E06 := E06 - 1; declare procedure F1; pragma Import (Ada, F1, "ada__text_io__finalize_spec"); begin F1; end; E77 := E77 - 1; E91 := E91 - 1; declare procedure F2; pragma Import (Ada, F2, "system__file_io__finalize_body"); begin E64 := E64 - 1; F2; end; declare procedure F3; pragma Import (Ada, F3, "system__file_control_block__finalize_spec"); begin E75 := E75 - 1; F3; end; E87 := E87 - 1; declare procedure F4; pragma Import (Ada, F4, "system__pool_global__finalize_spec"); begin F4; end; declare procedure F5; pragma Import (Ada, F5, "system__storage_pools__subpools__finalize_spec"); begin F5; end; declare procedure F6; pragma Import (Ada, F6, "system__finalization_masters__finalize_spec"); begin F6; end; declare procedure Reraise_Library_Exception_If_Any; pragma Import (Ada, Reraise_Library_Exception_If_Any, "__gnat_reraise_library_exception_if_any"); begin Reraise_Library_Exception_If_Any; end; end finalize_library; ------------- -- adainit -- ------------- procedure adainit is Main_Priority : Integer; pragma Import (C, Main_Priority, "__gl_main_priority"); Time_Slice_Value : Integer; pragma Import (C, Time_Slice_Value, "__gl_time_slice_val"); WC_Encoding : Character; pragma Import (C, WC_Encoding, "__gl_wc_encoding"); Locking_Policy : Character; pragma Import (C, Locking_Policy, "__gl_locking_policy"); Queuing_Policy : Character; pragma Import (C, Queuing_Policy, "__gl_queuing_policy"); Task_Dispatching_Policy : Character; pragma Import (C, Task_Dispatching_Policy, "__gl_task_dispatching_policy"); Priority_Specific_Dispatching : System.Address; pragma Import (C, Priority_Specific_Dispatching, "__gl_priority_specific_dispatching"); Num_Specific_Dispatching : Integer; pragma Import (C, Num_Specific_Dispatching, "__gl_num_specific_dispatching"); Main_CPU : Integer; pragma Import (C, Main_CPU, "__gl_main_cpu"); Interrupt_States : System.Address; pragma Import (C, Interrupt_States, "__gl_interrupt_states"); Num_Interrupt_States : Integer; pragma Import (C, Num_Interrupt_States, "__gl_num_interrupt_states"); Unreserve_All_Interrupts : Integer; pragma Import (C, Unreserve_All_Interrupts, "__gl_unreserve_all_interrupts"); Detect_Blocking : Integer; pragma Import (C, Detect_Blocking, "__gl_detect_blocking"); Default_Stack_Size : Integer; pragma Import (C, Default_Stack_Size, "__gl_default_stack_size"); Leap_Seconds_Support : Integer; pragma Import (C, Leap_Seconds_Support, "__gl_leap_seconds_support"); procedure Runtime_Initialize; pragma Import (C, Runtime_Initialize, "__gnat_runtime_initialize"); Finalize_Library_Objects : No_Param_Proc; pragma Import (C, Finalize_Library_Objects, "__gnat_finalize_library_objects"); -- Start of processing for adainit begin -- Record various information for this partition. The values -- are derived by the binder from information stored in the ali -- files by the compiler. if Is_Elaborated then return; end if; Is_Elaborated := True; Main_Priority := -1; Time_Slice_Value := -1; WC_Encoding := 'b'; Locking_Policy := ' '; Queuing_Policy := ' '; Task_Dispatching_Policy := ' '; Priority_Specific_Dispatching := Local_Priority_Specific_Dispatching'Address; Num_Specific_Dispatching := 0; Main_CPU := -1; Interrupt_States := Local_Interrupt_States'Address; Num_Interrupt_States := 0; Unreserve_All_Interrupts := 0; Detect_Blocking := 0; Default_Stack_Size := -1; Leap_Seconds_Support := 0; Runtime_Initialize; Finalize_Library_Objects := finalize_library'access; -- Now we have the elaboration calls for all units in the partition. -- The Elab_Spec and Elab_Body attributes generate references to the -- implicit elaboration procedures generated by the compiler for -- each unit that requires elaboration. Increment a counter of -- reference for each unit. System.Soft_Links'Elab_Spec; System.Exception_Table'Elab_Body; E23 := E23 + 1; Ada.Io_Exceptions'Elab_Spec; E46 := E46 + 1; Ada.Tags'Elab_Spec; Ada.Streams'Elab_Spec; E45 := E45 + 1; Interfaces.C'Elab_Spec; System.Exceptions'Elab_Spec; E25 := E25 + 1; System.Finalization_Root'Elab_Spec; E68 := E68 + 1; Ada.Finalization'Elab_Spec; E66 := E66 + 1; System.Storage_Pools'Elab_Spec; E85 := E85 + 1; System.Finalization_Masters'Elab_Spec; System.Storage_Pools.Subpools'Elab_Spec; System.Pool_Global'Elab_Spec; E87 := E87 + 1; System.File_Control_Block'Elab_Spec; E75 := E75 + 1; System.File_Io'Elab_Body; E64 := E64 + 1; E91 := E91 + 1; System.Finalization_Masters'Elab_Body; E77 := E77 + 1; E70 := E70 + 1; Ada.Tags'Elab_Body; E48 := E48 + 1; System.Soft_Links'Elab_Body; E13 := E13 + 1; System.Os_Lib'Elab_Body; E72 := E72 + 1; System.Secondary_Stack'Elab_Body; E17 := E17 + 1; Ada.Text_Io'Elab_Spec; Ada.Text_Io'Elab_Body; E06 := E06 + 1; end adainit; -------------- -- adafinal -- -------------- procedure adafinal is procedure s_stalib_adafinal; pragma Import (C, s_stalib_adafinal, "system__standard_library__adafinal"); procedure Runtime_Finalize; pragma Import (C, Runtime_Finalize, "__gnat_runtime_finalize"); begin if not Is_Elaborated then return; end if; Is_Elaborated := False; Runtime_Finalize; s_stalib_adafinal; end adafinal; -- We get to the main program of the partition by using -- pragma Import because if we try to with the unit and -- call it Ada style, then not only do we waste time -- recompiling it, but also, we don't really know the right -- switches (e.g.@: identifier character set) to be used -- to compile it. procedure Ada_Main_Program; pragma Import (Ada, Ada_Main_Program, "_ada_hello"); ---------- -- main -- ---------- -- main is actually a function, as in the ANSI C standard, -- defined to return the exit status. The three parameters -- are the argument count, argument values and environment -- pointer. function main (argc : Integer; argv : System.Address; envp : System.Address) return Integer is -- The initialize routine performs low level system -- initialization using a standard library routine which -- sets up signal handling and performs any other -- required setup. The routine can be found in file -- a-init.c. procedure initialize; pragma Import (C, initialize, "__gnat_initialize"); -- The finalize routine performs low level system -- finalization using a standard library routine. The -- routine is found in file a-final.c and in the standard -- distribution is a dummy routine that does nothing, so -- really this is a hook for special user finalization. procedure finalize; pragma Import (C, finalize, "__gnat_finalize"); -- The following is to initialize the SEH exceptions SEH : aliased array (1 .. 2) of Integer; Ensure_Reference : aliased System.Address := Ada_Main_Program_Name'Address; pragma Volatile (Ensure_Reference); -- Start of processing for main begin -- Save global variables gnat_argc := argc; gnat_argv := argv; gnat_envp := envp; -- Call low level system initialization Initialize (SEH'Address); -- Call our generated Ada initialization routine adainit; -- Now we call the main program of the partition Ada_Main_Program; -- Perform Ada finalization adafinal; -- Perform low level system finalization Finalize; -- Return the proper exit status return (gnat_exit_status); end; -- This section is entirely comments, so it has no effect on the -- compilation of the Ada_Main package. It provides the list of -- object files and linker options, as well as some standard -- libraries needed for the link. The gnatlink utility parses -- this b~hello.adb file to read these comment lines to generate -- the appropriate command line arguments for the call to the -- system linker. The BEGIN/END lines are used for sentinels for -- this parsing operation. -- The exact file names will of course depend on the environment, -- host/target and location of files on the host system. -- BEGIN Object file/option list -- ./hello.o -- -L./ -- -L/usr/local/gnat/lib/gcc-lib/i686-pc-linux-gnu/2.8.1/adalib/ -- /usr/local/gnat/lib/gcc-lib/i686-pc-linux-gnu/2.8.1/adalib/libgnat.a -- END Object file/option list end ada_main;
The Ada code in the above example is exactly what is generated by the
binder. We have added comments to more clearly indicate the function
of each part of the generated Ada_Main
package.
The code is standard Ada in all respects, and can be processed by any
tools that handle Ada. In particular, it is possible to use the debugger
in Ada mode to debug the generated Ada_Main
package. For example,
suppose that for reasons that you do not understand, your program is crashing
during elaboration of the body of Ada.Text_IO
. To locate this bug,
you can place a breakpoint on the call:
Ada.Text_Io'Elab_Body;
and trace the elaboration routine for this package to find out where the problem might be (more usually of course you would be debugging elaboration code in your own application).
This appendix describes the handling of elaboration code in Ada and GNAT, and discusses how the order of elaboration of program units can be controlled in GNAT, either automatically or with explicit programming features.
Ada defines the term `execution' as the process by which a construct achieves its run-time effect. This process is also referred to as `elaboration' for declarations and `evaluation' for expressions.
The execution model in Ada allows for certain sections of an Ada program to be executed prior to execution of the program itself, primarily with the intent of initializing data. These sections are referred to as `elaboration code'. Elaboration code is executed as follows:
In addition to the Ada terminology, this appendix defines the following terms:
The act of calling a subprogram, instantiating a generic, or activating a task.
A construct that is elaborated or invoked by elaboration code is referred to as an `elaboration scenario' or simply a `scenario'. GNAT recognizes the following scenarios:
'Access
of entries, operators, and subprograms
A construct elaborated by a scenario is referred to as `elaboration target' or simply `target'. GNAT recognizes the following targets:
'Access
of entries, operators, and subprograms, the target is the
entry, operator, or subprogram being aliased.
Elaboration code may appear in two distinct contexts:
A scenario appears at the library level when it is encapsulated by a package [body] compilation unit, ignoring any other package [body] declarations in between.
with Server; package Client is procedure Proc; package Nested is Val : ... := Server.Func; end Nested; end Client;
In the example above, the call to Server.Func
is an elaboration scenario
because it appears at the library level of package Client
. Note that the
declaration of package Nested
is ignored according to the definition
given above. As a result, the call to Server.Func
will be invoked when
the spec of unit Client
is elaborated.
A scenario appears within the statement sequence of a package body when it is
bounded by the region starting from the begin
keyword of the package body
and ending at the end
keyword of the package body.
package body Client is procedure Proc is begin ... end Proc; begin Proc; end Client;
In the example above, the call to Proc
is an elaboration scenario because
it appears within the statement sequence of package body Client
. As a
result, the call to Proc
will be invoked when the body of Client
is
elaborated.
The sequence by which the elaboration code of all units within a partition is executed is referred to as `elaboration order'.
Within a single unit, elaboration code is executed in sequential order.
package body Client is Result : ... := Server.Func; procedure Proc is package Inst is new Server.Gen; begin Inst.Eval (Result); end Proc; begin Proc; end Client;
In the example above, the elaboration order within package body Client
is
as follows:
Result
is elaborated.
Server.Func
is invoked.
Proc
is elaborated.
Proc
is invoked.
Server.Gen
is instantiated as Inst
.
Inst
is elaborated.
Inst.Eval
is invoked.
The elaboration order of all units within a partition depends on the following factors:
A program may have several elaboration orders depending on its structure.
package Server is function Func (Index : Integer) return Integer; end Server;package body Server is Results : array (1 .. 5) of Integer := (1, 2, 3, 4, 5); function Func (Index : Integer) return Integer is begin return Results (Index); end Func; end Server;with Server; package Client is Val : constant Integer := Server.Func (3); end Client;with Client; procedure Main is begin null; end Main;
The following elaboration order exhibits a fundamental problem referred to as `access-before-elaboration' or simply `ABE'.
spec of Server spec of Client body of Server body of Main
The elaboration of Server
’s spec materializes function Func
, making it
callable. The elaboration of Client
’s spec elaborates the declaration of
Val
. This invokes function Server.Func
, however the body of
Server.Func
has not been elaborated yet because Server
’s body comes
after Client
’s spec in the elaboration order. As a result, the value of
constant Val
is now undefined.
Without any guarantees from the language, an undetected ABE problem may hinder
proper initialization of data, which in turn may lead to undefined behavior at
run time. To prevent such ABE problems, Ada employs dynamic checks in the same
vein as index or null exclusion checks. A failed ABE check raises exception
Program_Error
.
The following elaboration order avoids the ABE problem and the program can be successfully elaborated.
spec of Server body of Server spec of Client body of Main
Ada states that a total elaboration order must exist, but it does not define what this order is. A compiler is thus tasked with choosing a suitable elaboration order which satisfies the dependencies imposed by `with' clauses, unit categorization, elaboration-control pragmas, and invocations performed in elaboration code. Ideally an order that avoids ABE problems should be chosen, however a compiler may not always find such an order due to complications with respect to control and data flow.
To avoid placing the entire elaboration-order burden on the programmer, Ada provides three lines of defense:
Static semantic rules restrict the possible choice of elaboration order. For instance, if unit Client `with's unit Server, then the spec of Server is always elaborated prior to Client. The same principle applies to child units - the spec of a parent unit is always elaborated prior to the child unit.
Dynamic checks are performed at run time, to ensure that a target is
elaborated prior to a scenario that invokes it, thus avoiding ABE problems.
A failed run-time check raises exception Program_Error
. The following
restrictions apply:
An entry, operator, or subprogram can be called from elaboration code only when the corresponding body has been elaborated.
A generic unit can be instantiated by elaboration code only when the corresponding body has been elaborated.
A task can be activated by elaboration code only when the body of the associated task type has been elaborated.
The restrictions above can be summarized by the following rule:
`If a target has a body, then this body must be elaborated prior to the scenario that invokes the target.'
Pragmas are provided for the programmer to specify the desired elaboration order.
Ada provides several idioms and pragmas to aid the programmer with specifying the desired elaboration order and avoiding ABE problems altogether.
A library package which does not require a completing body does not suffer from ABE problems.
package Pack is generic type Element is private; package Containers is type Element_Array is array (1 .. 10) of Element; end Containers; end Pack;
In the example above, package Pack
does not require a body because it
does not contain any constructs which require completion in a body. As a
result, generic Pack.Containers
can be instantiated without encountering
any ABE problems.
Pragma Pure
places sufficient restrictions on a unit to guarantee that no
scenario within the unit can result in an ABE problem.
Pragma Preelaborate
is slightly less restrictive than pragma Pure
,
but still strong enough to prevent ABE problems within a unit.
Pragma Elaborate_Body
requires that the body of a unit is elaborated
immediately after its spec. This restriction guarantees that no client
scenario can invoke a server target before the target body has been
elaborated because the spec and body are effectively “glued” together.
package Server is pragma Elaborate_Body; function Func return Integer; end Server;
package body Server is function Func return Integer is begin ... end Func; end Server;
with Server; package Client is Val : constant Integer := Server.Func; end Client;
In the example above, pragma Elaborate_Body
guarantees the following
elaboration order:
spec of Server body of Server spec of Client
because the spec of Server
must be elaborated prior to Client
by
virtue of the `with' clause, and in addition the body of Server
must be
elaborated immediately after the spec of Server
.
Removing pragma Elaborate_Body
could result in the following incorrect
elaboration order:
spec of Server spec of Client body of Server
where Client
invokes Server.Func
, but the body of Server.Func
has
not been elaborated yet.
The pragmas outlined above allow a server unit to guarantee safe elaboration
use by client units. Thus it is a good rule to mark units as Pure
or
Preelaborate
, and if this is not possible, mark them as Elaborate_Body
.
There are however situations where Pure
, Preelaborate
, and
Elaborate_Body
are not applicable. Ada provides another set of pragmas for
use by client units to help ensure the elaboration safety of server units they
depend on.
Pragma Elaborate
can be placed in the context clauses of a unit, after a
`with' clause. It guarantees that both the spec and body of its argument will
be elaborated prior to the unit with the pragma. Note that other unrelated
units may be elaborated in between the spec and the body.
package Server is function Func return Integer; end Server;
package body Server is function Func return Integer is begin ... end Func; end Server;
with Server; pragma Elaborate (Server); package Client is Val : constant Integer := Server.Func; end Client;
In the example above, pragma Elaborate
guarantees the following
elaboration order:
spec of Server body of Server spec of Client
Removing pragma Elaborate
could result in the following incorrect
elaboration order:
spec of Server spec of Client body of Server
where Client
invokes Server.Func
, but the body of Server.Func
has not been elaborated yet.
Pragma Elaborate_All
is placed in the context clauses of a unit, after
a `with' clause. It guarantees that both the spec and body of its argument
will be elaborated prior to the unit with the pragma, as well as all units
`with'ed by the spec and body of the argument, recursively. Note that other
unrelated units may be elaborated in between the spec and the body.
package Math is function Factorial (Val : Natural) return Natural; end Math;
package body Math is function Factorial (Val : Natural) return Natural is begin ...; end Factorial; end Math;
package Computer is type Operation_Kind is (None, Op_Factorial); function Compute (Val : Natural; Op : Operation_Kind) return Natural; end Computer;
with Math; package body Computer is function Compute (Val : Natural; Op : Operation_Kind) return Natural is if Op = Op_Factorial then return Math.Factorial (Val); end if; return 0; end Compute; end Computer;
with Computer; pragma Elaborate_All (Computer); package Client is Val : constant Natural := Computer.Compute (123, Computer.Op_Factorial); end Client;
In the example above, pragma Elaborate_All
can result in the following
elaboration order:
spec of Math body of Math spec of Computer body of Computer spec of Client
Note that there are several allowable suborders for the specs and bodies of
Math
and Computer
, but the point is that these specs and bodies will
be elaborated prior to Client
.
Removing pragma Elaborate_All
could result in the following incorrect
elaboration order:
spec of Math spec of Computer body of Computer spec of Client body of Math
where Client
invokes Computer.Compute
, which in turn invokes
Math.Factorial
, but the body of Math.Factorial
has not been
elaborated yet.
All pragmas shown above can be summarized by the following rule:
`If a client unit elaborates a server target directly or indirectly, then if the server unit requires a body and does not have pragma Pure, Preelaborate, or Elaborate_Body, then the client unit should have pragma Elaborate or Elaborate_All for the server unit.'
If the rule outlined above is not followed, then a program may fall in one of the following states:
In this case a compiler must diagnose the situation, and refuse to build an executable program.
In this case a compiler can build an executable program, but
Program_Error
will be raised when the program is run.
In this case the programmer has not controlled the elaboration order. As a
result, a compiler may or may not pick one of the correct orders, and the
program may or may not raise Program_Error
when it is run. This is the
worst possible state because the program may fail on another compiler, or
even another version of the same compiler.
In this case a compiler can build an executable program, and the program is run successfully. This state may be guaranteed by following the outlined rules, or may be the result of good program architecture.
Note that one additional advantage of using Elaborate
and Elaborate_All
is that the program continues to stay in the last state (one or more correct
orders exist) even if maintenance changes the bodies of targets.
In addition to Ada semantics and rules synthesized from them, GNAT offers three elaboration models to aid the programmer with specifying the correct elaboration order and to diagnose elaboration problems.
This is the most permissive of the three elaboration models and emulates the behavior specified by the Ada Reference Manual. When the dynamic model is in effect, GNAT makes the following assumptions:
GNAT performs extensive diagnostics on a unit-by-unit basis for all scenarios that invoke internal targets. In addition, GNAT generates run-time checks for all external targets and for all scenarios that may exhibit ABE problems.
The elaboration order is obtained by honoring all `with' clauses, purity and preelaborability of units, and elaboration-control pragmas. The dynamic model attempts to take all invocations in elaboration code into account. If an invocation leads to a circularity, GNAT ignores the invocation based on the assumptions stated above. An order obtained using the dynamic model may fail an ABE check at run time when GNAT ignored an invocation.
The dynamic model is enabled with compiler switch -gnatE
.
This is the middle ground of the three models. When the static model is in effect, GNAT makes the following assumptions:
GNAT performs extensive diagnostics on a unit-by-unit basis for all scenarios that invoke internal targets. In addition, GNAT generates run-time checks for all external targets and for all scenarios that may exhibit ABE problems.
The elaboration order is obtained by honoring all `with' clauses, purity and preelaborability of units, presence of elaboration-control pragmas, and all invocations in elaboration code. An order obtained using the static model is guaranteed to be ABE problem-free, excluding dispatching calls and access-to-subprogram types.
The static model is the default model in GNAT.
This is the most conservative of the three models and enforces the SPARK
rules of elaboration as defined in the SPARK Reference Manual, section 7.7.
The SPARK model is in effect only when a scenario and a target reside in a
region subject to SPARK_Mode On
, otherwise the dynamic or static model
is in effect.
The SPARK model is enabled with compiler switch -gnatd.v
.
In addition to the three elaboration models outlined above, GNAT provides the following legacy models:
-gnatH
.
-H
.
The dynamic, legacy, and static models can be relaxed using compiler switch
-gnatJ
, making them more permissive. Note that in this mode, GNAT
may not diagnose certain elaboration issues or install run-time checks.
It is possible to mix units compiled with a different elaboration model, however the following rules must be observed:
Ada
, GNAT
,
Interfaces
, or System
hierarchies.
Pure
or Preelaborate
.
Elaborate_All
pragma for the server
unit.
These rules ensure that elaboration checks are not omitted. If the rules are violated, the binder emits a warning:
warning: "x.ads" has dynamic elaboration checks and with's warning: "y.ads" which has static elaboration checks
The warnings can be suppressed by binder switch -ws
.
GNAT performs extensive diagnostics on a unit-by-unit basis for all scenarios that invoke internal targets, regardless of whether the dynamic, SPARK, or static model is in effect.
Note that GNAT emits warnings rather than hard errors whenever it encounters an
elaboration problem. This is because the elaboration model in effect may be too
conservative, or a particular scenario may not be invoked due conditional
execution. The warnings can be suppressed selectively with pragma Warnings
(Off)
or globally with compiler switch -gnatwL
.
A `guaranteed ABE' arises when the body of a target is not elaborated early enough, and causes `all' scenarios that directly invoke the target to fail.
package body Guaranteed_ABE is function ABE return Integer; Val : constant Integer := ABE; function ABE return Integer is begin ... end ABE; end Guaranteed_ABE;
In the example above, the elaboration of Guaranteed_ABE
’s body elaborates
the declaration of Val
. This invokes function ABE
, however the body of
ABE
has not been elaborated yet. GNAT emits the following diagnostic:
4. Val : constant Integer := ABE; | >>> warning: cannot call "ABE" before body seen >>> warning: Program_Error will be raised at run time
A `conditional ABE' arises when the body of a target is not elaborated early enough, and causes `some' scenarios that directly invoke the target to fail.
1. package body Conditional_ABE is 2. procedure Force_Body is null; 3. 4. generic 5. with function Func return Integer; 6. package Gen is 7. Val : constant Integer := Func; 8. end Gen; 9. 10. function ABE return Integer; 11. 12. function Cause_ABE return Boolean is 13. package Inst is new Gen (ABE); 14. begin 15. ... 16. end Cause_ABE; 17. 18. Val : constant Boolean := Cause_ABE; 19. 20. function ABE return Integer is 21. begin 22. ... 23. end ABE; 24. 25. Safe : constant Boolean := Cause_ABE; 26. end Conditional_ABE;
In the example above, the elaboration of package body Conditional_ABE
elaborates the declaration of Val
. This invokes function Cause_ABE
,
which instantiates generic unit Gen
as Inst
. The elaboration of
Inst
invokes function ABE
, however the body of ABE
has not been
elaborated yet. GNAT emits the following diagnostic:
13. package Inst is new Gen (ABE); | >>> warning: in instantiation at line 7 >>> warning: cannot call "ABE" before body seen >>> warning: Program_Error may be raised at run time >>> warning: body of unit "Conditional_ABE" elaborated >>> warning: function "Cause_ABE" called at line 18 >>> warning: function "ABE" called at line 7, instance at line 13
Note that the same ABE problem does not occur with the elaboration of
declaration Safe
because the body of function ABE
has already been
elaborated at that point.
GNAT enforces the SPARK rules of elaboration as defined in the SPARK Reference
Manual section 7.7 when compiler switch -gnatd.v
is in effect. Note
that GNAT emits hard errors whenever it encounters a violation of the SPARK
rules.
1. with Server; 2. package body SPARK_Diagnostics with SPARK_Mode is 3. Val : constant Integer := Server.Func; | >>> call to "Func" during elaboration in SPARK >>> unit "SPARK_Diagnostics" requires pragma "Elaborate_All" for "Server" >>> body of unit "SPARK_Model" elaborated >>> function "Func" called at line 3 4. end SPARK_Diagnostics;
An `elaboration circularity' occurs whenever the elaboration of a set of units enters a deadlocked state, where each unit is waiting for another unit to be elaborated. This situation may be the result of improper use of `with' clauses, elaboration-control pragmas, or invocations in elaboration code.
The following example exhibits an elaboration circularity.
with B; pragma Elaborate (B); package A is end A;package B is procedure Force_Body; end B;with C; package body B is procedure Force_Body is null; Elab : constant Integer := C.Func; end B;package C is function Func return Integer; end C;with A; package body C is function Func return Integer is begin ... end Func; end C;
The binder emits the following diagnostic:
error: Elaboration circularity detected info: info: Reason: info: info: unit "a (spec)" depends on its own elaboration info: info: Circularity: info: info: unit "a (spec)" has with clause and pragma Elaborate for unit "b (spec)" info: unit "b (body)" is in the closure of pragma Elaborate info: unit "b (body)" invokes a construct of unit "c (body)" at elaboration time info: unit "c (body)" has with clause for unit "a (spec)" info: info: Suggestions: info: info: remove pragma Elaborate for unit "b (body)" in unit "a (spec)" info: use the dynamic elaboration model (compiler switch -gnatE)
The diagnostic consist of the following sections:
This section provides a short explanation describing why the set of units could not be ordered.
This section enumerates the units comprising the deadlocked set, along with their interdependencies.
This section enumerates various tactics for eliminating the circularity.
The most desirable option from the point of view of long-term maintenance is to rearrange the program so that the elaboration problems are avoided. One useful technique is to place the elaboration code into separate child packages. Another is to move some of the initialization code to explicitly invoked subprograms, where the program controls the order of initialization explicitly. Although this is the most desirable option, it may be impractical and involve too much modification, especially in the case of complex legacy code.
When faced with an elaboration circularity, the programmer should also consider the tactics given in the suggestions section of the circularity diagnostic. Depending on the units involved in the circularity, their `with' clauses, purity, preelaborability, presence of elaboration-control pragmas and invocations at elaboration time, the binder may suggest one or more of the following tactics to eliminate the circularity:
remove pragma Elaborate for unit "..." in unit "..."
This tactic is suggested when the binder has determined that pragma
Elaborate
:
The programmer should remove the pragma as advised, and rebuild the program.
remove pragma Elaborate_All for unit "..." in unit "..."
This tactic is suggested when the binder has determined that pragma
Elaborate_All
:
The programmer should remove the pragma as advised, and rebuild the program.
change pragma Elaborate_All for unit "..." to Elaborate in unit "..."
This tactic is always suggested with the pragma Elaborate_All
elimination
tactic. It offers a different alernative of guaranteeing that the argument of
the pragma will still be elaborated prior to the unit containing the pragma.
The programmer should update the pragma as advised, and rebuild the program.
remove pragma Elaborate_Body in unit "..."
This tactic is suggested when the binder has determined that pragma
Elaborate_Body
:
Note that the binder cannot determine whether the pragma is required for other purposes, such as guaranteeing the initialization of a variable declared in the spec by elaboration code in the body.
The programmer should remove the pragma as advised, and rebuild the program.
use pragma Restrictions (No_Entry_Calls_In_Elaboration_Code)
This tactic is suggested when the binder has determined that a task activation at elaboration time:
Note that the binder cannot determine with certainty whether the task will block at elaboration time.
The programmer should create a configuration file, place the pragma within, update the general compilation arguments, and rebuild the program.
use the dynamic elaboration model (compiler switch -gnatE)
This tactic is suggested when the binder has determined that an invocation at elaboration time:
The programmer has two options:
-gnatE
to the
compilation arguments of selected files only. This approach will yield
safer elaboration orders compared to the other option because it will
minimize the opportunities presented to the dynamic model for ignoring
invocations.
-gnatE
to the general compilation arguments.
use detailed invocation information (compiler switch -gnatd_F)
This tactic is always suggested with the use of the dynamic model tactic. It causes the circularity section of the circularity diagnostic to describe the flow of elaboration code from a unit to a unit, enumerating all such paths in the process.
The programmer should analyze this information to determine which units should be compiled with the dynamic model.
remove the dependency of unit "..." on unit "..." from the argument of switch -f
This tactic is suggested when the binder has determined that a dependency
present in the forced-elaboration-order file indicated by binder switch
-f
:
The programmer should edit the forced-elaboration-order file, remove the dependency, and rebind the program.
remove switch -f
This tactic is suggested in case editing the forced-elaboration-order file is not an option.
The programmer should remove binder switch -f
from the binder
arguments, and rebind.
diagnose all circularities (binder switch -d_C)
By default, the binder will diagnose only the highest-precedence circularity.
If the program contains multiple circularities, the binder will suggest the
use of binder switch -d_C
in order to obtain the diagnostics of all
circularities.
The programmer should add binder switch -d_C
to the binder
arguments, and rebind.
If none of the tactics suggested by the binder eliminate the elaboration circularity, the programmer should consider using one of the legacy elaboration models, in the following order:
-H
.
-gnatH
and binder switch -H
.
-gnatH
-gnatJ
and binder switch -H
.
-gnatH
-gnatJ
-gnatE
and binder switch
-H
.
A programmer should first compile the program with the default options, using none of the binder or compiler switches. If the binder succeeds in finding an elaboration order, then apart from possible cases involing dispatching calls and access-to-subprogram types, the program is free of elaboration errors.
If it is important for the program to be portable to compilers other than GNAT,
then the programmer should use compiler switch -gnatel
and consider
the messages about missing or implicitly created Elaborate
and
Elaborate_All
pragmas.
If the binder reports an elaboration circularity, the programmer has several options:
-gnatwl
.
-H
.
-gnatH
and binder switch -H
.
-gnatH
-gnatJ
and binder switch -H
.
-gnatH
-gnatJ
-gnatE
and binder switch
-H
.
To see the elaboration order chosen by the binder, inspect the contents of file
b~xxx.adb. On certain targets, this file appears as b_xxx.adb. The
elaboration order appears as a sequence of calls to Elab_Body
and
Elab_Spec
, interspersed with assignments to Exxx which indicates that a
particular unit is elaborated. For example:
System.Soft_Links'Elab_Body; E14 := True; System.Secondary_Stack'Elab_Body; E18 := True; System.Exception_Table'Elab_Body; E24 := True; Ada.Io_Exceptions'Elab_Spec; E67 := True; Ada.Tags'Elab_Spec; Ada.Streams'Elab_Spec; E43 := True; Interfaces.C'Elab_Spec; E69 := True; System.Finalization_Root'Elab_Spec; E60 := True; System.Os_Lib'Elab_Body; E71 := True; System.Finalization_Implementation'Elab_Spec; System.Finalization_Implementation'Elab_Body; E62 := True; Ada.Finalization'Elab_Spec; E58 := True; Ada.Finalization.List_Controller'Elab_Spec; E76 := True; System.File_Control_Block'Elab_Spec; E74 := True; System.File_Io'Elab_Body; E56 := True; Ada.Tags'Elab_Body; E45 := True; Ada.Text_Io'Elab_Spec; Ada.Text_Io'Elab_Body; E07 := True;
Note also binder switch -l
, which outputs the chosen elaboration
order and provides a more readable form of the above:
ada (spec) interfaces (spec) system (spec) system.case_util (spec) system.case_util (body) system.concat_2 (spec) system.concat_2 (body) system.concat_3 (spec) system.concat_3 (body) system.htable (spec) system.parameters (spec) system.parameters (body) system.crtl (spec) interfaces.c_streams (spec) interfaces.c_streams (body) system.restrictions (spec) system.restrictions (body) system.standard_library (spec) system.exceptions (spec) system.exceptions (body) system.storage_elements (spec) system.storage_elements (body) system.secondary_stack (spec) system.stack_checking (spec) system.stack_checking (body) system.string_hash (spec) system.string_hash (body) system.htable (body) system.strings (spec) system.strings (body) system.traceback (spec) system.traceback (body) system.traceback_entries (spec) system.traceback_entries (body) ada.exceptions (spec) ada.exceptions.last_chance_handler (spec) system.soft_links (spec) system.soft_links (body) ada.exceptions.last_chance_handler (body) system.secondary_stack (body) system.exception_table (spec) system.exception_table (body) ada.io_exceptions (spec) ada.tags (spec) ada.streams (spec) interfaces.c (spec) interfaces.c (body) system.finalization_root (spec) system.finalization_root (body) system.memory (spec) system.memory (body) system.standard_library (body) system.os_lib (spec) system.os_lib (body) system.unsigned_types (spec) system.stream_attributes (spec) system.stream_attributes (body) system.finalization_implementation (spec) system.finalization_implementation (body) ada.finalization (spec) ada.finalization (body) ada.finalization.list_controller (spec) ada.finalization.list_controller (body) system.file_control_block (spec) system.file_io (spec) system.file_io (body) system.val_uns (spec) system.val_util (spec) system.val_util (body) system.val_uns (body) system.wch_con (spec) system.wch_con (body) system.wch_cnv (spec) system.wch_jis (spec) system.wch_jis (body) system.wch_cnv (body) system.wch_stw (spec) system.wch_stw (body) ada.tags (body) ada.exceptions (body) ada.text_io (spec) ada.text_io (body) text_io (spec) gdbstr (body)
If you need to write low-level software that interacts directly
with the hardware, Ada provides two ways to incorporate assembly
language code into your program. First, you can import and invoke
external routines written in assembly language, an Ada feature fully
supported by GNAT. However, for small sections of code it may be simpler
or more efficient to include assembly language statements directly
in your Ada source program, using the facilities of the implementation-defined
package System.Machine_Code
, which incorporates the gcc
Inline Assembler. The Inline Assembler approach offers a number of advantages,
including the following:
This appendix presents a series of examples to show you how to use the Inline Assembler. Although it focuses on the Intel x86, the general approach applies also to other processors. It is assumed that you are familiar with Ada and with assembly language programming.
Asm
FunctionalityThe assembler used by GNAT and gcc is based not on the Intel assembly
language, but rather on a language that descends from the AT&T Unix
assembler as
(and which is often referred to as ‘AT&T syntax’).
The following table summarizes the main features of as
syntax
and points out the differences from the Intel conventions.
See the gcc as
and gas
(an as
macro
pre-processor) documentation for further information.
`Register names'
gcc /as
: Prefix with ‘%’; for example%eax
Intel: No extra punctuation; for exampleeax
`Immediate operand'
gcc /as
: Prefix with ‘$’; for example$4
Intel: No extra punctuation; for example4
`Address'
gcc /as
: Prefix with ‘$’; for example$loc
Intel: No extra punctuation; for exampleloc
`Memory contents'
gcc /as
: No extra punctuation; for exampleloc
Intel: Square brackets; for example[loc]
`Register contents'
gcc /as
: Parentheses; for example(%eax)
Intel: Square brackets; for example[eax]
`Hexadecimal numbers'
gcc /as
: Leading ‘0x’ (C language syntax); for example0xA0
Intel: Trailing ‘h’; for exampleA0h
`Operand size'
gcc /as
: Explicit in op code; for examplemovw
to move a 16-bit word Intel: Implicit, deduced by assembler; for examplemov
`Instruction repetition'
gcc / as
: Split into two lines; for example
rep
stosl
Intel: Keep on one line; for example rep stosl
`Order of operands'
gcc /as
: Source first; for examplemovw $4, %eax
Intel: Destination first; for examplemov eax, 4
The following example will generate a single assembly language statement,
nop
, which does nothing. Despite its lack of run-time effect,
the example will be useful in illustrating the basics of
the Inline Assembler facility.
with System.Machine_Code; use System.Machine_Code; procedure Nothing is begin Asm ("nop"); end Nothing;
Asm
is a procedure declared in package System.Machine_Code
;
here it takes one parameter, a `template string' that must be a static
expression and that will form the generated instruction.
Asm
may be regarded as a compile-time procedure that parses
the template string and additional parameters (none here),
from which it generates a sequence of assembly language instructions.
The examples in this chapter will illustrate several of the forms
for invoking Asm
; a complete specification of the syntax
is found in the Machine_Code_Insertions
section of the
GNAT Reference Manual.
Under the standard GNAT conventions, the Nothing
procedure
should be in a file named nothing.adb
.
You can build the executable in the usual way:
$ gnatmake nothing
However, the interesting aspect of this example is not its run-time behavior but rather the generated assembly code. To see this output, invoke the compiler as follows:
$ gcc -c -S -fomit-frame-pointer -gnatp nothing.adb
where the options are:
-c
compile only (no bind or link)
-S
generate assembler listing
-fomit-frame-pointer
do not set up separate stack frames
-gnatp
do not add runtime checks
This gives a human-readable assembler version of the code. The resulting
file will have the same name as the Ada source file, but with a .s
extension. In our example, the file nothing.s
has the following
contents:
.file "nothing.adb" gcc2_compiled.: ___gnu_compiled_ada: .text .align 4 .globl __ada_nothing __ada_nothing: #APP nop #NO_APP jmp L1 .align 2,0x90 L1: ret
The assembly code you included is clearly indicated by
the compiler, between the #APP
and #NO_APP
delimiters. The character before the ‘APP’ and ‘NOAPP’
can differ on different targets. For example, GNU/Linux uses ‘#APP’ while
on NT you will see ‘/APP’.
If you make a mistake in your assembler code (such as using the
wrong size modifier, or using a wrong operand for the instruction) GNAT
will report this error in a temporary file, which will be deleted when
the compilation is finished. Generating an assembler file will help
in such cases, since you can assemble this file separately using the
as
assembler that comes with gcc.
Assembling the file using the command
$ as nothing.s
will give you error messages whose lines correspond to the assembler
input file, so you can easily find and correct any mistakes you made.
If there are no errors, as
will generate an object file
nothing.out
.
The examples in this section, showing how to access the processor flags, illustrate how to specify the destination operands for assembly language statements.
with Interfaces; use Interfaces; with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with System.Machine_Code; use System.Machine_Code; procedure Get_Flags is Flags : Unsigned_32; use ASCII; begin Asm ("pushfl" & LF & HT & -- push flags on stack "popl %%eax" & LF & HT & -- load eax with flags "movl %%eax, %0", -- store flags in variable Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Flags)); Put_Line ("Flags register:" & Flags'Img); end Get_Flags;
In order to have a nicely aligned assembly listing, we have separated multiple assembler statements in the Asm template string with linefeed (ASCII.LF) and horizontal tab (ASCII.HT) characters. The resulting section of the assembly output file is:
#APP pushfl popl %eax movl %eax, -40(%ebp) #NO_APP
It would have been legal to write the Asm invocation as:
Asm ("pushfl popl %%eax movl %%eax, %0")
but in the generated assembler file, this would come out as:
#APP pushfl popl %eax movl %eax, -40(%ebp) #NO_APP
which is not so convenient for the human reader.
We use Ada comments at the end of each line to explain what the assembler instructions actually do. This is a useful convention.
When writing Inline Assembler instructions, you need to precede each register
and variable name with a percent sign. Since the assembler already requires
a percent sign at the beginning of a register name, you need two consecutive
percent signs for such names in the Asm template string, thus %%eax
.
In the generated assembly code, one of the percent signs will be stripped off.
Names such as %0
, %1
, %2
, etc., denote input or output
variables: operands you later define using Input
or Output
parameters to Asm
.
An output variable is illustrated in
the third statement in the Asm template string:
movl %%eax, %0
The intent is to store the contents of the eax register in a variable that can
be accessed in Ada. Simply writing movl %%eax, Flags
would not
necessarily work, since the compiler might optimize by using a register
to hold Flags, and the expansion of the movl
instruction would not be
aware of this optimization. The solution is not to store the result directly
but rather to advise the compiler to choose the correct operand form;
that is the purpose of the %0
output variable.
Information about the output variable is supplied in the Outputs
parameter to Asm
:
Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Flags));
The output is defined by the Asm_Output
attribute of the target type;
the general format is
Type'Asm_Output (constraint_string, variable_name)
The constraint string directs the compiler how to store/access the associated variable. In the example
Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=m", Flags);
the "m"
(memory) constraint tells the compiler that the variable
Flags
should be stored in a memory variable, thus preventing
the optimizer from keeping it in a register. In contrast,
Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=r", Flags);
uses the "r"
(register) constraint, telling the compiler to
store the variable in a register.
If the constraint is preceded by the equal character ‘=’, it tells the compiler that the variable will be used to store data into it.
In the Get_Flags
example, we used the "g"
(global) constraint,
allowing the optimizer to choose whatever it deems best.
There are a fairly large number of constraints, but the ones that are most useful (for the Intel x86 processor) are the following:
`=' output constraint `g' global (i.e., can be stored anywhere) `m' in memory `I' a constant `a' use eax `b' use ebx `c' use ecx `d' use edx `S' use esi `D' use edi `r' use one of eax, ebx, ecx or edx `q' use one of eax, ebx, ecx, edx, esi or edi
The full set of constraints is described in the gcc and as
documentation; note that it is possible to combine certain constraints
in one constraint string.
You specify the association of an output variable with an assembler operand
through the %`n'
notation, where `n' is a non-negative
integer. Thus in
Asm ("pushfl" & LF & HT & -- push flags on stack "popl %%eax" & LF & HT & -- load eax with flags "movl %%eax, %0", -- store flags in variable Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Flags));
%0
will be replaced in the expanded code by the appropriate operand,
whatever
the compiler decided for the Flags
variable.
In general, you may have any number of output variables:
%0
, %1
, etc.
Outputs
parameter as a parenthesized comma-separated list
of Asm_Output
attributes
For example:
Asm ("movl %%eax, %0" & LF & HT & "movl %%ebx, %1" & LF & HT & "movl %%ecx, %2", Outputs => (Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Var_A), -- %0 = Var_A Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Var_B), -- %1 = Var_B Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Var_C))); -- %2 = Var_C
where Var_A
, Var_B
, and Var_C
are variables
in the Ada program.
As a variation on the Get_Flags
example, we can use the constraints
string to direct the compiler to store the eax register into the Flags
variable, instead of including the store instruction explicitly in the
Asm
template string:
with Interfaces; use Interfaces; with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with System.Machine_Code; use System.Machine_Code; procedure Get_Flags_2 is Flags : Unsigned_32; use ASCII; begin Asm ("pushfl" & LF & HT & -- push flags on stack "popl %%eax", -- save flags in eax Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=a", Flags)); Put_Line ("Flags register:" & Flags'Img); end Get_Flags_2;
The "a"
constraint tells the compiler that the Flags
variable will come from the eax register. Here is the resulting code:
#APP pushfl popl %eax #NO_APP movl %eax,-40(%ebp)
The compiler generated the store of eax into Flags after expanding the assembler code.
Actually, there was no need to pop the flags into the eax register; more simply, we could just pop the flags directly into the program variable:
with Interfaces; use Interfaces; with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with System.Machine_Code; use System.Machine_Code; procedure Get_Flags_3 is Flags : Unsigned_32; use ASCII; begin Asm ("pushfl" & LF & HT & -- push flags on stack "pop %0", -- save flags in Flags Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Flags)); Put_Line ("Flags register:" & Flags'Img); end Get_Flags_3;
The example in this section illustrates how to specify the source operands for assembly language statements. The program simply increments its input value by 1:
with Interfaces; use Interfaces; with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with System.Machine_Code; use System.Machine_Code; procedure Increment is function Incr (Value : Unsigned_32) return Unsigned_32 is Result : Unsigned_32; begin Asm ("incl %0", Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=a", Result), Inputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Input ("a", Value)); return Result; end Incr; Value : Unsigned_32; begin Value := 5; Put_Line ("Value before is" & Value'Img); Value := Incr (Value); Put_Line ("Value after is" & Value'Img); end Increment;
The Outputs
parameter to Asm
specifies
that the result will be in the eax register and that it is to be stored
in the Result
variable.
The Inputs
parameter looks much like the Outputs
parameter,
but with an Asm_Input
attribute.
The "="
constraint, indicating an output value, is not present.
You can have multiple input variables, in the same way that you can have more than one output variable.
The parameter count (%0, %1) etc, still starts at the first output statement, and continues with the input statements.
Just as the Outputs
parameter causes the register to be stored into the
target variable after execution of the assembler statements, so does the
Inputs
parameter cause its variable to be loaded into the register
before execution of the assembler statements.
Thus the effect of the Asm
invocation is:
Value
into eax
incl %eax
instruction
Result
variable
The resulting assembler file (with -O2
optimization) contains:
_increment__incr.1: subl $4,%esp movl 8(%esp),%eax #APP incl %eax #NO_APP movl %eax,%edx movl %ecx,(%esp) addl $4,%esp ret
For a short subprogram such as the Incr
function in the previous
section, the overhead of the call and return (creating / deleting the stack
frame) can be significant, compared to the amount of code in the subprogram
body. A solution is to apply Ada’s Inline
pragma to the subprogram,
which directs the compiler to expand invocations of the subprogram at the
point(s) of call, instead of setting up a stack frame for out-of-line calls.
Here is the resulting program:
with Interfaces; use Interfaces; with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with System.Machine_Code; use System.Machine_Code; procedure Increment_2 is function Incr (Value : Unsigned_32) return Unsigned_32 is Result : Unsigned_32; begin Asm ("incl %0", Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=a", Result), Inputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Input ("a", Value)); return Result; end Incr; pragma Inline (Increment); Value : Unsigned_32; begin Value := 5; Put_Line ("Value before is" & Value'Img); Value := Increment (Value); Put_Line ("Value after is" & Value'Img); end Increment_2;
Compile the program with both optimization (-O2
) and inlining
(-gnatn
) enabled.
The Incr
function is still compiled as usual, but at the
point in Increment
where our function used to be called:
pushl %edi call _increment__incr.1
the code for the function body directly appears:
movl %esi,%eax #APP incl %eax #NO_APP movl %eax,%edx
thus saving the overhead of stack frame setup and an out-of-line call.
Asm
Functionality ¶This section describes two important parameters to the Asm
procedure: Clobber
, which identifies register usage;
and Volatile
, which inhibits unwanted optimizations.
Clobber
Parameter ¶One of the dangers of intermixing assembly language and a compiled language
such as Ada is that the compiler needs to be aware of which registers are
being used by the assembly code. In some cases, such as the earlier examples,
the constraint string is sufficient to indicate register usage (e.g.,
"a"
for
the eax register). But more generally, the compiler needs an explicit
identification of the registers that are used by the Inline Assembly
statements.
Using a register that the compiler doesn’t know about
could be a side effect of an instruction (like mull
storing its result in both eax and edx).
It can also arise from explicit register usage in your
assembly code; for example:
Asm ("movl %0, %%ebx" & LF & HT & "movl %%ebx, %1", Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Var_Out), Inputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Input ("g", Var_In));
where the compiler (since it does not analyze the Asm
template string)
does not know you are using the ebx register.
In such cases you need to supply the Clobber
parameter to Asm
,
to identify the registers that will be used by your assembly code:
Asm ("movl %0, %%ebx" & LF & HT & "movl %%ebx, %1", Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Var_Out), Inputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Input ("g", Var_In), Clobber => "ebx");
The Clobber parameter is a static string expression specifying the
register(s) you are using. Note that register names are `not' prefixed
by a percent sign. Also, if more than one register is used then their names
are separated by commas; e.g., "eax, ebx"
The Clobber
parameter has several additional uses:
cc
to indicate that flags might have changed
memory
if you changed a memory location
Volatile
Parameter ¶Compiler optimizations in the presence of Inline Assembler may sometimes have
unwanted effects. For example, when an Asm
invocation with an input
variable is inside a loop, the compiler might move the loading of the input
variable outside the loop, regarding it as a one-time initialization.
If this effect is not desired, you can disable such optimizations by setting
the Volatile
parameter to True
; for example:
Asm ("movl %0, %%ebx" & LF & HT & "movl %%ebx, %1", Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Var_Out), Inputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Input ("g", Var_In), Clobber => "ebx", Volatile => True);
By default, Volatile
is set to False
unless there is no
Outputs
parameter.
Although setting Volatile
to True
prevents unwanted
optimizations, it will also disable other optimizations that might be
important for efficiency. In general, you should set Volatile
to True
only if the compiler’s optimizations have created
problems.
Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
Copyright 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc
‘https://fsf.org/
’
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
`Preamble'
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document “free” in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
`1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS'
This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The `Document', below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as “`you'”. You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law.
A “`Modified Version'” of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language.
A “`Secondary Section'” is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document’s overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.
The “`Invariant Sections'” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none.
The “`Cover Texts'” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
A “`Transparent'” copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not “Transparent” is called `Opaque'.
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes only.
The “`Title Page'” means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, “Title Page” means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work’s title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
The “`publisher'” means any person or entity that distributes copies of the Document to the public.
A section “`Entitled XYZ'” means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as “`Acknowledgements'”, “`Dedications'”, “`Endorsements'”, or “`History'”.) To “`Preserve the Title'” of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section “Entitled XYZ” according to this definition.
The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License.
`2. VERBATIM COPYING'
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies.
`3. COPYING IN QUANTITY'
If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document’s license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages.
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
`4. MODIFICATIONS'
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
You may add a section Entitled “Endorsements”, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties—for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
`5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS'
You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled “History” in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled “History”; likewise combine any sections Entitled “Acknowledgements”, and any sections Entitled “Dedications”. You must delete all sections Entitled “Endorsements”.
`6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS'
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
`7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS'
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an “aggregate” if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation’s users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate.
`8. TRANSLATION'
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
If a section in the Document is Entitled “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, or “History”, the requirement (section 4) to Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual title.
`9. TERMINATION'
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does not give you any rights to use it.
`10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE'
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
‘https://www.gnu.org/copyleft/
’.
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License “or any later version” applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this License can be used, that proxy’s public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Document.
`11. RELICENSING'
“Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site” (or “MMC Site”) means any World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server. A “Massive Multiauthor Collaboration” (or “MMC”) contained in the site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC site.
“CC-BY-SA” means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco, California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license published by that same organization.
“Incorporate” means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or in part, as part of another Document.
An MMC is “eligible for relicensing” if it is licensed under this License, and if all works that were first published under this License somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections, and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008.
The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009, provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
`ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents'
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
Copyright © YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled “GNU Free Documentation License”.
If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the “with … Texts.” line with this:
with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the situation.
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software.